note: this publication, developed to assist residential … · 2008-01-04 · subpart a § 1926.1...

iii

NOTE: This publication, developed to assist residentialconstruction employers in providing safe and healthfulworkplaces, contains Federal OSHA standards most applicableto this industry. The 23 states that operate OSHA-approvedstate plans have equivalent construction standards but mayalso have some different or additional requirements. Forinformation on state requirements, please contact the specificstate in question. See the listing of OSHA-approved state plansat www.osha.gov/oshdir/states.htm for addresses, telephonenumbers, and links to state websites.

SELECTED CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (SCOR)FOR THE HOME BUILDING INDUSTRY

(29 CFR 1926)

Contents

PagePreface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii

Subpart A - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1§ 1926.1 - Purpose and scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1§ 1926.2 - Variances from safety and health standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1§ 1926.3 - Inspections - right of entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1§ 1926.4 - Rules of practice for administrative adjudications

for enforcement of safety and health standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Subpart B - General Interpretations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2§ 1926.10 - Scope of subpart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2§ 1926.11 - Coverage under section 103 of the act distinguished . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2§ 1926.13 - Interpretation of statutory terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3§ 1926.14 - Federal contract for "mixed" types of performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4§ 1926.15 - Relationship to the Service Contract Act;

Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4§ 1926.16 - Rules of construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Subpart C - General Safety and Health Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5§ 1926.20 - General safety and health provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

iv

§ 1926.21 - Safety training and education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6§ 1926.23 - First aid and medical attention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7§ 1926.24 - Fire protection and prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7§ 1926.25 - Housekeeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7§ 1926.26 - Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7§ 1926.27 - Sanitation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7§ 1926.28 - Personal protective equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7§ 1926.31 - Incorporation by reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7§ 1926.32 - Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8§ 1926.33 - Access to employee exposure and medical records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9§ 1926.34 - Means of egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

v

Contents (Continued)

PageSubpart D - Occupational Health and Environmental Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

§ 1926.50 - Medical services and first aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9§ 1926.51 - Sanitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10§ 1926.52 - Occupational noise exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11§ 1926.54 - Nonionizing radiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11§ 1926.55 - Gases, vapors, fumes, dusts, and mists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12§ 1926.55 - Appendix A - Gases, vapors, fumes, dusts, and mists . . . . . . . . . . . 12§ 1926.56 - Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28§ 1926.57 - Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28§ 1926.59 - Hazard communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28§ 1926.62 - Lead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Subpart E - Personal Protective and Life Saving Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29§ 1926.95 - Criteria for personal protective equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29§ 1926.96 - Occupational foot protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29§ 1926.100 - Head protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29§ 1926.101 - Hearing protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29§ 1926.102 - Eye and face protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29§ 1926.103 - Respiratory protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31§ 1926.104 - Safety belts, lifelines, and lanyards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Subpart F - Fire Protection and Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39§ 1926.150 - Fire protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39§ 1926.151 - Fire prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40§ 1926.152 - Flammable and combustible liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42§ 1926.153 - Liquefied petroleum gas (LP-Gas) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42§ 1926.154 - Temporary heating devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45§ 1926.155 - Definitions applicable to this subpart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Subpart G - Signs, Signals, and Barricades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47§ 1926.200 - Accident prevention signs and tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47§ 1926.203 - Definitions applicable to this subpart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Subpart H - Materials Handling, Storage, Use, and Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49§ 1926.251 - Rigging equipment for material handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49§ 1926.252 - Disposal of waste materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Subpart I - Tools - Hand and Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65§ 1926.300 - General requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65§ 1926.301 - Hand tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68§ 1926.302 - Power-operated hand tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68§ 1926.304 - Woodworking tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

vi


PageSubpart J - Welding and Cutting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

§ 1926.350 - Gas welding and cutting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70§ 1926.352 - Fire prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Subpart K - Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74§ 1926.400 - Electrical - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74§ 1926.402 - Applicability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74§ 1926.403 - General requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75§ 1926.404 - Wiring design and protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76§ 1926.405 - Wiring methods, components, and equipment for general use . . . 83§ 1926.416 - General requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87§ 1926.417 - Lockout and tagging of circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88§ 1926.432 - Environmental deterioration of equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88§ 1926.449 - Definitions applicable to this subpart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Subpart L - Scaffolds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94§ 1926.450 - Scope, application and definitions applicable to this subpart . . . . 94§ 1926.451 - General requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98§ 1926.452 - Additional requirements applicable to specific

types of scaffolds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108§ 1926.454 - Training requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Subpart L Appendix A - Scaffold Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Subpart L Appendix C - List of National Consensus Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Subpart L Appendix D - List of Training Topics for Scaffold

Erectors and Dismantlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Subpart M - Fall Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123§ 1926.500 - Scope, application, and definitions applicable to this subpart . . . 123§ 1926.501 - Duty to have fall protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127§ 1926.502 - Fall protection systems criteria and practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129§ 1926.503 - Training requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Subpart M Appendix A - Determining Roof Widths - Non-mandatory

Guidelines for Complying with 1926.501(b)(10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Subpart M Appendix B - Guardrail Systems - Non-Mandatory

Guidelines for Complying with 1926.502(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Subpart M Appendix C - Personal Fall Arrest Systems -

Non-Mandatory Guidelines for Complying with 1926.502(d) . . . . 141Subpart M Appendix D - Positioning Device Systems -

Non-Mandatory Guidelines for Complying with 1926.502(e) . . . . 145Subpart M Appendix E - Sample Fall Protection Plan -

Non-Mandatory Guidelines for Complying with 1926.502(k) . . . . 146

viii


PageSubpart N - Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Elevators, and Conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

§ 1926.550 - Cranes and derricks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Subpart O - Motor Vehicles, Mechanized Equipment, and Marine Operations . 154§ 1926.601 - Motor vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154§ 1926.602 - Material handling equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155§ 1926.604 - Mechanized equipment, and marine operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Subpart P - Excavations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157§ 1926.650 - Scope, application, and definitions applicable to this subpart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157§ 1926.651 - Specific excavation requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159§ 1926.652 - Requirements for protective systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Subpart P Appendix A - Soil Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Subpart P Appendix B - Sloping and Benching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Subpart Q - Concrete and Masonry Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174§ 1926.700 - Scope, application, and definitions applicable to this subpart . . . 174§ 1926.701 - General requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174§ 1926.702 - Requirements for equipment and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175§ 1926.703 - Requirements for cast-in-place concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175§ 1926.706 - Requirements for masonry construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Subpart T - Demolition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177§ 1926.850 - Preparatory operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Subpart W - Rollover Protective Structures; Overhead Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178§ 1926.1000 - Rollover protective structures (ROPS)

for material handling equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Subpart X - Stairways and Ladders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179§ 1926.1050 - Scope, application, and definitions applicable to this subpart . . 179§ 1926.1051 - General requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181§ 1926.1052 - Stairways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181§ 1926.1053 - Ladders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183§ 1926.1060 - Training requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Subpart Z - Toxic and Hazardous Substances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186§ 1926.1101 - Asbestos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186§ 1926.1148 - Formaldehyde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186§ 1926.1152 - Methylene chloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

x

Preface

The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) has publishedthis document to assist residential construction employers and employees inproviding safe and healthful workplaces. This publication identifies OSHAstandards applicable to the hazards most commonly found at work sites inthe residential construction industry and those most likely to have asignificant positive impact on the safety and health practices of contractorswithin this industry.

This publication does not itself alter or determine complianceresponsibilities as contained in OSHA standards and the OccupationalSafety and Health Act of 1970. Consequently, OSHA notes that otherstandards not included in this document remain applicable to the residentialconstruction industry and abatement actions must be implemented by thecontractor.

For the complete text of all OSHA standards for the construction industry,please see Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 1926.The CFR is sold by and available from the U.S. Government Printing Office,Superintendent of Documents, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954, (202) 512-1800 (phone), or (202) 512-2250 (fax). All OSHAregulations are also available online at http://www.osha.gov/.

Subpart A § 1926.1General Purpose and scope

1

Subpart A - General

§ 1926.1 - Purpose and scope.(a) This part sets forth the safety and

health standards promulgated by the Secretaryof Labor under section 107 of the ContractWork Hours and Safety Standards Act. Thestandards are published in Subpart C of thispart and following subparts.

(b) Subpart B of this part contains state-ments of general policy and interpretations ofsection 107 of the Contract Work Hours andSafety Standards Act having general applica-bility.

§ 1926.2 - Variances from safety andhealth standards.

(a) Variances from standards which are,or may be, published in this part may begranted under the same circumstances where-under variances may be granted under section6(b)(A) or 6(d) of the Williams-Steiger Occu-pational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29U.S.C. 65). The procedures for the grantingof variances and for related relief under thispart are those published in Part 1905 of thistitle.

(b) Any requests for variances under thissection shall also be considered requests forvariances under the Williams-Steiger Occu-pational Safety and Health Act of 1970, andany requests for variances underWilliams-Steiger Occupational Safety andHealth Act with respect to construction safetyor health standards shall be considered to bealso variances under the Construction SafetyAct. Any variance from a construction safetyor health standard which is contained in thispart and which is incorporated by reference inPart 1910 of this title shall be deemed avariance from the standard under both theConstruction Safety

Act and the Williams-Steiger OccupationalSafety and Health Act of 1970.

§ 1926.3 - Inspections - right of entry.(a) It shall be a condition of each contract

which is subject to section 107 of the ContractWork Hours and Safety Standards Act that theSecretary of Labor or any authorizedrepresentative shall have a right of entry toany site of contract performance for thefollowing purposes:

(a)(1) To inspect or investigate the matterof compliance with the safety and healthstandards contained in Subpart C of this partand following subparts; and

(a)(2) To carry out the duties of theSecretary under section 107(b) of the Act.

(b) For the purpose of carrying out hisinvestigative duties under the Act, theSecretary of Labor may, by agreement, usewith or without reimbursement the services,personnel, and facilities of any State orFederal agency. Any agreements with Statesunder this section shall be similar to thoseprovided for under the Walsh-Healey PublicContracts Act under 41 CFR Part 50-205.

§ 1926.4 - Rules of practice foradministrative adjudications forenforcement of safety and healthstandards.

(a) The rules of practice for administrativeadjudications for the enforcement of the safetyand health standards contained in Subpart Cof this part and the following subparts shall bethe same as those published in Part 6 of thistitle with respect to safety and healthviolations of the Service Contract Act of 1965(69 Stat. 1035), except as provided inparagraph (b) of this section.

(b) In the case of debarment, the findingsrequired by section 107(d) of the Act

§ 1926.10 Subpart BScope of subpart General Interpretations

2

shall be made by the hearing examiner or or dangerous to his health or safety, asthe Assistant Secretary of Labor for determined under construction safety and Occupational Safety and Health, as the case health standards promulgated by the Secretarymay be. Whenever, as provided in section by regulation.107(d)(2), a contractor requests terminationof debarment before the end of the 3-yearperiod prescribed in that section, the requestshall be filed in writing with the AssistantSecretary of Labor for Occupational Safetyand Health who shall publish a notice in theFEDERAL REGISTER that the request hasbeen received and afford interested persons anopportunity to be heard upon the request, andthereafter the provisions of Part 6 of this titleshall apply with respect to prehearingconferences, hearings and related matters, anddecisions and orders.

Subpart B - GeneralInterpretations

§ 1926.10 - Scope of subpart.(a) This subpart contains the general rules

of the Secretary of Labor interpreting andapplying the construction safety and healthprovisions of section 107 of the ContractWork Hours and Safety Standards Act (83Stat. 96). Section 107 requires as a conditionof each contract which is entered into underlegislation subject to Reorganization PlanNumber 14 of 1950 (64 Stat. 1267), andwhich is for construction, alteration, and/orrepair, including painting and decorating, thatno contractor or subcontractor contracting forany part of the contract work shall require anylaborer or mechanic employed in theperformance of the contract to work insurroundings or under working conditionswhich are unsanitary, hazardous,

§ 1926.11 - Coverage under section103 of the act distinguished.

(a) Coverage under section 103. It isimportant to note that the coverage of section107 differs from that for the overtimerequirements of the Contract Work Hours andSafety Standards Act. The application of theovertime requirements is governed by section103, which subject to specific exemptions,includes:

(1) Federal contracts requiring orinvolving the employment of laborers ormechanics (thus including, but not limited to,contracts for construction), and

(2) contracts assisted in whole or in partby Federal loans, grants, or guarantees underany statute "providing wage standards forsuch work." The statutes "providing wagestandards for such work" include statutes forconstruction which require the payment ofminimum wages in accordance withprevailing wage findings by the Secretary ofLabor in accordance with the Davis-BaconAct. A provision to section 103 excludes fromthe overtime requirements work where theFederal assistance is only in the form of a loanguarantee or insurance.

(b) Coverage under section 107. To becovered by section 107 of the Contract WorkHours and Safety Standards Act, a contractmust be one which

(1) is entered into under a statute that issubject to Reorganization Plan No. 14 of1950 (64 Stat. 1267); and

(2) is for "construction, alteration, and/orrepair, including painting and decorating."

Subpart B § 1926.13General Interpretations Interpretation of statutory terms

3

§ 1926.13 - Interpretation of statutoryterms.

(a) The terms construction, alteration,and repair used in section 107 of the Act arealso used in section 1 of the Davis-Bacon Act(40 U.S.C. 276a), providing minimum wageprotection on Federal construction contracts,and section 1 of the Miller Act (40 U.S.C.270a), providing performance and paymentbond protection on Federal constructioncontracts. Similarly, the terms contractor andsubcontractor are used in those statutes, aswell as in Copeland (Anti-Kickback) Act (40U.S.C. 276c) and the Contract Work Hoursand Safety Standards Act itself, which applyconcurrently with the Miller Act and theDavis-Bacon Act on Federal constructioncontracts and also apply to most federallyassisted construction contracts. The use of thesame or identical terms in these statutes whichapply concurrently with section 107 of the Acthave considerable precedential value inascertaining the coverage of section 107.

(b) It should be noted that section 1 of theDavis-Bacon Act limits minimum wageprotection to laborers and mechanics"employed directly" upon the "site of thework." There is no comparable limitation insection 107 of the Act. Section 107 expresslyrequires as a self-executing condition of eachcovered contract that no contractor orsubcontractor shall require "any laborer ormechanic employed in the performance of thecontract to work in surroundings or underworking conditions which are unsanitary,hazardous, or dangerous to his health orsafety" as these health and safety standards areapplied in the rules of the Secretary of Labor.

(c) The term subcontractor under section107 is considered to mean a person who

agrees to perform any part of the labor or

§ 1926.14 Subpart BFederal contract for "mixed" General Interpretationstypes of performance

4

material requirements of a contract forconstruction, alteration or repair. Cf.MacEvoy Co. v. United States, 322 U.S. 102,108-9 (1944). A person who undertakes toperform a portion of a contract involving thefurnishing of supplies or materials will beconsidered a "subcontractor" under this partand section 107 if the work in questioninvolves the performance of constructionwork and is to be performed:

(1) Directly on or near the constructionsite, or

(2) by the employer for the specific projecton a customized basis. Thus, a supplier ofmaterials which will become an integral partof the construction is a "subcontractor" if thesupplier fabricates or assembles the goods ormaterials in question specifically for theconstruction project and the work involvedmay be said to be construction activity. If thegoods or materials in question are ordinarilysold to other customers from regularinventory, the supplier is not a"subcontractor." Generally, the furnishing ofprestressed concrete beams and prestressedstructural steel would be consideredmanufacturing; therefore a supplier of suchmaterials would not be considered a"subcontractor." An example of materialsupplied "for the specific project on acustomized basis" as that phrase is used inthis section would be ventilating ducts,fabricated in a shop away from theconstruction job site and specifically cut forthe project according to design specifications.On the other hand, if a contractor buysstandard size nails from a foundry, the foundrywould not be a covered "subcontractor."Ordinarily a contract for the supplying ofconstruction equipment to a contractor wouldnot, in and of itself, be considered a"subcontractor" for purposes of this part.

§ 1926.14 - Federal contract for"mixed" types of performance.

(a) It is the intent of the Congress toprovide safety and health protection ofFederal, federally financed, or federallyassisted construction. See, for example, H.Report No. 91-241, 91st Cong., first session,p. 1 (1969). Thus, it is clear that when aFederal contract calls for mixed types ofperformance, such as both manufacturing andconstruction, section 107 would apply to theconstruction. By its express terms, section107 applies to a contract which is "forconstruction, alteration, and/or repair." Sucha contract is not required to be exclusively forsuch services. The application of the sectionis not limited to contracts which permit anoverall characterization as "constructioncontracts." The text of section 107 is not solimited.

(b) When the mixed types ofperformances include both construction andmanufacturing, see also 1926.15(b)concerning the relationship between theWalsh-Healey Public Contracts Act andsection 107.

§ 1926.15 - Relationship to the ServiceContract Act; Walsh-Healey PublicContracts Act.

(a) A contract for "construction" is one fornonpersonal service. See, e.g., 41 CFR1-1.208. Section 2(e) of the Service ContractAct of 1965 requires as a condition of everyFederal contract (and bid specificationtherefor) exceeding $2,500, the "principalpurpose" of which is to furnish services to theUnited States through the use of "serviceemployees," that certain safety and healthstandards be met. See 29 CFR Part 1925,which contains the Department rulesconcerning these standards. Section 7 of the

§ 1926.14 Subpart BFederal contract for "mixed" General Interpretationstypes of performance

5

Service Contract Act provides that the Act shall not apply to "any contract of the UnitedStates or District of Columbia forconstruction, alteration, and/or repair,including painting and decorating of publicbuildings or public works." It is clear from thelegislative history of section 107 that no gapsin coverage between the two statutes areintended.

(b) The Walsh-Healey Public ContractsAct requires that contracts entered into by anyFederal agency for the manufacture orfurnishing of materials, supplies, articles, andequipment in any amount exceeding $10,000must contain, among other provisions, arequirement that "no part of such contract willbe performed nor will any of the materials,supplies, articles or equipment to bemanufactured or furnished under said contractbe manufactured or fabricated in any plants,factories, buildings, or surroundings or underworking conditions which are unsanitary orhazardous or dangerous to the health andsafety of employees engaged in theperformance of said contract." The rules ofthe Secretary concerning these standards arepublished in 41 CFR Part 50-204, andexpress the Secretary of Labor's interpretationand application of section 1(e) of theWalsh-Healey Public Contracts Act to certainparticular working conditions. None of thedescribed working conditions are intended todeal with construction activities, althoughsuch activities may conceivably be a part of acontract which is subject to the Walsh-HealeyPublic Contracts Act. Nevertheless, suchactivities remain subject to the generalstatutory duty prescribed by section 1(e).Section 103(b) of the Contract Work Hoursand Safety Standards Act provides, amongother things, that the Act shall not apply toany work required to be done in accordancewith the provisions of the Walsh-Healey

Subpart C § 1926.20General Safety and Health Provisions General safety and health provisions

6

Public Contracts Act. provisions of the Act.

§ 1926.16 - Rules of construction.(a) The prime contractor and any

subcontractors may make their ownarrangements with respect to obligationswhich might be more appropriately treated ona jobsite basis rather than individually. Thus,for example, the prime contractor and hissubcontractors may wish to make an expressagreement that the prime contractor or one ofthe subcontractors will provide all requiredfirst-aid or toilet facilities, thus relieving thesubcontractors from the actual, but not anylegal, responsibility (or, as the case may be,relieving the other subcontractors from thisresponsibility). In no case shall the primecontractor be relieved of overall responsibilityfor compliance with the requirements of thispart for all work to be performed under thecontract.

(b) By contracting for full performance ofa contract subject to section 107 of the Act,the prime contractor assumes all obligationsprescribed as employer obligations under thestandards contained in this part, whether ornot he subcontracts any part of the work.

(c) To the extent that a subcontractor ofany tier agrees to perform any part of thecontract, he also assumes responsibility forcomplying with the standards in this part withrespect to that part. Thus, the primecontractor assumes the entire responsibilityunder the contract and the subcontractorassumes responsibility with respect to hisportion of the work. With respect tosubcontracted work, the prime contractor andany subcontractor or subcontractors shall bedeemed to have joint responsibility.

(d) Where joint responsibility exists, boththe prime contractor and his subcontractor orsubcontractors, regardless of tier, shall beconsidered subject to the enforcement

Subpart C - General Safetyand Health Provisions

§ 1926.20 - General safety and healthprovisions.

(a) Contractor requirements.(a)(1) Section 107 of the Act requires that

it shall be a condition of each contract whichis entered into under legislation subject toReorganization Plan Number 14 of 1950 (64Stat. 1267), as defined in 1926.12, and is forconstruction, alteration, and/or repair,including painting and decorating, that nocontractor or subcontractor for any part of thecontract work shall require any laborer ormechanic employed in the performance of thecontract to work in surroundings or underworking conditions which are unsanitary,hazardous, or dangerous to his health orsafety.

(b) Accident prevention responsibilities.(b)(1) It shall be the responsibility of the

employer to initiate and maintain suchprograms as may be necessary to comply withthis part.

(b)(2) Such programs shall provide forfrequent and regular inspections of the jobsites, materials, and equipment to be made bycompetent persons designated by theemployers.

(b)(3) The use of any machinery, tool,material, or equipment which is not incompliance with any applicable requirementof this part is prohibited. Such machine, tool,material, or equipment shall either beidentified as unsafe by tagging or locking thecontrols to render them inoperable or shall bephysically removed from its place ofoperation.

(b)(4) The employer shall permit only

§ 1926.21 Subpart CSafety training and education General Safety and Health Provisions

7

those employees qualified by training or of the safety and health training programs theexperience to operate equipment and Secretary provides.machinery.

(c) The standards contained in this partshall apply with respect to employmentsperformed in a workplace in a State, theDistrict of Columbia, the Commonwealth ofPuerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, AmericanSamoa, Guam, Trust Territory of the PacificIslands, Wake Island, Outer Continental Shelflands defined in the Outer Continental ShelfLands Act, Johnston Island, and the CanalZone.

(d)(1) If a particular standard isspecifically applicable to a condition,practice, means, method, operation, orprocess, it shall prevail over any differentgeneral standard which might otherwise beapplicable to the same condition, practice,means, method, operation, or process.

(d)(2) On the other hand, any standardshall apply according to its terms to anyemployment and place of employment in anyindustry, even though particular standards arealso prescribed for the industry to the extentthat none of such particular standards applies.

(e) In the event a standard protects on itsface a class of persons larger than employees,the standard shall be applicable under thispart only to employees and their employmentand places of employment.

§ 1926.21 - Safety training andeducation.

(a) General requirements. The Secretaryshall, pursuant to section 107(f) of the Act,establish and supervise programs for theeducation and training of employers andemployees in the recognition, avoidance andprevention of unsafe conditions inemployments covered by the act.

(b) Employer responsibility.(b)(1) The employer should avail himself

Subpart C § 1926.31General Safety and Health Provisions Incorporation by reference

8

(b)(2) The employer shall instruct eachemployee in the recognition and avoidance ofunsafe conditions and the regulationsapplicable to his work environment to controlor eliminate any hazards or other exposure toillness or injury.

(b)(3) Employees required to handle oruse poisons, caustics, and other harmfulsubstances shall be instructed regarding thesafe handling and use, and be made aware ofthe potential hazards, personal hygiene, andpersonal protective measures required.

(b)(4) In job site areas where harmfulplants or animals are present, employees whomay be exposed shall be instructed regardingthe potential hazards, and how to avoid injury,and the first aid procedures to be used in theevent of injury.

(b)(5) Employees required to handle oruse flammable liquids, gases, or toxicmaterials shall be instructed in the safehandling and use of these materials and madeaware of the specific requirements containedin Subparts D, F, and other applicablesubparts of this part.

(b)(6)(i) All employees required to enterinto confined or enclosed spaces shall beinstructed as to the nature of the hazardsinvolved, the necessary precautions to betaken, and in the use of protective andemergency equipment required. The employershall comply with any specific regulations thatapply to work in dangerous or potentiallydangerous areas.

(b)(6)(ii) For purposes of paragraph(b)(6)(i) of this section, confined or enclosedspace means any space having a limitedmeans of egress, which is subject to theaccumulation of toxic or flammablecontaminants or has an oxygen deficientatmosphere. Confined or enclosed spacesinclude, but are not limited to, storage tanks,process vessels, bins, boilers, ventilation or

exhaust ducts, sewers, underground utilityvaults, tunnels, pipelines, and open top spacesmore than 4 feet in depth such as pits, tubs,vaults, and vessels.

§ 1926.23 - First aid and medicalattention.

First aid services and provisions formedical care shall be made available by theemployer for every employee covered bythese regulations. Regulations prescribingspecific requirements for first aid, medicalattention, and emergency facilities arecontained in Subpart D of this part.

§ 1926.24 - Fire protection andprevention.

The employer shall be responsible for thedevelopment and maintenance of an effectivefire protection and prevention program at thejob site throughout all phases of theconstruction, repair, alteration, or demolitionwork. The employer shall ensure theavailability of the fire protection andsuppression equipment required by Subpart Fof this part.

§ 1926.25 - Housekeeping.(a) During the course of construction,

alteration, or repairs, form and scrap lumberwith protruding nails, and all other debris,shall be kept cleared from work areas,passageways, and stairs, in and aroundbuildings or other structures.

(b) Combustible scrap and debris shall beremoved at regular intervals during the courseof construction. Safe means shall be providedto facilitate such removal.

(c) Containers shall be provided for thecollection and separation of waste, trash, oilyand used rags, and other refuse. Containersused for garbage and other oily, flammable, orhazardous wastes, such as caustics, acids,

Subpart C § 1926.31General Safety and Health Provisions Incorporation by reference

9

harmful dusts, etc. shall be equipped withcovers. Garbage and other waste shall bedisposed of at frequent and regular intervals.

§ 1926.26 - Illumination.Construction areas, aisles, stairs, ramps,

runways, corridors, offices, shops, and storageareas where work is in progress shall belighted with either natural or artificialillumination. The minimum illuminationrequirements for work areas are contained inSubpart D of this part.

§ 1926.27 - Sanitation.Health and sanitation requirements for

drinking water are contained in Subpart D ofthis part.

§ 1926.28 - Personal protectiveequipment.

(a) The employer is responsible forrequiring the wearing of appropriate personalprotective equipment in all operations wherethere is an exposure to hazardous conditionsor where this part indicates the need for usingsuch equipment to reduce the hazards to theemployees.

(b) Regulations governing the use,selection, and maintenance of personalprotective and lifesaving equipment aredescribed under Subpart E of this part.

§ 1926.31 - Incorporation byreference.

(a) The specifications, standards andcodes of agencies of the U.S. Government andorganizations which are not agencies of theU.S. Government, to the extent they arelegally incorporated by reference in this part,have the same force and effect as otherstandards in this part. The locations wherethese specifications, standards, and codes maybe examined are as follows:

§ 1926.32 Subpart CDefinitions General Safety and Health Provisions

10

(1) Offices of the Occupational Safety andHealth Administration, U.S. Department of (g) Construction work. For purposes ofLabor, Frances Perkins Building, Washington, this section, "Construction work" means workDC. 20210. for construction, alteration, and/or repair,

(2) The Regional and Field Offices of theOccupational Safety and Health (h) Defect means any characteristic orAdministration, which are listed in the U.S. condition which tends to weaken or reduce Government Manual. the strength of the tool, object, or structure of

(b) Any changes in the specifications,standards and codes incorporated by reference (i) Designated person means "authorizedin this part and an official historic file of such person" as defined in paragraph (d) of thischanges are available at the offices referred to section.in paragraph (a) of this section. All questionsas to the applicability of such changes shouldalso be referred to these offices.

§ 1926.32 - Definitions.The following definitions shall apply in theapplication of the regulations in this part:

(a) Act means section 107 of the ContractWork Hours and Safety Standards Act,commonly known as the Construction SafetyAct (86 Stat. 96; 40 U.S.C. 333).

(b) ANSI means American NationalStandards Institute.

(c) Approved means sanctioned, endorsed,accredited, certified, or accepted assatisfactory by a duly constituted andnationally recognized authority or agency.

(d) Authorized person means a personapproved or assigned by the employer toperform a specific type of duty or duties or tobe at a specific location or locations at thejobsite.

(e) Administration means theOccupational Safety and HealthAdministration.

(f) Competent person means one who iscapable of identifying existing and predictablehazards in the surroundings or workingconditions which are unsanitary, hazardous,or dangerous to employees, and who hasauthorization to take prompt corrective

measures to eliminate them.

including painting and decorating.

which it is a part.

(j) Employee means every laborer ormechanic under the Act regardless of thecontractual relationship which may be allegedto exist between the laborer and mechanic andthe contractor or subcontractor who engagedhim. "Laborer and mechanic" are not definedin the Act, but the identical terms are used inthe Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a), whichprovides for minimum wage protection onFederal and federally assisted constructioncontracts. The use of the same term in astatute which often applies concurrently withsection 107 of the Act has considerablepresidential value in ascertaining the meaningof "laborer and mechanic" as used in the Act.Laborer generally means one who performsmanual labor or who labors at an occupationrequiring physical strength; mechanicgenerally means a worker skilled with tools.See 18 Comp. Gen. 341.

(k) Employer means contractor orsubcontractor within the meaning of the Actand of this part.

(l) Hazardous substance means asubstance which, by reason of beingexplosive, flammable, poisonous, corrosive,oxidizing, irritating, or otherwise harmful, islikely to cause death or injury.

(m) Qualified means one who, bypossession of a recognized degree, certificate,or professional standing, or who by extensive

Subpart D § 1926.50Occupational Health and Medical services and first aidEnvironmental Controls

11

knowledge, training, and experience, has all cases where the exit or way to reach it issuccessfully demonstrated his ability to solve not immediately visible to the occupants.or resolve problems relating to the subjectmatter, the work, or the project.

(n) Safety factor means the ratio of the maintained free of all obstructions orultimate breaking strength of a member impediments to full instant use in the case oforpiece of material or equipment to the actual fire or other emergency.working stress or safe load when in use.

(o) Secretary means the Secretary ofLabor.

(p) SAE means Society of AutomotiveEngineers.

(q) Shall means mandatory.(r) Should means recommended.(s) Suitable means that which fits, and has

the qualities or qualifications to meet a givenpurpose, occasion, condition, function, orcircumstance.

§ 1926.33 - Access to employeeexposure and medical records.

Note: The requirements applicable toconstruction work under this section areidentical to those set forth at 1910.1020 ofthis chapter.

§ 1926.34 - Means of egress.(a) General. In every building or structure

exits shall be so arranged and maintained asto provide free and unobstructed egress fromall parts of the building or structure at alltimes when it is occupied. No lock orfastening to prevent free escape from theinside of any building shall be installed exceptin mental, penal, or corrective institutionswhere supervisory personnel is continually onduty and effective provisions are made toremove occupants in case of fire or otheremergency.

(b) Exit marking. Exits shall be markedby a readily visible sign. Access to exits shallbe marked by readily visible signs in

(c) Maintenance and workmanship.Means of egress shall be continually

Subpart D - OccupationalHealth and Environmental

Controls

§ 1926.50 - Medical services and firstaid.

(a) The employer shall insure theavailability of medical personnel for adviceand consultation on matters of occupationalhealth.

(b) Provisions shall be made prior tocommencement of the project for promptmedical attention in case of serious injury.

(c) In the absence of an infirmary, clinic,hospital, or physician, that is reasonablyaccessible in terms of time and distance to theworksite, which is available for the treatmentof injured employees, a person who has avalid certificate in first-aid training from theU.S. Bureau of Mines, the American RedCross, or equivalent training that can beverified by documentary evidence, shall beavailable at the worksite to render first aid.

(d)(1) First-aid supplies approved by theconsulting physician shall be easily accessiblewhen required.

(d)(2) The first-aid kit shall consist ofmaterials approved by the consultingphysician in a weatherproof container withindividual sealed packages for each type ofitem. The contents of the first-aid kit shall

§ 1926.51 Subpart DSanitation Occupational Health

and Environmental Controls

12

be checked by the employer before being sent Standards, published in 42 CFR part 72, orout on each job and at least weekly on each water which is approved for drinkingjob to ensure that the expended items are purposes by the State or local authorityreplaced. having jurisdiction.

(e) Proper equipment for prompt (b) Nonpotable water.transportation of the injured person to aphysician or hospital, or a communicationsystem for contacting necessary ambulanceservice, shall be provided.

(f) The telephone numbers of the indicate clearly that the water is unsafe and isphysicians, hospitals, or ambulances shall be not to be used for drinking, washing, orconspicuously posted. cooking purposes.

(g) Where the eyes or body of any person (b)(2) There shall be no cross-connection,may be exposed to injurious corrosive open or potential, between a systemmaterials, suitable facilities for quick furnishing potable water and a systemdrenching or flushing of the eyes and body furnishing nonpotable water.shall be provided within the work area forimmediate emergency use.

§ 1926.51 - Sanitation.(a) Potable water.(a)(1) An adequate supply of potable

water shall be provided in all places ofemployment.

(a)(2) Portable containers used todispense drinking water shall be capable ofbeing tightly closed, and equipped with a tap.Water shall not be dipped from containers.

(a)(3) Any container used to distributedrinking water shall be clearly marked as tothe nature of its contents and not used for anyother purpose.

(a)(4) The common drinking cup isprohibited.

(a)(5) Where single service cups (to beused but once) are supplied, both a sanitarycontainer for the unused cups and a receptaclefor disposing of the used cups shall beprovided.

(a)(6) Potable water means water whichmeets the quality standards prescribed in theU.S. Public Health Service Drinking Water

(b)(1) Outlets for nonpotable water, suchas water for industrial or firefighting purposesonly, shall be identified by signs meeting therequirements of Subpart G of this part, to

(c) Toilets at construction jobsites.(c)(1) Toilets shall be provided for

employees according to the following table:

TABLE D-1

Number of Minimum NumberEmployees of Facilities

20 or less 1

20 or more1 toilet seat and 1

urinal per 40 workers

200 or more1 toilet seat and 1

urinal per 50 workers

(f) Washing facilities.(f)(1) The employer shall provide

adequate washing facilities for employeesengaged in the application of paints, coating,herbicides, or insecticides, or in otheroperations where contaminants may beharmful to the employees. Such facilities shallbe in near proximity to the worksite and shallbe so equipped as to enable employees toremove such substances.

(f)(2) General. Washing facilities shall bemaintained in a sanitary condition.

Subpart D § 1926.54Occupational Health Nonionizing radiationand Environmental Controls

13

§ 1926.52 - Occupational noiseexposure.

(a) Protection against the effects of noiseexposure shall be provided when the soundlevels exceed those shown in Table D-2 ofthis section when measured on the A-scale ofa standard sound level meter at slowresponse.

(b) When employees are subjected tosound levels exceeding those listed in TableD-2 of this section, feasible administrative orengineering controls shall be utilized. If suchcontrols fail to reduce sound levels within thelevels of the table, personal protectiveequipment as required in Subpart E, shall beprovided and used to reduce sound levelswithin the levels of the table.

TABLE D-2Permissible Noise Exposures

Duration perDay, Hours

Sound LeveldBA SlowResponse

8 906 924 953 972 100

1 1/2 1021 105

1/2 1101/4 or less 115

(c) If the variations in noise level involvemaxima at intervals of 1 second or less, it is tobe considered continuous.

(d)(1) In all cases where the sound levelsexceed the values shown herein, a continuing,effective hearing conservation program shallbe administered.

(d)(2)(i) When the daily noise exposure iscomposed of two or more periods of noise

exposure of different levels, their combined effect should be considered, rather than theindividual effect of each. Exposure to differentlevels for various periods of time shall becomputed according to the formula set forth inparagraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section.

(d)(2)(ii) F = (T / L ) + (T / L ) + ... +e 1 1 2 2

(T / L ) where:n n

F = The equivalent noise exposure factor.e

T = The period of noise exposure at anyessentially constant level.

L = The duration of the permissible noiseexposure at the constant level (fromTable D-2).

If the value of F exceeds unity (1) thee

exposure exceeds permissible levels.(d)(2)(iii) A sample computation showing

an application of the formula in paragraph(d)(2)(ii) of this section is as follows. Anemployee is exposed at these levels for theseperiods:

110 db A 1/4 hour.100 db A 1/2 hour.90 db A 1 1/2 hours.F = (1/4/1/2) + (1/2/2) + (1 1/2/8)e

F = 0.500 + 0.25 + 0.188e

F = 0.938e

Since the value of F does not exceed unity,e

the exposure is within permissible limits.(e) Exposure to impulsive or impact noise

should not exceed 140 dB peak soundpressure level.

§ 1926.54 - Nonionizing radiation.(a) Only qualified and trained employees

shall be assigned to install, adjust, and operatelaser equipment.

(b) Proof of qualification of the laserequipment operator shall be available and in

§ 1926.55 Subpart DGases, vapors, fumes, dusts, and mists Occupational Health

and Environmental Controls

14

possession of the operator at all times.(c) Employees, when working in areas in

which a potential exposure to direct orreflected laser light greater than 0.005 watts(5 milliwatts) exists, shall be provided with antilaser eye protection devices as specified inSubpart E of this part.

(d) Areas in which lasers are used shall beposted with standard laser warning placards.

(e) Beam shutters or caps shall be utilized,or the laser turned off, when lasertransmission is not actually required. Whenthe laser is left unattended for a substantialperiod of time, such as during lunch hour,overnight, or at change of shifts, the lasershall be turned off.

(f) Only mechanical or electronic meansshall be used as a detector for guiding theinternal alignment of the laser.

(g) The laser beam shall not be directed atemployees.

(h) When it is raining or snowing, or whenthere is dust or fog in the air, the operation oflaser systems shall be prohibited wherepracticable; in any event, employees shall bekept out of range of the area of source andtarget during such weather conditions.

(i) Laser equipment shall bear a label toindicate maximum output.

(j) Employees shall not be exposed to anthophyllite, or actinolite dust, thelight intensities above: requirements of 1910.1101 or 1926.58 of this

(j)(1) Direct staring: 1 micro-watt persquare centimeter; (d) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section

(j)(2) Incidental observing: 1 milliwatt persquare centimeter;

(j)(3) Diffused reflected light: 2 1/2 wattsper square centimeter.

(k) Laser unit in operation should be setup above the heads of the employees, whenpossible.

§ 1926.55 - Gases, vapors, fumes,

dusts, and mists.(a) Exposure of employees to inhalation,

ingestion, skin absorption, or contact with anymaterial or substance at a concentration abovethose specified in the "Threshold LimitValues of Airborne Contaminants for 1970"of the American Conference of GovernmentalIndustrial Hygienists, shall be avoided. SeeAppendix A to this section.

(b) To achieve compliance with paragraph(a) of this section, administrative orengineering controls must first beimplemented whenever feasible. When suchcontrols are not feasible to achieve fullcompliance, protective equipment or otherprotective measures shall be used to keep theexposure of employees to air contaminantswithin the limits prescribed in this section.Any equipment and technical measures usedfor this purpose must first be approved foreach particular use by a competent industrialhygienist or other technically qualified person.Whenever respirators are used, their use shallcomply with 1926.103.

(c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this sectiondo not apply to the exposure of employees toairborne asbestos, tremolite, anthophyllite, oractinolite dust. Whenever any employee isexposed to airborne asbestos, tremolite,

title shall apply.

do not apply to the exposure of employees toformaldehyde. Whenever any employee isexposed to formaldehyde, the requirements of1910.1048 of this title shall apply.

§ 1926.55 - Appendix A - Gases,vapors, fumes, dusts, and mists.

NOTE: Because of the length of the table,explanatory Footnotes applicable to all

Subpart D § 1926.55Occupational Health and Appendix A - Gases, vapors,Environmental Controls fumes, dusts, and mists

15

substances are given below. Footnotesspecific only to a limited number ofsubstances are also shown within the table.

Footnotes for Appendix A

16

See Mineral Dusts Table.2

Use Asbestos Limit 1926.58.3

See 1926.584

The PELs are 8-hour TWAs unless otherwise noted; a (C) designation denotes a*

ceiling limit.As determined from breathing-zone air samples.**

Parts of vapor or gas per million parts of contaminated air by volume at 25 degrees Ca

and 760 torr.Milligrams of substance per cubic meter of air. When entry is in this column only, theb

value is exact; when listed with a ppm entry, it is approximate.The CAS number is for information only. Enforcement is based on the substanced

name. For an entry covering more than one metal compound, measured as the metal,the CAS number for the metal is given - not CAS numbers for the individualcompounds.For sectors excluded from 1926.1128 the limit is 10 ppm TWA.g

Millions of particles per cubic foot of air, based on impinger samples counted byj

light-field techniques.The percentage of crystalline silica in the formula is the amount determined fromk

airborne samples, except in those instances in which other methods have been shownto be applicable.Covers all organic and inorganic particulates not otherwise regulated. Same asm

Particulates Not Otherwise Regulated.

The 1970 TLV uses letter designations instead of a numerical value as follows:

Polytetrafluoroethylene decomposition products. Because these products decomposeA(2)

in part by hydrolysis in alkaline solution, they can be quantitatively determined in airas fluoride to provide an index of exposure. No TLV is recommended pendingdetermination of the toxicity of the products, but air concentrations should be minimal.Gasoline and/or Petroleum distillates. The composition of these materials varies gratlyA(3)

and thus a single TLV for all types of these materials is no longer applicable. Thecontent of benzene, other aromatics and additives should be determined to arrive at theappropriate TLV.Simple asphyxiants. The limiting factor is the available oxygen which shall be at leastE

19.5 percent and be within the requirements addressing explosion in part 1926.

THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES OF AIRBORNECONTAMINANTS FOR CONSTRUCTION

Substance CAS No. ppm mg/m Desig-d a 3bSkin

nation

Abate; see Temephos.Acetaldehyde 75-07-0 200 360Acetic acid. 64-19-7 10 25Acetic anhydride 108-24-7 5 20


nation

17

Acetone 67-64-1 1000 2400Acetonitrile 75-05-8 40 702-Acetylaminofluorene; see 1926.1114 53-96-3Acetylene 74-86-2

E

Acetylene dichloride; see 1, 2-DichloroethyleneAcetylene tetrabromide 79-27-6 1 14Acrolein 107-02-8 0.1 0.25Acrylamide 79-06-1 0.3 XAcrylonitrile; see 1926.1145 107-13-1Aldrin 309-00-2 0.25 XAllyl alcohol 107-18-6 2 5 XAllyl chloride 107-05-1 1 3Allyl glycidyl ether (AGE) 106-92-3 (C)10 (C)45Allyl propyl disulfide 2179-59-1 2 12alpha-Alumina 1344-28-1 Total dust Respirable fractionAlundum; see alpha-Alumina4-Aminodiphenyl; see 1926.1111 92-67-12-Aminoethanol; see Ethanolamine2-Aminopyridine 504-29-0 0.5 2Ammonia 7664-41-7 50 35Ammonium sulfamate 7773-06-0 Total dust 15 Respirable fraction 5n-Amyl acetate 628-63-7 100 525sec-Amyl acetate 626-38-0 125 650Aniline and homologs 62-53-3 5 19 XAnisidine (o-, p-isomers) 29191-52-4 0.5 XAntimony and compounds (as Sb) 7440-36-0 0.5ANTU (alpha Naphthylthiourea) 86-88-4 0.3Argon 7440-37-1

E

Arsenic, inorganic compounds (as As); see 7440-38-2 1926.1118Arsenic, organic compounds (as As) 7440-38-2 0.5Arsine 7784-42-1 0.05 0.2Asbestos; see 1926.58Azinphos-methyl 86-50-0 0.2 XBarium, soluble compounds (as Ba) 7440-39-3 0.5Benzene ; see 1926.1128 71-43-2g

Benzidine; see 1926.1110 92-87-5p-Benzoquinone; see QuinoneBenzo pyrene; see Coaltarpitch volatilesa

Benzoyl peroxide 94-36-0 5Benzyl chloride 100-44-7 1 5Beryllium and beryllium compounds (as Be) 7440-41-7 0.002Biphenyl; see DiphenylBisphenol A; see Diglycidyl etherBoron oxide 1303-86-2


nation

18

Total dust 15Boron tribromide 10294-33-4 1 10Boron trifluoride 7637-07-2 (C)1 (C)3Bromine 7726-95-6 0.1 0.7Bromine pentafluoride 7789-30-2 0.1 0.7Bromoform 75-25-2 0.5 5 XButadiene (1, 3-Butadiene); See 29 CFR 106-99-0 1 ppm/5 *

1910.1051; 29 CFR 1910.19 ppm STELButanethiol; see Butyl mercaptan2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl ketone) 78-93-3 200 5902-Butoxyethanol 111-76-2 50 240 Xn-Butyl-acetate 123-86-4 150 710sec-Butyl acetate 105-46-4 200 950tert-Butyl-acetate 540-88-5 200 950n-Butyl alcohol 71-36-3 100 300sec-Butyl alcohol 78-92-2 150 450tert-Butyl alcohol 75-65-0 100 300Butylamine 109-73-9 (C)5 (C)15 Xtert-Butyl chromate (as CrO ) 1189-85-1 (C)0.1 X3

n-Butyl glycidyl ether (BGE) 2426-08-6 50 270Butyl mercaptan 109-79-5 0.5 1.5p-tert-Butyltoluene 98-51-1 10 60Cadmium (as Cd); see 1910.1027 7440-43-9Calcium Carbonate 1317-65-3 Total dust Respirable fractionCalcium oxide 1305-78-8 5Calcium sulfate 7778-18-9 Total dust 15 Respirable fraction 5Camphor, synthetic 76-22-2 2Carbaryl (Sevin) 63-25-2 5Carbon black 1333-86-4 3.5Carbon dioxide 124-38-9 5000 9000Carbon disulfide 75-15-0 20 60 XCarbon monoxide 630-08-0 50 55Carbon tetrachloride 56-23-5 10 65 XCellulose 9004-34-6 Total dust Respirable fractionChlordane 57-74-9 0.5 XChlorinated camphene 8001-35-2 0.5 XChlorinated diphenyl oxide 55720-99-5 0.5Chlorine 7782-50-5 1 3Chlorine dioxide 10049-04-4 0.1 0.3Chlorine trifluoride 7790-91-2 (C)0.1 (C)0.4Chloroacetaldehyde 107-20-0 (C)1 (C)3a-Chloroacetophenone (Phenacyl chloride) 532-27-4 0.05 0.3Chlorobenzene 108-90-7 75 350


nation

19

o-Chlorobenzylidene malononitrile 2698-41-1 0.05 0.4Chlorobromomethane 74-97-5 200 10502-Chloro-1, 3-butadiene; See beta-ChloropreneChlorodiphenyl (42 percent Chlorine) (PCB) 53469-21-9 1 XChlorodiphenyl (54 percent Chlorine) (PCB) 11097-69-1 0.5 X1-Chloro-2, 3-epoxypropane; See Epichlorohydrin2-Chloroethanol; See Ethylene chlorohydrinChloroethylene; See VinylchlorideChloroform (Trichloromethane) 67-66-3 (C)50 (C)240bis (Chloromethyl) ether; see 1926.1108 542-88-1Chloromethyl methyl ether; see 1926.1106 107-30-21-Chloro-1-nitropropane 600-25-9 20 100Chloropicrin 76-06-2 0.1 0.7beta-Chloroprene 126-99-8 25 90 XChromic acid and chromates (as CrO ) Varies with 0.13

compoundChromium (II) compounds (as Cr) 7440-47-3 0.5Chromium (III) compounds (as Cr) 7440-47-3 0.5Chromium metal and insol. salts (as Cr) 7440-47-3 1Chrysene; see Coal tar pitch volatilesCoal tar pitch volatiles (benzene soluble fraction), 65996-93-2 0.2anthracene, BaP, phenanthrene, acridine, chrysene,pyreneCobalt metal, dust, and fume (as Co) 7440-48-4 0.1Coke oven emissions; see 1926.1129 0.15Copper 7440-50-8 Fume (as Cu) 0.1 Dusts and mists (as Cu) 1Corundum; see EmeryCottondust (raw) 1Cragherbicide (Sesone) 136-78-7 Total dust Respirable fractionCresol, all isomers 1319-77-3 5 22 XCrotonaldehyde 123-73-9 2 6

4170-30-3Cumene 98-82-8 50 245 XCyanides (as CN) Varies with 5 X

CompoundCyanogen 460-19-5 10Cyclohexane 110-82-7 300 1050Cyclohexanol 108-93-0 50 200Cyclohexanone 108-94-1 50 200Cyclohexene 110-83-8 300 1015Cyclonite 121-82-4 1.5 XCyclopentadiene 542-92-7 75 200DDT, see DichlorodiphenyltrichloroethaneDDVP, see Dichlorvos2, 4-D (Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid) 94-75-7 10


nation

20

Decaborane 17702-41-9 0.05 0.3 XDemeton (Systox) 8065-48-3 0.1 XDiacetone alcohol 123-42-2 50 240(4-Hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone)1, 2-Diaminoethane; see EthylenediamineDiazomethane 334-88-3 0.2 0.4Diborane 19287-45-7 0.1 0.11, 2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP); see 96-12-8 1926.11441, 2-Dibromoethane; see Ethylene dibromideDibutyl phosphate 107-66-4 1 5Dibutyl phthalate 84-74-2 5Dichloroacetylene 7572-29-4 (C)0.1 (C)0.4o-Dichlorobenzene 95-50-1 (C)50 (C)300p-Dichlorobenzene 106-46-7 75 4503, 3'-Dichlorobenzidine; see 1926.1107 91-94-1Dichlorodifluoromethane 75-71-8 1000 49501, 3-Dichloro-5, 5-dimethyl hydantoin 118-52-5 0.2Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane (DDT) 50-29-3 1 X1, 1-Dichloroethane 75-34-3 100 4001, 2-Dichloroethane; see Ethylene dichloride1, 2-Dichloroethylene 540-59-0 200 790Dichloroethyl ether 111-44-4 (C)15 (C)90 XDichloromethane; see Methylene chlorideDichloromonofluoromethane 75-43-4 1000 42001, 1-Dichloro-1-nitroethane 594-72-9 (C)10 (C)601, 2-Dichloropropane; see Propylene dichlorideDichlorotetrafluoroethane 76-14-2 1000 7000Dichlorvos (DDVP) 62-73-7 1 XDieldrin 60-57-1 0.25 XDiethylamine 109-89-7 25 752-Diethylaminoethanol 100-37-8 10 50 XDiethylene triamine 111-40-0 (C)10 (C)42 XDiethyl ether; see Ethyl etherDifluorodibromomethane 75-61-6 100 860Diglycidyl ether (DGE) 2238-07-5 (C)0.5 (C)2.8Dihydroxybenzene; see HydroquinoneDiisobutyl ketone 108-83-8 50 290Diisopropylamine 108-18-9 5 20 X4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene; see 1926.1115 60-11-7Dimethoxymethane; see MethylalDimethyl acetamide 127-19-5 10 35 XDimethylamine 124-40-3 10 18Dimethylaminobenzene; see XylidineDimethylaniline (N, N-Dimethylaniline) 121-69-7 5 25 XDimethylbenzene; see XyleneDimethyl-1, 2-dibromo-2, 2-dichloroethyl phosphate 300-76-5 3Dimethylformamide 68-12-2 10 30 X2, 6-Dimethyl-4-heptanone; see Diisobutyl ketone


nation

21

1, 1-Dimethylhydrazine 57-14-7 0.5 1 XDimethylphthalate 131-11-3 5Dimethyl sulfate 77-78-1 1 5 XDinitrobenzene (all isomers) 1 X (ortho) 528-29-0 (meta) 99-65-0 (para) 100-25-4Dinitro-o-cresol 534-52-1 0.2 XDinitrotoluene 25321-14-6 1.5 XDioxane (Diethylene dioxide) 123-91-1 100 360 XDiphenyl (Biphenyl) 92-52-4 0.2 1Diphenylamine 122-39-4 10Diphenylmethane diisocyanate; see Methylene bisphenyl isocyanateDipropylene glycol methyl ether 34590-94-8 100 600 XDi-sec octyl phthalate (Di-2-ethylhexyl) phthalate) 117-81-7 5Emery 12415-34-8 Total dust Respirable fractionEndosulfan 115-29-7 0.1 XEndrin 72-20-8 0.1 XEpichlorohydrin 106-89-8 5 19 XEPN 2104-64-5 0.5 X1, 2-Epoxypropane; see Propylene oxide2, 3-Epoxy-1-propanol; see GlycidolEthane 74-84-0

E

Ethanethiol; see Ethyl mercaptanEthanolamine 141-43-5 3 62-Ethoxyethanol (Cellosolve) 110-80-5 200 740 X2-Ethoxyethyl acetate (Cellosolve acetate) 111-15-9 100 540 XEthyl acetate 141-78-6 400 1400Ethyl acrylate 140-88-5 25 100 XEthyl alcohol (Ethanol) 64-17-5 1000 1900Ethylamine 75-04-7 10 18Ethyl amyl ketone (5-Methyl-3-heptanone) 541-85-5 25 130Ethyl benzene 100-41-4 100 435Ethyl bromide 74-96-4 200 890Ethyl butylketone (3-Heptanone) 106-35-4 50 230Ethyl chloride 75-00-3 1000 2600Ethyl ether 60-29-7 400 1200Ethyl formate 109-94-4 100 300Ethyl mercaptan 75-08-1 0.5 1Ethyl silicate 78-10-4 100 850Ethylene 74-85-1

E

Ethylene chlorohydrin 107-07-3 5 16 XEthylenediamine 107-15-3 10 25Ethylene dibromide 106-93-4 (C)25 (C)190 XEthylene dichloride (1, 2-Dichloroethane) 107-06-2 50 200


nation

22

Ethylene glycol dinitrate 628-96-6 (C)0.2 (C)1 XEthylene glycol methyl acetate; see Methyl cellosolve acetateEthyleneimine; see 1926.1112 151-56-4Ethylene oxide; see 1926.1147 75-21-8Ethylidene chloride; see 1, 1-DichlorethaneN-Ethylmorpholine 100-74-3 20 94 XFerbam 14484-64-1 Total dust 15Ferrovanadium dust 12604-58-9 1Fibrous Glass Total dust Respirable fractionFluorides (as F) Varies with 2.5

compoundFluorine 7782-41-4 0.1 0.2Fluorotrichloromethane (Trichlorofluoromethane) 75-69-4 1000 5600Formaldehyde; see 1926.1148 50-00-0Formic acid 64-18-6 5 9Furfural 98-01-1 5 20 XFurfuryl alcohol 98-00-0 50 200Gasoline 8006-61-9

A(3)

Glycerin (mist) 56-81-5 Total dust Respirable fractionGlycidol 556-52-5 50 150Glycol monoethyl ether; see 2-EthoxyethanolGraphite, natural respirable dust 7782-42-5

2 2 2

Graphite, synthetic Total dust Respirable fractionGuthion; see Azinphos methylGypsum 13397-24-5 Total dust Respirable fractionHafnium 7440-58-6 0.5Helium 7440-59-7

E

Heptachlor 76-44-8 0.5 XHeptane (n-Heptane) 142-82-5 500 2000Hexachloroethane 67-72-1 1 10 XHexachloronaphthalene 1335-87-1 0.2 Xn-Hexane 110-54-3 500 18002-Hexanone (Methyl n-butyl ketone) 591-78-6 100 410Hexone (Methylisobutyl ketone) 108-10-1 100 410sec-Hexyl acetate 108-84-9 50 300Hydrazine 302-01-2 1 1.3 XHydrogen 1333-74-0

E

Hydrogen bromide 10035-10-6 3 10


nation

23

Hydrogen chloride 7647-01-0 (C)5 (C)7Hydrogen cyanide 74-90-8 10 11 XHydrogen fluoride (as F) 7664-39-3 3 2Hydrogen peroxide 7722-84-1 1 1.4Hydrogen selenide (as Se) 7783-07-5 0.05 0.2Hydrogen sulfide 7783-06-4 10 15Hydroquinone 123-31-9 2Indene 95-13-6 10 45Indium and compounds (as in) 7440-74-6 0.1Iodine 7553-56-2 (C)0.1 (C)1Iron oxide fume 1309-37-1 10Iron salts (soluble) (as Fe) Varies with 1

compoundIsomyl acetate 123-92-2 100 525Isomyl alcohol (primary and secondary) 123-51-3 100 360Isobutyl acetate 110-19-0 150 700Isobutyl alcohol 78-83-1 100 300Isophorone 78-59-1 25 140Isopropyl acetate 108-21-4 250 950Isopropyl alcohol 67-63-0 400 980Isopropylamine 75-31-0 5 12Isopropyl ether 108-20-3 500 2100Isopropyl glycidyl ether(IGE) 4016-14-2 50 240Kaolin 1332-58-7 Total dust Respirable fractionKetene 463-51-4 0.5 0.9Lead inorganic (as Pb); see 1926.62 7439-92-1Limestone 1317-65-3 Total dust Respirable fractionLindane 58-89-9 0.5 XLithium hydride 7580-67-8 0.025L.P.G. (Liquified petroleum gas) 68476-85-7 1000 1800Magnesite 546-93-0 Total dust Respirable fractionMagnesium oxide fume 1309-48-4 Total Particulate 15Malathion 121-75-5 Total dust 15 XMaleic anhydride 108-31-6 0.25Manganese compounds (as Mn) 7439-96-5 (C)5Manganese fume (as Mn) 7439-96-5 (C)5Marble 1317-65-3 Total dust Respirable fractionMercury (aryl and inorganic) (as Hg) 7439-97-6 0.1 XMercury (organo) alkyl compounds (as Hg) 7439-97-6 0.01 X


nation

24

Mercury (vapor) (as Hg) 7439-97-6 0.1 XMesityl oxide 141-79-7 25 100Methane 74-82-8

E

Methanethiol; see Methyl mercaptanMethoxychlor 72-43-5 Total dust 152-Methoxyethanol; (Methyl cellosolve) 109-86-4 25 80 X2-Methoxyethyl acetate (Methyl cellosolve acetate) 110-49-6 25 120 XMethyl acetate 79-20-9 200 610Methyl acetylene (Propyne) 74-99-7 1000 1650Methyl acetylene propadiene mixture (MAPP) 1000 1800Methyl acrylate 96-33-3 10 35 XMethylal (Dimethoxy-methane) 109-87-5 1000 3100Methyl alcohol 67-56-1 200 260Methylamine 74-89-5 10 12Methyl amyl alcohol; see Methyl Isobutyl carbinolMethyl n-amyl ketone 110-43-0 100 465Methyl bromide 74-83-9 (C)20 (C)80 XMethyl butyl ketone; see 2-HexanoneMethyl cellosolve; see 2-MethoxyethanolMethyl cellosolve acetate; see 2-Methoxyethyl acetateMethyl chloride 74-87-3 100 210Methyl chloroform (1, 1, 1-Trichloroethane) 71-55-6 350 1900Methylcyclohexane 108-87-2 500 2000Methylcyclohexanol 25639-42-3 100 470o-Methylcyclohexanone 583-60-8 100 460 X*Methylenechloride; see 1910.1052Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK); see 2-ButanoneMethyl formate 107-31-3 100 250Methyl hydrazine (Monomethyl hydrazine) 60-34-4 (C)0.2 (C)0.35 XMethyl iodide 74-88-4 5 28 XMethyl isoamyl ketone 110-12-3 100 475Methyl isobutyl carbinol 108-11-2 25 100 XMethyl isobutyl ketone; see HexoneMethyl isocyanate 624-83-9 0.02 0.05 XMethyl mercaptan 74-93-1 0.5 1Methyl methacrylate 80-62-6 100 410Methyl propylketone; see 2-PentanoneMethyl silicate 681-84-5 (C)5 (C)30alpha-Methyl styrene 98-83-9 (C)100 (C)480Methylene bisphenyl isocyanate (MDI) 101-68-8 (C)0.02 (C)0.2Methyl enedianiline (MDA) 101-77-9Mica; see SilicatesMolybdenum (as Mo) 7439-98-7 Soluble compounds 5 Insoluble Compounds Total dust 15Monomethyl aniline 100-61-8 2 9 X


nation

25

Monomethyl hydrazine; see Methyl hydrazineMorpholine 110-91-8 20 70 XNaphtha (Coal tar) 8030-30-6 100 400Naphthalene 91-20-3 10 50alpha-Naphthylamine; see 1926.1104 134-32-7beta-Naphthylamine; see 1926.1109 91-59-8Neon 7440-01-9

E

Nickel carbonyl (as Ni) 13463-39-3 0.001 0.007Nickel, metal and insoluble compounds (as Ni) 7440-02-0 1Nickel, soluble compounds (as Ni) 7440-02-0 1Nicotine 54-11-5 0.5 XNitric acid 7697-37-2 2 5Nitric oxide 10102-43-9 25 30p-Nitroaniline 100-01-6 1 6 XNitrobenzene 98-95-3 1 5 Xp-Nitrochlorobenzene 100-00-5 1 X4-Nitrodiphenyl; see 1926.1103 92-93-3Nitroethane 79-24-3 100 310Nitrogen 7727-37-9

E

Nitrogen dioxide 10102-44-0 (C)5 (C)9Nitrogen trifluoride 7783-54-2 10 29Nitroglycerin 55-63-0 (C)0.2 (C)2 XNitromethane 75-52-5 100 2501-Nitropropane 108-03-2 25 902-Nitropropane 79-46-9 25 90N-Nitrosodimethylamine; see 1926.1116 62-79-9Nitrotoluene (all isomers) 5 30 X o-isomer 88-72-2 m-isomer 99-08-1 p-isomer 99-99-0Nitrotrichloromethane; see ChloropicrinNitrous oxide 10024-97-2

E

Octachloronaphthalene 2234-13-1 0.1 XOctane 111-65-9 400 1900Oil mist, mineral 8012-95-1 5Osmium tetroxide (as Os) 20816-12-0 0.002Oxalic acid 144-62-7 1Oxygen difluoride 7783-41-7 0.05 0.1Ozone 10028-15-6 0.1 0.2Paraquat, respirable dust 4685-14-7 0.5 X

1910-42-52074-50-2

Parathion 56-38-2 0.1 XParticulates not other wise regulated Total dust organic and inorganic 15PCB; see Chlorodiphenyl (42% and 54% chlorine)Pentaborane 19624-22-7 0.005 0.01Pentachloronaphthalene 1321-64-8 0.5 XPentachlorophenol 87-86-5 0.5 X


nation

26

Pentaerythritol 115-77-5 Total dust Respirable fractionPentane 109-66-0 500 15002-Pentanone (Methyl propyl ketone) 107-87-9 200 700Perchloroethylene (Tetrachloroethylene) 127-18-4 100 670Perchloromethyl mercaptan 594-42-3 0.1 0.8Perchloryl fluoride 7616-94-6 3 13.5Petroleum distillates (Naphtha) (Rubber Solvent)

A(3)

Phenol 108-95-2 5 19 Xp-Phenylene diamine 106-50-3 0.1 XPhenyl ether, vapor 101-84-8 1 7Phenyl ether-biphenyl mixture, vapor 1 7Phenylethylene; see StyrenePhenyl glycidyl ether (PGE) 122-60-1 10 60Phenylhydrazine 100-63-0 5 22 XPhosdrin (Mevinphos) 7786-34-7 0.1 XPhosgene (Carbonyl chloride) 75-44-5 0.1 0.4Phosphine 7803-51-2 0.3 0.4Phosphoric acid 7664-38-2 1Phosphorus (yellow) 7723-14-0 0.1Phosphorus pentachloride 10026-13-8 1Phosphorus pentasulfide 1314-80-3 1Phosphorus trichloride 7719-12-2 0.5 3Phthalic anhydride 85-44-9 2 12Picric acid 88-89-1 0.1 XPindone (2-Pivalyl-1, 3-indandione) 83-26-1 0.1Plaster of paris 26499-65-0 Total dust Respirable fractionPlatinum (as Pt) 7440-06-4 Metal Soluble Salts 0.002Polytetrafluoroethylene decomposition products

A(2)

Portland cement 65997-15-1 Total dust 15 Respirable fraction 5Propane 74-98-6

E

Propargyl alcohol 107-19-7 1 Xbeta-Propriolactone; see 1926.1113 57-57-8n-Propyl acetate 109-60-4 200 840n-Propyl alcohol 71-23-8 200 500n-Propyl nitrate 627-13-4 25 110Propylene dichloride 78-87-5 75 350Propylene imine 75-55-8 2 5 XPropylene oxide 75-56-9 100 240Propyne; see Methyl acetylene


nation

27

Pyrethrum 8003-34-7 5Pyridine 110-86-1 5 15Quinone 106-51-4 0.1 0.4RDX: see CycloniteRhodium (as Rh), metal fume and insoluble 7440-16-6 0.1compoundsRhodium (as Rh), solublec ompounds 7440-16-6 0.001Ronnel 299-84-3 10Rotenone 83-79-4 5Rouge Total dust Respirable fractionSelenium compounds (as Se) 7782-49-2 0.2Selenium hexafluoride (as Se) 7783-79-1 0.05 0.4Silica, amorphous, precipitated and gel 112926-00-

8

2 2 2

Silica, amorphous, diatomaceous earth, containing 61790-53-2less than 1 percent crystalline silica

2 2 2

Silica, crystalline cristobalite, respirable dust 14464-46-12 2 2

Silica, crystalline quartz, respirable dust 14808-60-72 2 2

Silica, crystalline tripoli (as quartz), respirable dust 1317-95-92 2 2

Silica, crystalline tridymite, respirable dust 15468-32-32 2 2

Silica, fused, respirable dust 60676-86-02 2 2

Silicates (less than 1 percent crystalline silica) Mica 12001-26-2(respirable dust)

2 2 2

Soapstone, Total dust2 2 2

Soapstone, respirable dust2 2 2

Talc (containing asbestos); use asbesto limit; see1926.58 Talc (containing no asbestos), respirable dust 14807-96-6

2 2 2

Tremolite, abestiform; see 1926.58Silicon carbide 409-21-2 Total dust Respirable fractionSilver, metal and soluble compounds (as Ag) 7440-22-4 0.01Soapstone; see SilicatesSodium fluoroacetate 62-74-8 0.05 XSodium hydroxide 1310-73-2 2Starch 9005-25-8 Total dust Respirable fractionStibine 7803-52-3 0.1 0.5Stoddard solvent 8052-41-3 200 1150Strychnine 57-24-9 0.15Styrene 100-42-5 (C)100 (C)420Sucrose 57-50-1 Total dust Respirable fractionSulfur dioxide 7446-09-5 5 13


nation

28

Sulfur hexafluoride 2551-62-4 1000 6000Sulfuric acid 7664-93-9 1Sulfur monochloride 10025-67-9 1 6Sulfur pentafluoride 5714-22-7 0.025 0.25Sulfuryl fluoride 2699-79-8 5 20Systox; see Demeton2, 4, 5-T (2, 4, 5-tri-chlorophenoxyacetic acid) 93-76-5 10Talc; see SilicatesTantalum, metal and oxide dust 7440-25-7 5TEDP (Sulfotep) 3689-24-5 0.2 XTeflon decomposition products A2Tellurium and compounds (as Te) 13494-80-9 0.1Tellurium hexafluoride (as Te) 7783-80-4 0.02 0.2Temephos 3383-96-8 Total dust Respirable fractionTEPP (Tetraethyl pyrophosphaate) 107-49-3 0.05 XTerphenylis 26140-60-3 (C)1 (C)91, 1, 1, 2-Tetrachloro-2, 2-difluoroethane 76-11-9 500 41701, 1, 2, 2-Tetrachloro-1, 2-difluoroethane 76-12-0 500 41701, 1, 2, 2-Tetrachloroethane 79-34-5 5 35 XTetrachoroethylene; see PerchloroethyleneTetrachloromethane; see Carbon tetrachlorideTetrachloronaphthalene 1335-88-2 2 XTetraethyl lead (as Pb) 78-00-2 0.1 XTetrahydrofuran 109-99-9 200 590Tetramethyl lead, (as Pb) 75-74-1 0.15 XTetramethyl succinonitrile 3333-52-6 0.5 3 XTetranitromethane 509-14-8 1 8Tetryl (2, 4, 6-Trinitrophenylmethyl- nitramine) 479-45-8 1.5 XThallium, soluble compounds (as Tl) 7440-28-0 0.1 XThiram 137-26-8 5Tin, inorganic compounds (except oxides) (as Sn) 7440-31-5 2Tin, organic compounds (as Sn) 7440-31-5 0.1Tin oxide (as Sn) 21651-19-4 Total dust Respirable fractionTitanium dioxide 13463-67-7 Total dustToluene 108-88-3 200 750Toluene-2, 4-diisocyanate (TDI) 584-84-9 (C)0.02 (C)0.14o-Toluidine 95-53-4 5 22 XToxaphene; see Chlorinated campheneTremolite; see SilicatesTributyl phosphate 126-73-8 51, 1, 1-Trichloroethane; see Methyl chloroform1, 1, 2-Trichloroethane 79-00-5 10 45 XTrichloroethylene 79-01-6 100 535


nation

29

Trichloromethane; see ChloroformTrichloronaphthalene 1321-65-9 5 X1, 2, 3-Trichloropropane 96-18-4 50 3001, 1, 2-Trichloro-1, 2, 2-trifluoroethane 76-13-1 1000 7600Triethylamine 121-44-8 25 100Trifluorobromomethane 75-63-8 1000 6100Trimethyl benzene 25551-13-7 25 1202, 4 6-Trinitrophenyl; see Picric acid2, 4, 6-Trinitrophenylmethyl nitramine; see Tetryl2, 4, 6-Trinitrotoluene (TNT) 118-96-7 1.5 XTriorthocresyl phosphate 78-30-8 0.1Triphenyl phosphate 115-86-6 3Tungsten (as W) 7440-33-7 Insoluble compounds 5 Soluble compounds 1Turpentine 8006-64-2 100 560Uranium (as U) 7440-61-1 Soluble compounds 0.2 Insoluble compounds 0.2Vanadium 1314-62-1 Respirable dust (as V O ) (C)0.52 5

Fume (as V O ) (C)0.12 5

Vegetable oil mist Total dust Respirable fractionVinyl benzene; see StyreneVinyl chloride; see 1926.1117 75-01-4Vinyl cyanide; see AcrylonitrileVinyl toluene 25013-15-4 100 480Warfarin 81-81-2 0.1Xylenes (o-, m-, p-isomers) 1330-20-7 100 435Xylidine 1300-73-8 5 25 XYttrium 7440-65-5 1Zinc chloride fume 7646-85-7 1Zinc oxide fume 1314-13-2 5Zinc oxide 1314-13-2 Total dust 15 Respirable fraction 5Zirconium compounds (as Zr) 7440-67-7 5

MINERAL DUSTS

30

Substance mppcf j

SILICA: 250 Crystalline Quartz. Threshold limit calculated from the formula ------------------ % SiO + 5

Cristobalite. Amorphous, including natural diatomaceous earth 20

SILICATES (less than 1 percent crystalline silica) Mica 20 Portland cement 50 Soapstone 20 Talc (non-asbestiform) 20 Talc (fibrous), use asbestos limit –

Graphite (natural)

k

2

15

Inert or Nuisance Particulates : "[ Inert or Nuisance Dusts includes all 50 (or 15 mg/mm *

mineral, inorganic, and organic dusts as indicated by examples in whichever is theTLV's Appendix D]" the smaller) of

Conversion factors. mppcf X 35.3 = million particles per cubic meter than 1% SiO= particles per c.c.

3

total dust less2

§ 1926.56 Subpart DIllumination Occupational Health and

Environmental Controls

31

§ 1926.56 - Illumination.(a) General. Construction areas, ramps,

runways, corridors, offices, shops, and storageareas shall be lighted to not less than theminimum illumination intensities listed inTable D-3 while any work is in progress:

(b) Other areas. For areas or operationsnot covered above, refer to the AmericanNational Standard A11.1-1965, R1970,Practice for Industrial Lighting, forrecommended values of illumination.

§ 1926.57 - Ventilation.(a) General. Whenever hazardous

substances such as dusts, fumes, mists,vapors, or gases exist or are produced in thecourse of construction work, theirconcentrations

shall not exceed the limits specified in1926.55(a). When ventilation is used as anengineering control method, the system shallbe installed and operated according to therequirements of this section.

§ 1926.59 - Hazard communication.Note: The requirements applicable to

construction work under this section areidentical to those set forth at 29 CFR1910.1200 (General Industry Standards).

§ 1926.62 - Lead.Note: The requirement applicable to

residential construction activities involvingexposure to lead are found in the full text ofthe stantard, 29 CFR 1926.62 (Lead).

TABLE D-3Minimum Illumination Intensities in Foot-candles

Foot-Candles

Area of Operation

5 General construction area lighting.

3 access ways, active storage areas, loading platforms, refueling, and fieldGeneral construction areas, concrete placement, excavation and waste areas,

maintenance areas.

5 Indoors: warehouses, corridors, hallways, and exitways.

5

Tunnels, shafts, and general underground work areas: (Exception: minimumof 10 foot-candles is required at tunnel and shaft heading during drilling,mucking, and scaling. Bureau of Mines approved cap lights shall beacceptable for use in the tunnel heading)

10 mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, carpenter shops, rigging loftsGeneral construction plant and shops (e.g., batch plants, screening plants,

and active store rooms, mess halls, and indoor toilets and workrooms.)

Subpart E § 1926.102Personal Protective Eye and face protectionand Life Saving Equipment

32

30 First aid stations, infirmaries, and offices.

Subpart E - PersonalProtective and Life Saving

Equipment

§ 1926.95 - Criteria for personalprotective equipment.

(a) Application. Protective equipment,including personal protective equipment foreyes, face, head, and extremities, protectiveclothing, respiratory devices, and protectiveshields and barriers, shall be provided, used,and maintained in a sanitary and reliablecondition wherever it is necessary by reasonof hazards of processes or clothing,respiratory devices, and protective shields andbarriers, shall be provided, used, andmaintained in a sanitary and reliable conditionwherever it is necessary by reason of hazardsof processes or environment, chemicalhazards, radiological hazards, or mechanicalirritants encountered in a manner capable ofcausing injury or impairment in the functionof any part of the body through absorption,inhalation or physical contact.

(b) Employee-owned equipment. Whereemployees provide their own protectiveequipment, the employer shall be responsibleto assure its adequacy, including propermaintenance, and sanitation of suchequipment.

(c) Design. All personal protectiveequipment shall be of safe design andconstruction for the work to be performed.

§ 1926.96 - Occupational footprotection.

Safety-toe footwear for employees shall

meet the requirements and specifications inAmerican National Standard for Men'sSafety-Toe Footwear, Z41.1-1967.

Subpart E § 1926.102Personal Protective Eye and face protectionand Life Saving Equipment

33

§ 1926.100 - Head protection.(a) Employees working in areas where

there is a possible danger of head injury fromimpact, or from falling or flying objects, orfrom electrical shock and burns, shall beprotected by protective helmets.

(b) Helmets for the protection ofemployees against impact and penetration offalling and flying objects shall meet thespecifications contained in American NationalStandards Institute, Z89.1-1969, SafetyRequirements for Industrial Head Protection.

(c) Helmets for the head protection ofemployees exposed to high voltage electricalshock and burns shall meet the specificationscontained in American National StandardsInstitute, Z89.2-1971.

§ 1926.101 - Hearing protection.(a) Wherever it is not feasible to reduce

the noise levels or duration of exposures tothose specified in Table D-2, PermissibleNoise Exposures, in 1926.52, ear protectivedevices shall be provided and used.

(b) Ear protective devices inserted in theear shall be fitted or determined individuallyby competent persons.

(c) Plain cotton is not an acceptableprotective device.

§ 1926.102 - Eye and face protection.(a) General.(a)(1) Employees shall be provided with

eye and face protection equipment whenmachines or operations present potential eyeor face injury from physical, chemical, orradiation agents.

(a)(2) Eye and face protection equipmentrequired by this Part shall meet therequirements specified in American NationalStandards Institute, Z87.1-1968, Practice

for

§ 1926.102 Subpart EEye and face protection Personal Protective

and Life Saving Equipment

34

Occupational and Educational Eye and Face The use of this type equipment with structuralProtection. or optical defects shall be prohibited.

(a)(3) Employees whose vision requires (a)(5) Table E-1 shall be used as a guide inthe use of corrective lenses in spectacles, the selection of face and eye protection for thewhen required by this regulation to wear eye hazards and operations noted.protection, shall be protected by goggles orspectacles of one of the following types:

(a)(3)(i) Spectacles whose protectivelenses provide optical correction;

(a)(3)(ii) Goggles that can be worn over which they are designed.corrective spectacles without disturbing theadjustment of the spectacles;

(a)(3)(iii) Goggles that incorporate conditions.corrective lenses mounted behind theprotective lenses.

(a)(4) Face and eye protection equipment the wearer.shall be kept clean and in good repair.

(a)(6) Protectors shall meet the followingminimum requirements:

(a)(6)(i) They shall provide adequateprotection against the particular hazards for

(a)(6)(ii) They shall be reasonablycomfortable when worn under the designated

(a)(6)(iii) They shall fit snugly and shallnot unduly interfere with the movements of

TABLE E-1 - Eye and Face Protector Selection Guide

1. GOGGLES, Flexible Fitting - Regular Ventilation2. GOGGLES, Flexible Fitting - Hooded Ventilation3. GOGGLES, Cushioned Fitting - Rigid Body4. SPECTACLES, Metal Frame, with Sideshields 1

5. SPECTACLES, Plastic Frame - with Sideshields 2

6. SPECTACLES, Metal-Plastic Frame - with Sideshields 1

7. WELDING GOGGLES, Eyecup Type - Tinted Lenses 2

7A. CHIPPING GOGGLES, Eyecup Type - Clear Safety Lenses8. WELDING GOGGLES, Coversepc Type - Tinted Lenses 2

8A. CHIPPING GOGGLES, Coverspec Type - Clear Safety Lenses9. WELDING GOGGLES, Coverspec Type - Tinted Plate Lens 2

10. FACE SHIELD (Available with Plastic or Mesh Window)11. WELDING HELMETS2

Non-side shield spectacles are available for limited hazard use requiring only frontal protection.1

See Table E-2, in paragraph (b) of this section, Filter Lens Shade Numbers for Protection Against Radiant Energy.2

Subpart E § 1926.103Personal Protective and Respiratory protectionLife Saving Equipment

35


36

Applications

Operation Hazards Recommended protectors

Acetylene-Burning, Acetylene-Cutting, 7, 8, 9Acetylene-Welding

Sparks, harmful rays, moltenmetal, flying particles

Chemical Handling Splash, acid burns, fumes 2, 10 (For sever exposure add 10 over 2)

Chipping Flying particles 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7A, 8A

Electric (arc) weldingSparks, intense rays, molten 9, 11, (11 in combination with 4, 5, 6, in

metal tinted lenses advisable)

Furnace operations Glare, heat, molten metal 7, 8, 9 (For severe exposure add 10)

Grinding-Light Flying particles 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10

Grinding-Heavy Flying particles 1, 3, 7A, 8A (For severe exposure add 10)

Laboratory Chemical splash, glass breakage 2 (10 when in combination with 4, 5, 6)

Machining Flying particles 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10

Molten metals Heat, glare, sparks, splash7, 8, (10 in combination with 4, 5, 6, in

tinted lenses)

Spot welding Flying particles, sparks 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10

(a)(6)(iv) They shall be durable.(a)(6)(v) They shall be capable of being

disinfected.(a)(6)(vi) They shall be easily cleanable.(a)(7) Every protector shall be distinctly

marked to facilitate identification only of themanufacturer.

(a)(8) When limitations or precautions areindicated by the manufacturer, they shall betransmitted to the user and care taken to seethat such limitations and precautions arestrictly observed.

(b) Protection against radiant energy.(b)(1) Selection of shade numbers for

welding filter. Table E-2 shall be used as aguide for the selection of the proper shade

numbers of filter lenses or plates used inwelding. Shades more dense than those listedmay be used to suit the individual's needs.

§ 1926.103 - Respiratory protection.(a) General.(a)(1) In emergencies, or when controls

required by Subpart D of this part either failor are inadequate to prevent harmful exposureto employees, appropriate respiratoryprotective devices shall be provided by theemployer and shall be used.

(a)(2) Respiratory protective devices shallbe approved by the Mine Safety and HealthAdministration and the National Institute forOccupational Safety and Health or

§ 1926.103 Subpart ERespiratory protection Personal Protective and

Life Saving Equipment

37

acceptable to the U.S. Department of

TABLE E-2. - Filter Lens Shade Numbers for Protection Against Radiant Energy

Welding operationShade

number

Shielded metal-arc welding 1/16-, 3/32-, 1/8-, 5/32- inch diameter electrodes ............... 10Gas-shielded arc welding (nonferrous) 1/16-, 3/32-, 1/8-, 5/32-inch diameter electrodes 11Gas-shielded arc welding (ferrous) 1/16-, 3/32-, 1/8-,5/32-inch diameter electrodes ...... 12 Shielded metal-arc welding 3/16-, 7/32-, 1/4-inch diameter electrodes ......................... 125/16-, 3/8-inch diameter electrodes ................................................................................. 14Atomic hydrogen welding ............................................................................................... 10-14Carbon-arc welding ......................................................................................................... 14Soldering ......................................................................................................................... 2Torch brazing .................................................................................................................. 3 or 4Light cutting, up to 1 inch ............................................................................................... 3 or 4Medium cutting, 1 inch to 6 inches ................................................................................. 4 or 5Heavy cutting, over 6 inches ........................................................................................... 5 or 6Gas welding (light), up to 1/8-inch ................................................................................. 4 or 5Gas welding (medium), 1/8-inch to ½-inch ..................................................................... 5 or 6Gas welding (heavy), over ½-inch .................................................................................. 6 or 8

Labor for the specific contaminant to which life shall be thoroughly trained in its use.the employee is exposed. Employees required to use other types of

(b) Respirator selection.(b)(1) The chemical and physical

properties of the contaminant, as well as thetoxicity and concentration of the hazardousmaterial, shall be considered in selecting theproper respirators.

(b)(2) The nature and extent of the hazard,work requirements, and conditions, as well asthe limitations and characteristics of theavailable respirators, shall also be factorsconsidered in making the proper selection.

(b)(3) The following table lists the typesof respirators required for protection indangerous atmospheres:

(c) Selection, issuance, use and care ofrespirators.

(c)(1) Employees required to userespiratory protective equipment approved foruse in atmospheres immediately dangerous to

respiratory protective equipment shall beinstructed in the use and limitations of suchequipment.

(c)(2) Respiratory protective equipmentshall be inspected regularly and maintained ingood condition. Gas mask canisters andchemical cartridges shall be replaced asnecessary so as to provide completeprotection. Mechanical filters shall be cleanedor replaced as necessary so as to avoid undueresistance to breathing.

(c)(3) Respiratory protective equipmentwhich has been previously used shall becleaned and disinfected before it is issued bythe employer to another employee.Emergency rescue equipment shall be cleanedand disinfected immediately after each use.

(d) Permissible practice.(d)(1) In the control of those occupational


38

diseases caused by breathing air contaminatedwith harmful dusts, fogs, fumes, mists, gases,smokes, sprays, or vapors, the primaryobjective shall be to prevent atmosphericcontamination. This

TABLE E-4. - Selection of Respirators

Hazard Respirator (See Note)

Oxygen deficiency Self-contained breathing apparatus. Hose mask with blower. Combinationair-line respirator with auxiliary self-contained air supply or an air-storagereceiver with alarm.

Gas and vapor contaminants Self-contained breathing apparatus. Hose mask with blower. Air-purifying fullimmediately dangerous to facepiece respirator (for escape only). Combination air-line respirator withlife and health auxiliary self-contained air supply or an air-storage receiver with alarm.

Not immediately dangerous Air-line respirator. .Hose mask without blower. Air-purifying, half-mask orto life and health mouthpiece respirator with chemical cartridge.

Particulate contaminants Self contained breathing apparatus. Hose mask with blower. Air purifying, fullimmediately dangerous to facepiece respirator with appropriate filter. Self-rescue mouthpiece respiratorlife and health (for escape only). Combination air-line respirator with auxiliary self-contained

air supply or an air-storage receiver with alarm.

Not immediately dangerous Air-purifying, half-mask or mouthpiece respirator with filter pad or cartridge.to life and health Air-line respirator. Air-line abrasive-blasting respirator. Hose-mask without

blower.

Combination gas, vapor, and Self-contained breathing apparatus. Hose mask with blower. Air-purifying,particulate contaminants full facepiece respirator with chemical canister and appropriate filter (gasimmediately dangerous to mask with filter). Self-rescue mouthpiece respirator (for escape only).life and health Combination air-line respirator with auxiliary self-contained air-supply or an

air-storage receiver with alarm.

Not immediately dangerous Air-line respirator. Hose mask without blower. Air-purifying, half-mask orto life and health mouthpiece respirator with chemical cartridge and appropriate filter.

NOTE: For the purpose of this part, immediately dangerous to life and health is defined as a condition that either posesan immediate threat of severe exposure to contaminants such as radioactive materials, which are likely to have adversedelayed effects on health.

shall be accomplished as far as feasible by or while they are being instituted, appropriateaccepted engineering control measures (for respirators shall be used pursuant to theexample, enclosure or confinement of theoperation, general and local ventilation, andsubstitution of less toxic materials). Wheneffective engineering controls are not feasible,

following requirements. ( d ) ( 2 )Respirators shall be provided by the employerwhen such equipment is necessary to protectthe health of the employee. The employer



39

shall provide the respirators which are to perform the work and use the equipment.applicable and suitable for the purpose The local physician shall determine whatintended. The employer shall be responsible health and physical conditions are pertinent.for the establishment and maintenance of a The respirator user's medical status should berespiratory protective program which shall reviewed periodically (for instance, annually).include the requirements outlined inparagraph (e) of this section.

(d)(3) The employee shall use the Safety and Health Administration and theprovided respiratory protection in accordance National Institute for Occupational Safety andwith instructions and training received. Health under the provisions of 30 CFR part

(e) Requirements for a minimalacceptable program.

(e)(1) Written standard operatingprocedures governing the selection and use ofrespirators shall be established.

(e)(2) Respirators shall be selected on thebasis of hazards to which the worker isexposed.

(e)(3) The user shall be instructed andtrained in the proper use of respirators andtheir limitations.

(e)(5) Respirators shall be regularlycleaned and disinfected. Those used by more than one worker shall be thoroughly cleaned and disinfected after each use.

(e)(6) Respirators shall be stored in aconvenient, clean, and sanitary location.

(e)(7) Respirators used routinely shall beinspected during cleaning. Worn ordeteriorated parts shall be replaced.Respirators for emergency use such asself-contained devices shall be thoroughlyinspected at least once a month and after eachuse.

(e)(8) Appropriate surveillance of workarea conditions and degree of employeeexposure or stress shall be maintained.

(e)(9) There shall be regular inspectionand evaluation to determine the continuedeffectiveness of the program.

(e)(10) Persons should not be assigned totasks requiring use of respirators unless it hasbeen determined that they are physically able

(e)(11) Respirators shall be selected fromamong those jointly approved by the Mine

11.(f) Air quality.(f)(1) Compressed air, compressed oxy-

gen, liquid air, and liquid oxygen used forrespiration shall be of high purity. Oxygenshall meet the requirements of the United States Pharmacopoeia for medical orbreathing oxygen. Breathing air shall meet atleast the requirements of the specification forGrade D breathing air as described inCompressed Gas Association CommoditySpecification G-7.1-1966. Compressedoxygen shall not be used in supplied-airrespirators or in open circuit self-containedbreathing apparatus that have previously usedcompressed air. Oxygen must never be usedwith air line respirators.

(f)(2) Breathing air may be supplied torespirators from cylinders or air compressors.

(f)(2)(i) Cylinders shall be tested andmaintained as prescribed in the ShippingContainer Specification Regulations of theDepartment of Transportation (49 CFR part178).

(f)(2)(ii) The compressor for supplying airshall be equipped with necessary safety andstandby devices. A breathing air-typecompressor shall be used. Compressors shallbe constructed and situated so as to avoidentry of contaminated air into the system andsuitable in-line air purifying sorbent beds andfilters installed to further assure breathing airquality. A receiver of sufficient capacity to


40

enable the respirator wearer to escape from acontaminated atmosphere in event ofcompressor failure, and alarms to indicatecompressor failure and overheating shall beinstalled in the system. If an oil-lubricatedcompressor is used, it shall have ahigh-temperature or carbon monoxide alarm,or both. If only a high-temperature alarm isused, the air from the compressor shall befrequently tested for carbon monoxide toinsure that it meets the specifications inparagraph (f)(1) of this section.

(f)(3) Air line couplings shall beincompatible with outlets for other gassystems to prevent inadvertent servicing of airline respirators with nonrespirable gases oroxygen.

(f)(4) Breathing gas containers shall bemarked in accordance with AmericanNational Standard Method of MarkingPortable Compressed Gas Containers toIdentify the Material Contained, Z48.1-1954;Federal Specification BB-A-1034a, June 21,1968, Air, Compressed for BreathingPurposes; or Interim Federal SpecificationGG-B-00675b, April 27, 1965, BreathingApparatus, Self-Contained.

(g) Use of respirators.(g)(1) Standard procedures shall be provisions for the rescue of persons from

developed for respirator use. These should hazardous atmospheres shall be used. Ainclude all information and guidance standby man or men with suitablenecessary for their proper selection, use, and self-contained breathing apparatus shall be atcare. Possible emergency and routine uses of the nearest fresh air base for emergencyrespirators should be anticipated and planned rescue.for.

(g)(2) The correct respirator shall be than the respirator in use, even though it isspecified for each job. The respirator type is worn conscientiously. Frequent randomusually specified in the work procedures by a inspections shall be conducted by a qualifiedqualified individual supervising the individual to assure that respirators arerespiratory protective program. The properly selected, used, cleaned, andindividual issuing them shall be adequately maintained.instructed to insure that the correct respiratoris issued.

(g)(3) Written procedures shall beprepared covering safe use of respirators indangerous atmospheres that might beencountered in normal operations or inemergencies. Personnel shall be familiar withthese procedures and the available respirators.

(g)(3)(i) In areas where the wearer, withfailure of the respirator, could be overcome bya toxic or oxygen-deficient atmosphere, atleast one additional man shall be present.Communications (visual, voice, or signal line)shall be maintained between both or allindividuals present. Planning shall be suchthat one individual will be unaffected by anylikely incident and have the proper rescueequipment to be able to assist the other(s) incase of emergency.

(g)(3)(ii) When self-contained breathingapparatus or hose masks with blowers areused in atmospheres immediately dangerousto life or health, standby men must be presentwith suitable rescue equipment.

(g)(3)(iii) Persons using air linerespirators in atmospheres immediatelyhazardous to life or health shall be equippedwith safety harnesses and safety lines forlifting or removing persons from hazardousatmospheres or other and equivalent

(g)(4) Respiratory protection is no better

(g)(5) For safe use of any respirator, it isessential that the user be properly instructed



41

in its selection, use, and maintenance. Both seal.supervisors and workers shall be so instructedby competent persons. Training shall providethe men an opportunity to handle therespirator, have it fitted properly, test itsface-piece-to-face seal, wear it in normal airfor a long familiarity period, and, finally, towear it in a test atmosphere.

(g)(5)(i) Every respirator wearer shallreceive fitting instructions includingdemonstrations and practice in how therespirator should be worn, how to adjust it,and how to determine if it fits properly.Respirators shall not be worn whenconditions prevent a good face seal. Suchconditions may be a growth of beard,sideburns, a skull cap that projects under thefacepiece, or temple pieces on glasses. Also,the absence of one or both dentures canseriously affect the fit of a facepiece. Theworker's diligence in observing these factorsshall be evaluated by periodic check. Toassure proper protection, the facepiece fitshall be checked by the wearer each time heputs on the respirator. This may be done byfollowing the manufacturer's facepiece fittinginstructions.

(g)(5)(ii) Providing respiratory protectionfor individuals wearing corrective glasses is aserious problem. A proper seal cannot beestablished if the temple bars of eye glassesextend through the sealing edge of the fullfacepiece. As a temporary measure, glasseswith short temple bars or without temple barsmay be taped to the wearer's head. Wearing ofcontact lenses in contaminated atmosphereswith a respirator shall not be allowed.Systems have been developed for mountingcorrective lenses inside full facepieces. Whena workman must wear corrective lenses aspart of the facepiece, the facepiece and lensesshall be fitted by qualified individuals toprovide good vision, comfort, and a gas-tight

(g)(5)(iii) If corrective spectacles orgoggles are required, they shall be worn so asnot to affect the fit of the facepiece. Properselection of equipment will minimize or avoidthis problem.

(h) Maintenance and care of respirators.(h)(1) A program for maintenance and

care of respirators shall be adjusted to thetype of plant, working conditions, and hazardsinvolved, and shall include the followingbasic services:

(h)(1)(i) Inspection for defects (includinga leak check),


42

(h)(1)(ii) Cleaning and disinfecting,(h)(1)(iii) Repair,(h)(1)(iv) Storage

Equipment shall be properly maintained toretain its original effectiveness.

(h)(2)(i) All respirators shall be inspectedroutinely before and after each use. Arespirator that is not routinely used but is keptready for emergency use shall be inspectedafter each use and at least monthly to assurethat it is in satisfactory working condition.

(h)(2)(ii) Self-contained breathingapparatus shall be inspected monthly. Air andoxygen cylinders shall be fully chargedaccording to the manufacturer's instructions.It shall be determined that the regulator andwarning devices function properly.

(h)(2)(iii) Respirator inspection shallinclude a check of the tightness of connectionsand the condition of the facepiece, headbands,valves, connecting tube, and canisters.Rubber or elastomer parts shall be inspectedfor pliability and signs of deterioration.Stretching and manipulating rubber orelastomer parts with massaging action willkeep them pliable and flexible and preventthem from taking a set during storage.

(h)(2)(iv) A record shall be kept ofinspection dates and findings for respiratorsmaintained for emergency use.

(h)(3) Routinely used respirators shall becollected, cleaned, and disinfected asfrequently as necessary to insure that properprotection is provided for the wearer.Respirators maintained for emergency useshall be cleaned and disinfected after eachuse.

(h)(4) Replacement or repairs shall bedone only by experienced persons with partsdesigned for the respirator. No attempt shallbe made to replace components or to makeadjustment or repairs beyond the manufac-

turer's recommendations. Reducing oradmission valves or regulators shall bereturned to the manufacturer or to a trainedtechnician for adjustment or repair.

(h)(5)(i) After inspection, cleaning, andnecessary repair, respirators shall be stored toprotect against dust, sunlight, heat, extremecold, excessive moisture, or damagingchemicals. Respirators placed at stations andwork areas for emergency use should bequickly accessible at all times and should bestored in compartments built for the purpose.The compartments should be clearly marked.Routinely used respirators, such as dustrespirators, may be placed in plastic bags.Respirators should not be stored in suchplaces as lockers or tool boxes unless they arein carrying cases or cartons.

(h)(5)(ii) Respirators should be packed orstored so that the facepiece and exhalationvalve will rest in a normal position andfunction will not be impaired by the elastomersetting in an abnormal position.

(h)(5)(iii) Instructions for proper storageof emergency respirators, such as gas masksand self-contained breathing apparatus, arefound in "use and care" instructions usuallymounted inside the carrying case lid.

(i) Identification of gas mask canisters.(i)(1) The primary means of identifying a

gas mask canister shall be by means ofproperly worded labels. The secondary meansof identifying a gas mask canister shall be bya color code.

(i)(2) All who issue or use gas masksfalling within the scope of this section shallsee that all gas mask canisters purchased orused by them are properly labeled and coloredin accordance with these requirements beforethey are placed in service and that the labelsand colors are properly maintained at all timesthereafter until the canisters have completelyserved their purpose.


43

(i)(3) On each canister shall appear inbold letters the following:

(i)(3)(i)

Canister for _____________(Name for atmospheric contaminant)

orType N Gas Mask Canister

(i)(3)(ii) In addition, essentially thefollowing wording shall appear beneath theappropriate phrase on the canister label:

"For respiratory protection in atmospherescontaining not more than _____________percent by volume of ______________."

(Name of atmospheric contaminant)

(i)(4) Canisters having a specialhigh-efficiency filter for protection againstradionuclides and other highly toxicparticulates shall be labeled with a statementof the type and degree of protection affordedby the filter. The label shall be affixed to theneck end of, or to the gray stripe which isaround and near the top of, the canister. Thedegree of protection shall be marked as thepercent of penetration of the canister by a 0.3- micron-diameter dioctyl phthalate (DOP)smoke at a flow rate of 85 liters per minute.

(i)(5) Each canister shall have a labelwarning that gas masks should be used only inatmospheres containing sufficient oxygen tosupport life (at least 16 percent by volume),since gas mask canisters are only designed toneutralize or remove contaminants from theair.

(i)(6) Each gas mask canister shall bepainted a distinctive color or combination ofcolors indicated in Table E-5. All colors usedshall be such that they are clearly

TABLE E-5

§ 1926.104 Subpart ESafety belts, lifelines, and lanyards Personal Protective and


44

Atmospheric contaminantsto be protected against

Colors assigned 1

Acid gases ........................................................... White.Hydrocyanic acid gas .......................................... White with 1/2-inch green stripe completely around

Chlorine gas ........................................................ White with 1/2-inch yellow stripe completely around

Organic vapors..................................................... Black.Ammonia gas ...................................................... Green.Acid gases and ammonia gas ............................... Green with 1/2-inch white stripe completely around

Carbon monoxide ................................................ Blue.Acid gases and organic vapors ............................ Yellow.Hydrocyanic acid gas and chloropicrin vapor ...... Yellow with 1/2-inch blue stripe completely around

Acid gases, organic vapors, and ammonia gases . Brown.Radioactive materials, excepting tritium and noble gases ..................................................... Purple (Magenta).Particulates (dusts, fumes, mists,fogs, or smokes) in Canister color for contaminant, as designated above,combination with any of the above gases or with 1/2-inch gray stripe completely around the vapors ............................................................ canister near the top.All of the above atmospheric contaminants ......... Red with 1/2-inch gray stripe completely around the

the canister near the bottom.



the canister near the bottom

canister near the top.

Gray shall not be assigned as the main color for a canister designed to remove acids or vapors.1

NOTE: Orange shall be used as a complete body, or stripe color to represent gases not incuded in this table. The userwill need to refer to the canister label to determine the degree of protection the canister will afford.

identifiable by the user and clearly not be used again for employee safeguarding.distinguishable from one another. The colorcoating used shall offer a high degree ofresistance to chipping, scaling, peeling,blistering, fading, and the effects of theordinary atmospheres to which they may beexposed under normal conditions of storageand use. Appropriately colored pressuresensitive tape may be used for the stripes.

§ 1926.104 - Safety belts, lifelines, andlanyards.

(a) Lifelines, safety belts, and lanyardsshall be used only for employee safeguarding.Any lifeline, safety belt, or lanyard actuallysubjected to in-service loading, asdistinguished from static load testing, shall beimmediately removed from service and shall

(b) Lifelines shall be secured above thepoint of operation to an anchorage orstructural member capable of supporting aminimum dead weight of 5,400 pounds.

(c) Lifelines used on rock-scalingoperations, or in areas where the lifeline maybe subjected to cutting or abrasion, shall be aminimum of 7/8-inch wire core manila rope.For all other lifeline applications, a minimumof 3/4-inch manila or equivalent, with a minimum breaking strength of 5,400pounds, shall be used.

Subpart F § 1926.150Fire Protection and Prevention Fire protection

45

(d) Safety belt lanyard shall be a minimumof 1/2-inch nylon, or equivalent, with amaximum length to provide for a fall of nogreater than 6 feet. The rope shall have anominal breaking strength of 5,400 pounds.

(e) All safety belt and lanyard hardwareshall be drop forged or pressed steel,cadmium plated in accordance with type 1,Class B plating specified in FederalSpecification QQ-P-416. Surface shall be (c) Portable firefighting equipment.smooth and free of sharp edges.

(f) All safety belt and lanyard hardware, lines.except rivets, shall be capable of withstandinga tensile loading of 4,000 pounds withoutcracking, breaking, or taking a permanentdeformation.

Subpart F - Fire Protectionand Prevention

§ 1926.150 - Fire protection.(a) General requirements.(a)(1) The employer shall be responsible

for the development of a fire protectionprogram to be followed throughout all phasesof the construction and demolition work, andhe shall provide for the firefighting equipmentas specified in this subpart. As fire hazardsoccur, there shall be no delay in providing thenecessary equipment.

(a)(2) Access to all available firefightingequipment shall be maintained at all times.

(a)(3) All firefighting equipment,provided by the employer, shall beconspicuously located.

(a)(4) All firefighting equipment shall beperiodically inspected and maintained inoperating condition. Defective equipmentshall be immediately replaced.

(b) Water supply.(b)(1) A temporary or permanent water

supply, of sufficient volume, duration, andpressure, required to properly operate thefirefighting equipment shall be madeavailable as soon as combustible materialsaccumulate.

(b)(2) Where underground water mainsare to be provided, they shall be installed,completed, and made available for use assoon as practicable.

(c)(1) Fire extinguishers and small hose

(c)(1)(i) A fire extinguisher, rated not lessthan 2A, shall be provided for each 3,000square feet of the protected building area, ormajor fraction thereof. Travel distance fromany point of the protected area to the nearestfire extinguisher shall not exceed 100 feet.

(c)(1)(ii) One 55-gallon open drum ofwater with two fire pails may be substitutedfor a fire extinguisher having a 2A rating.

(c)(1)(iii) A 1/2-inch diametergarden-type hose line, not to exceed 100 feetin length and equipped with a nozzle, may besubstituted for a 2A-rated fire extinguisher,providing it is capable of discharging aminimum of 5 gallons per minute with aminimum hose stream range of 30 feethorizontally. The garden-type hose lines shallbe mounted on conventional racks or reels.The number and location of hose racks orreels shall be such that at least one hosestream can be applied to all points in the area.

(c)(1)(iv) One or more fire extinguishers,rated not less than 2A, shall be provided oneach floor. In multistory buildings, at least onefire extinguisher shall be located adjacent tostairway.

(c)(1)(v) Extinguishers and water drums,subject to freezing, shall be protected fromfreezing.

(c)(1)(vi) A fire extinguisher, rated notless than 10B, shall be provided within 50

§ 1926.151 Subpart FFire prevention Fire Protection and Prevention

46

feet of wherever more than 5 gallons of combustible material.flammable or combustible liquids or 5 poundsof flammable gas are being used on thejobsite. This requirement does not apply tothe integral fuel tanks of motor vehicles.

(c)(1)(vii) Carbon tetrachloride and othertoxic vaporizing liquid fire extinguishers areprohibited.

(c)(1)(viii) Portable fire extinguishersshall be inspected periodically and maintainedin accordance with Maintenance and Use ofPortable Fire Extinguishers, NFPA No.10A-1970.

(c)(1)(ix) Fire extinguishers which havebeen listed or approved by a nationallyrecognized testing laboratory, shall be used tomeet the requirements of this subpart.

(c)(1)(x) Table F-1 may be used as a buildings, not exceeding 2,000 square feet inguide for selecting the appropriate portable aggregate, shall, for the purposes of this part,fire extinguishers. be considered a single temporary building.

(e) Fire alarm devices. (c) Open yard storage.(e)(1) An alarm system, e.g., telephone (c)(1) Combustible materials shall be

system, siren, etc., shall be established by the piled with due regard to the stability of pilesemployer whereby employees on the site and and in no case higher than 20 feet.the local fire department can be alerted for anemergency.

(e)(2) The alarm code and reporting feet wide and maintained free frominstructions shall be conspicuously posted at accumulation of rubbish, equipment, or otherphones and at employee entrances. articles or materials. Driveways shall be so

§ 1926.151 - Fire prevention.(a) Ignition hazards.(a)(1) Electrical wiring and equipment for

light, heat, or power purposes shall beinstalled in compliance with the requirementsof Subpart K of this part.

(a)(2) Internal combustion enginepowered equipment shall be so located thatthe exhausts are well away from combustiblematerials. When the exhausts are piped tooutside the building under construction, aclearance of at least 6 inches shall bemaintained between such piping and

(a)(3) Smoking shall be prohibited at or inthe vicinity of operations which constitute afire hazard, and shall be conspicuouslyposted: "No Smoking or Open Flame."

(b) Temporary buildings.(b)(1) No temporary building shall be

erected where it will adversely affect anymeans of exit.

(b)(3) Temporary buildings, located otherthan inside another building and not used forthe storage, handling, or use of flammable orcombustible liquids, flammable gases,explosives, or blasting agents, or similarhazardous occupancies, shall be located at adistance of not less than 10 feet from anotherbuilding or structure. Groups of temporary

(c)(2) Driveways between and aroundcombustible storage piles shall be at least 15

spaced that a maximum grid system unit of 50feet by 150 feet is produced.

(c)(3) The entire storage site shall be keptfree from accumulation of unnecessarycombustible materials. Weeds and grass shallbe kept down and a regular procedureprovided for the periodic cleanup of the entirearea.

(c)(4) When there is a danger of anunderground fire, that land shall not be usedfor combustible or flammable storage.

(c)(5) Method of piling shall be solidwherever possible and in orderly and regularpiles. No combustible material shall be stored

47

TA

BL

E F

-1 F

IRE

EX

TIN

GU

ISH

ER

S D

AT

A

outdoors within 10 feet of abuilding or structure.

(c)(6) Portable fireextinguishing equipment,

sui tab lefort hefirehaza rdi nvo lved ,

§ 1926.152 Subpart FFlammable and combustible liquids Fire Protection and Prevention

48

shall be provided at convenient, of plywood at least 1 inch in thickness, whichconspicuously accessible locations in the yard shall not break down or delaminate underarea. Portable fire extinguishers, rated not less standard fire test conditions. All joints shallthan 2A, shall be placed so that maximum be rabbeted and shall be fastened in twotravel distance to the nearest unit shall not directions with flathead wood screws. Whenexceed 100 feet. more than one door is used, there shall be a

§ 1926.152 - Flammable andcombustible liquids.

(a) General requirements.(a)(1) Only approved containers and

portable tanks shall be used for storage andhandling of flammable and combustibleliquids. Approved metal safety cans shall beused for the handling and use of flammableliquids in quantities greater than one gallon,except that this shall not apply to thoseflammable liquid materials which are highlyviscid (extremely hard to pour), which may beused and handled in original shippingcontainers. For quantities of one gallon orless, only the original container or approvedmetal safety cans shall be used for storage,use, and handling of flammable liquids.

(a)(2) Flammable or combustible liquidsshall not be stored in areas used for exits,stairways, or normally used for the safepassage of people.

(b) Indoor storage of flammable andcombustible liquids.

(b)(1) No more than 25 gallons offlammable or combustible liquids shall bestored in a room outside of an approvedstorage cabinet. For storage of liquefiedpetroleum gas, see 1926.153.

(b)(2) Quantities of flammable andcombustible liquid in excess of 25 gallonsshall be stored in an acceptable or approvedcabinet meeting the following requirements: (LP-Gas).

(b)(2)(i) Acceptable wooden storage (a) Approval of equipment and systems.cabinets shall be constructed in the followingmanner, or equivalent: The bottom, sides, andtop shall be constructed of an exterior grade

rabbeted overlap of not less than 1 inch. Steelhinges shall be mounted in such a manner asto not lose their holding capacity due toloosening or burning out of the screws whensubjected to fire. Such cabinets shall bepainted inside and out with fire retardantpaint.

(b)(2)(ii) Approved metal storagecabinets will be acceptable.

(b)(2)(iii) Cabinets shall be labeled inconspicuous lettering, "Flammable-Keep FireAway."

(b)(3) Not more than 60 gallons offlammable or 120 gallons of combustibleliquids shall be stored in any one storagecabinet. Not more than three such cabinetsmay be located in a single storage area.Quantities in excess of this shall be stored inan inside storage room.

(f) Handling liquids at point of final use.(f)(1) Flammable liquids shall be kept in

closed containers when not actually in use.(f)(2) Leakage or spillage of flammable or

combustible liquids shall be disposed ofpromptly and safely.

(f)(3) Flammable liquids may be used onlywhere there are no open flames or othersources of ignition within 50 feet of theoperation, unless conditions warrant greaterclearance.

§ 1926.153 - Liquefied petroleum gas

(a)(1) Each system shall have containers,valves, connectors, manifold valveassemblies, and regulators of an approved

Subpart F § 1926.153Fire Protection and Prevention Liquefied petroleum gas (LP-Gas)

49

type. regulator relief vents shall be located not less(a)(2) All cylinders shall meet the

Department of Transportation specificationidentification requirements published in 49CFR Part 178, Shipping Container (f) Requirements for appliances.Specifications.

(a)(3) Definition. As used in this section, be approved types.Containers - All vessels, such as tanks, (f)(2) Any appliance that was originallycylinders, or drums, used for transportation or manufactured for operation with a gaseousstoring liquefied petroleum gases. fuel other than LP-Gas, and is in good

(b) Welding on LP-Gas containers.Welding is prohibited on containers.

(c) Container valves and containeraccessories.

(c)(1) Valves, fittings, and accessoriesconnected directly to the container, includingprimary shut off valves, shall have a ratedworking pressure of at least 250 p.s.i.g. andshall be of material and design suitable forLP-Gas service.

(c)(2) Connections to containers, exceptsafety relief connections, liquid level gaugingdevices, and plugged openings, shall haveshutoff valves located as close to the container (h)(1) When operational requirementsas practicable. make portable use of containers necessary,

(d) Safety devices.(d)(1) Every container and every

vaporizer shall be provided with one or moreapproved safety relief valves or devices.These valves shall be arranged to afford freevent to the outer air with discharge not lessthan 5 feet horizontally away from anyopening into a building which is below suchdischarge. (h)(3) Systems utilizing containers having

(d)(2) Shutoff valves shall not be installedbetween the safety relief device and thecontainer, or the equipment or piping towhich the safety relief device is connected,except that a shutoff valve may be used wherethe arrangement of this valve is such that fullrequired capacity flow hrough the safety relief (h)(4) Regulators shall be either directlydevice is always afforded. connected to the container valves or to

(d)(3) Container safety relief devices and

than 5 feet in any direction from air openingsinto sealed combustion system appliances ormechanical ventilation air intakes.

(f)(1) LP-Gas consuming appliances shall

condition, may be used with LP-Gas only afterit is properly converted, adapted, and testedfor performance with LP-Gas before theappliance is placed in use.

(g) Containers and regulating equipmentinstalled outside of buildings or structures.Containers shall be upright upon firmfoundations or otherwise firmly secured. Thepossible effect on the outlet piping of settlingshall be guarded against by a flexibleconnection or special fitting.

(h) Containers and equipment usedinside of buildings or structures.

and their location outside of buildings orstructures is impracticable, containers andequipment shall be permitted to be usedinside of buildings or structures in accordancewith paragraphs (h)(2) through (11) of thissection.

(h)(2) Containers in use means connectedfor use.

a water capacity greater than 2 1/2 pounds(nominal 1 pound LP-Gas capacity) shall beequipped with excess flow valves. Suchexcess flow valves shall be either integralwith the container valves or in theconnections to the container valve outlets.

manifolds connected to the container valves.

§ 1926.153 Subpart FLiquefied petroleum gas (LP-Gas) Fire Protection and Prevention

50

The regulator shall be suitable for use withLP-Gas. Manifolds and fittings connectingcontainers to pressure regulator inlets shall bedesigned for at least 250 p.s.i.g. servicepressure.

(h)(5) Valves on containers having watercapacity greater than 50 pounds (nominal 20pounds LP-Gas capacity) shall be protectedfrom damage while in use or storage.

(h)(6) Aluminum piping or tubing shallnot be used.

(h)(7) Hose shall be designed for aworking pressure of at least 250 p.s.i.g.Design, construction, and performance ofhose, and hose connections shall have theirsuitability determined by listing by anationally recognized testing agency. Thehose length shall be as short as practicable.Hoses shall be long enough to permitcompliance with spacing provisions ofparagraphs (h)(1) through (13) of this section,without kinking or straining, or causing hoseto be so close to a burner as to be damaged byheat.

(h)(8) Portable heaters, includingsalamanders, shall be equipped with anapproved automatic device to shut off the flowof gas to the main burner, and pilot if used, inthe event of flame failure. Such heaters,having inputs above 50,000 B.t.u. per hour,shall be equipped with either a pilot, whichmust be lighted and proved before the mainburner can be turned on, or an electricalignition system.

NOTE: The provisions of thissubparagraph do not apply to portable heatersunder 7,500 B.t.u. per hour input when usedwith containers having a maximum watercapacity of 2 1/2 pounds.

(h)(9) Container valves, connectors,regulators, manifolds, piping, and tubing shallnot be used as structural supports for heaters.

(h)(10) Containers, regulating equipment,manifolds, pipe, tubing, and hose shall belocated to minimize exposure to hightemperatures or physical damage.

(h)(11) Containers having a watercapacity greater than 2 1/2 pounds (nominal

Subpart F § 1926.154Fire Protection and Prevention Temporary heating devices

51

1 pound LP-Gas capacity) connected for use as requiring an automatic changeover device.shall stand on a firm and substantially levelsurface and, when necessary, shall be securedin an upright position.

(h)(12) The maximum water capacity of connectors shall be provided with an excessindividual containers shall be 245 pounds flow valve to minimize the flow of gas in the(nominal 100 pounds LP-Gas capacity). event the fuel line becomes ruptured.

(h)(13) For temporary heating, heaters (i)(3) Regulators and low-pressure relief(other than integral heater-container units) devices shall be rigidly attached to theshall be located at least 6 feet from any cylinder valves, cylinders, supportingLP-Gas container. This shall not prohibit the standards, the building walls, or otherwiseuse of heaters specifically designed for rigidly secured, and shall be so installed orattachment to the container or to a supporting protected from the elements.standard, provided they are designed andinstalled so as to prevent direct or radiant heatapplication from the heater onto thecontainers. Blower and radiant type heatersshall not be directed toward any LP-Gascontainer within 20 feet.

(h)(14) If two or more heater-containerunits, of either the integral or nonintegraltype, are located in an unpartitioned area onthe same floor, the container or containers ofeach unit shall be separated from thecontainer or containers of any other unit by atleast 20 feet.

(h)(15) When heaters are connected tocontainers for use in an unpartitioned area onthe same floor, the total water capacity ofcontainers, manifolded together forconnection to a heater or heaters, shall not begreater than 735 pounds (nominal 300 poundsLP-Gas capacity). Such manifolds shall beseparated by at least 20 feet.

(h)(16) Storage of containers awaiting useshall be in accordance with paragraphs (j) and(k) of this section.

(i) Multiple container systems.(i)(1) Valves in the assembly of multiple

container systems shall be arranged so thatreplacement of containers can be madewithout shutting off the flow of gas in thesystem. This provision is not to be construed

(i)(2) Heaters shall be equipped with anapproved regulator in the supply line betweenthe fuel cylinder and the heater unit. Cylinder

(j) Storage of LPG containers. Storage ofLPG within buildings is prohibited.

(k) Storage outside of buildings.(k)(1) Storage outside of buildings, for

containers awaiting use, shall be located fromthe nearest building or group of buildings, inaccordance with the following:

TABLE F-3

Quantity of LP-Gas Distancestored (feet)

500 lbs. or less. 0501 to 6,000 lbs. 10

6,001 to 10,000 lbs. 20Over 10,000 lbs. 25

(k)(2) Containers shall be in a suitableventilated enclosure or otherwise protectedagainst tampering.

(l) Fire protection. Storage locations shallbe provided with at least one approvedportable fire extinguisher having a rating ofnot less than 20-B:C.

(n) When LP-Gas and one or more othergases are stored or used in the same area, thecontainers shall be marked to identify theircontent. Marking shall be in compliance withAmerican National Standard Z48.1-1954,"Method of Marking Portable CompressedGas Containers To Identify the Material

§ 1926.155 Subpart FDefinitions applicable to this subpart Fire Protection and Prevention

52

Contained." them or other combustible materials. When(o) Damage from vehicles. When damage

to LP-Gas systems from vehiculartraffic is a possibility, precautions againstsuch damage shall be taken.

§ 1926.154 - Temporary heatingdevices.

(a) Ventilation.(a)(1) Fresh air shall be supplied in

sufficient quantities to maintain the health andsafety of workmen. Where natural means offresh air supply is inadequate, mechanicalventilation shall be provided.

(a)(2) When heaters are used in confinedspaces, special care shall be taken to providesufficient ventilation in order to ensure propercombustion, maintain the health and safety ofworkmen, and limit temperature rise in thearea.

(b) Clearance and mounting.(b)(1) Temporary heating devices shall be

installed to provide clearance to combustiblematerial not less than the amount shown inTable F-4.

TABLE F-4

Heatingappliances

Minimum clearance, (inches)

Sides Rear ChimneyConnector

Room heater,circulating 12 12 18type

Room heater,radiant type

36 36 18

(b)(2) Temporary heating devices, whichare listed for installation with lesserclearances than specified in Table F-4, maybe installed in accordance with their approval.

(b)(3) Heaters not suitable for use onwood floors shall not be set directly upon

such heaters are used, they shall rest onsuitable heat insulating material or at least1-inch concrete, or equivalent. The insulatingmaterial shall extend beyond the heater 2 feetor more in all directions.

(b)(4) Heaters used in the vicinity ofcombustible tarpaulins, canvas, or similarcoverings shall be located at least 10 feetfrom the coverings. The coverings shall besecurely fastened to prevent ignition orupsetting of the heater due to wind action onthe covering or other material.

(c) Stability. Heaters, when in use, shallbe set horizontally level, unless otherwisepermitted by the manufacturer's markings.

(d) Solid fuel salamanders. Solid fuelsalamanders are prohibited in buildings andon scaffolds.

(e) Oil-fired heaters.(e)(1) Flammable liquid-fired heaters shall

be equipped with a primary safety control tostop the flow of fuel in the event of flamefailure. Barometric or gravity oil feed shallnot be considered a primary safety control.

(e)(2) Heaters designed for barometric orgravity oil feed shall be used only with theintegral tanks.

(e)(4) Heaters specifically designed andapproved for use with separate supply tanksmay be directly connected for gravity feed, oran automatic pump, from a supply tank.

§ 1926.155 - Definitions applicable tothis subpart.

(a) Approved, for the purpose of thissubpart, means equipment that has been listedor approved by a nationally recognized testinglaboratory such as Factory MutualEngineering Corp., or Underwriters'Laboratories, Inc., or Federal agencies such asBureau of Mines, or U.S. Coast Guard, whichissue approvals for such equipment.

Subpart E § 1926.103Fire Protection and Prevention Respiratory protection

53

(b) Closed container means a container sosealed by means of a lid or other device thatneither liquid nor vapor will escape from it atordinary temperatures.

(c) Combustible liquids mean any liquidhaving a flash point at or above 140 deg. F.(60 deg. C.), and below 200 deg. F. (93.4deg. C.).

(d) Combustion means any chemicalprocess that involves oxidation sufficient toproduce light or heat.

(f) Fire resistance means so resistant tofire that, for specified time and underconditions of a standard heat intensity, it willnot fail structurally and will not permit theside away from the fire to become hotter thana specified temperature. For purposes of thispart, fire resistance shall be determined by theStandard Methods of Fire Tests of BuildingConstruction and Materials, NFPA 251-1969.

(g) Flammable means capable of beingeasily ignited, burning intensely, or having arapid rate of flame spread.

(h) Flammable liquids means any liquidhaving a flash point below 140 deg. F. andhaving a vapor pressure not exceeding 40pounds per square inch (absolute) at 100 degF.

(i) Flash point of the liquid means thetemperature at which it gives off vaporsufficient to form an ignitable mixture withthe air near the surface of the liquid or withinthe vessel used as determined by appropriatetest procedure and apparatus as specifiedbelow.

(i)(1) The flash point of liquids having aviscosity less than 45 Saybolt UniversalSecond(s) at 100 deg. F. (37.8 deg. C.) and aflash point below 175 deg. F. (79.4 deg. C.)shall be determined in accordance with theStandard Method of Test for Flash Point bythe Tag Closed Tester, ASTM D-56-69.

(i)(2) The flash point of liquids having a

viscosity of 45 Saybolt Universal Second(s)or more at 175 deg. F. (79.4 deg C.) or highershall be determined in accordance with theStandard Method of Test for Flash

Subpart G § 1926.200Signs, Signals, and Barricades Accident prevention signs and tags

54

Point by the Pensky Martens Closed Tester, black outline on the borders; and a whiteASTM D-93-69. lower panel for additional sign wording.

(j) Liquefied petroleum gases, LPG andLP Gas mean and include any material whichis composed predominantly of any of thefollowing hydrocarbons, or mixtures of them,such as propane, propylene, butane (normalbutane or iso-butane), and butylenes.

(k) Portable tank means a closedcontainer having a liquid capacity more than60 U.S. gallons, and not intended for fixedinstallation.

(l) Safety can means an approved closedcontainer, of not more than 5 gallons capacity,having a flash-arresting screen, spring-closinglid and spout cover and so designed that itwill safely relieve internal pressure whensubjected to fire exposure.

(m) Vapor pressure means the pressure,measured in pounds per square inch(absolute), exerted by a volatile liquid asdetermined by the "Standard Method of Testfor Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products(Reid Method)." (ASTM D-323-58).

Subpart G - Signs, Signals,and Barricades

§ 1926.200 - Accident prevention signsand tags.

(a) General. Signs and symbols requiredby this subpart shall be visible at all timeswhen work is being performed, and shall beremoved or covered promptly when thehazards no longer exist.

(b) Danger signs.(b)(1) Danger signs (see Figure G-1) shall

be used only where an immediate hazardexists.

(b)(2) Danger signs shall have red as thepredominating color for the upper panel;

FIGURE G-1. - DANGER White

Red Black

(c) Caution signs.(c)(1) Caution signs (see Figure G-2) shall

be used only to warn against potential hazardsor to caution against unsafe practices.

FIGURE G-2. - CAUTION

Yellow

Black

(c)(2) Caution signs shall have yellow asthe predominating color; black upper paneland borders: yellow lettering of "caution" onthe black panel; and the lower yellow panelfor additional sign wording. Black letteringshall be used for additional wording.

(c)(3) Standard color of the backgroundshall be yellow; and the panel, black withyellow letters. Any letters used against theyellow background shall be black. The colorsshall be those of opaque glossy samples asspecified in Table 1 of American NationalStandard Z53.1-1967.

(d) Exit signs. Exit signs, when required,shall be lettered in legible red letters, not lessthan 6 inches high, on a white field and theprincipal stroke of the letters shall be at leastthree-fourths inch in width.

(e) Safety instruction signs. Safetyinstruction signs, when used, shall be white

§ 1926.200 Subpart GAccident prevention signs and tags Signs, Signals, and Barricades

55

TABLE G-1

Basic Stock (Background) Copy Specification (Letters)Safety Colors

(ink)

White Red Do Not Operate

White Black and Red Danger

Yellow Black Caution

White BlackOut of OrderDo not Use

with green upper panel with white letters to with legible traffic signs at points of hazard.convey the principal message. Any additionalwording on the sign shall be black letters onthe white background.

(f) Directional signs. Directional signs, Standards Institute D6.1-1971, Manual onother than automotive traffic signs specified in Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streetsparagraph (g) of this section, shall be white and Highways.with a black panel and a white directionalsymbol. Any additional wording on the signshall be black letters on the whitebackground.

(g) Traffic signs.(g)(1) Construction areas shall be posted be used in place of, or as a substitute for,

(g)(2) All traffic control signs or devicesused for protection of construction workmenshall conform to American National

(h) Accident prevention tags.(h)(1) Accident prevention tags shall be

used as a temporary means of warningemployees of an existing hazard, such asdefective tools, equipment, etc. They shall not

Subpart H § 1926.251Materials Handling, Storage, Rigging equipment for material handlingUse, and Disposal

56

accident prevention signs. (h)(2) Specifications for accidentprevention tags similar to those in Table G-1shall apply.

(i) Additional rules. American NationalStandards Institute (ANSI) Z35.1-1968,Specifications for Accident Prevention Signs,and Z35.2-1968, Specifications for AccidentPrevention Tags, contain rules which areadditional to the rules prescribed in thissection. The employer shall comply withANSI Z35.1-1968 and Z35.2-1968 withrespect to rules not specifically prescribed inthis subpart.


(a) Barricade means an obstruction todeter the passage of persons or vehicles.

(b) Signs are the warnings of hazard,temporarily or permanently affixed or placed,at locations where hazards exist.

(c) Signals are moving signs, provided byworkers, such as flagmen, or by devices, suchas flashing lights, to warn of possible orexisting hazards.

(d) Tags are temporary signs, usuallyattached to a piece of equipment or part of astructure, to warn of existing or immediatehazards.

Subpart H - MaterialsHandling, Storage, Use,

and Disposal

§ 1926.251 - Rigging equipment formaterial handling.

(a) General.(a)(1) Rigging equipment for material

handling shall be inspected prior to use oneach shift and as necessary during its use to

§ 1926.251 Subpart HRigging equipment for material handling Materials Handling, Storage,

Use, and Disposal

57

ensure that it is safe. Defective rigging classifications, and grades not included inequipment shall be removed from service. these tables, the safe working load

(a)(2) Rigging equipment shall not beloaded in excess of its recommended safeworking load, as prescribed in Tables H-1through H-20 in this subpart, following1926.252(e) for the specific equipment. (c)(2) Protruding ends of strands in splices

(a)(3) Rigging equipment, when not inuse, shall be removed from the immediatework area so as not to present a hazard to (c)(3) Wire rope shall not be secured byemployees. knots, except on haul back lines on scrapers.

(a)(4) Special custom design grabs, (c)(4) The following limitations shallhooks, clamps, or other lifting accessories, for apply to the use of wire rope:such units as modular panels, prefabricatedstructures and similar materials, shall bemarked to indicate the safe working loads andshall be proof-tested prior to use to 125percent of their rated load.

(a)(5) Scope. This section applies to efficient and which is not otherwiseslings used in conjunction with other material prohibited.handling equipment for the movement ofmaterial by hoisting, in employments coveredby this part. The types of slings covered arethose made from alloy steel chain, wire rope,metal mesh, natural or synthetic fiber rope(conventional three strand construction), andsynthetic web (nylon, polyester, andpolypropylene).

(a)(6) Inspections. Each day before beingused, the sling and all fastenings andattachments shall be inspected for damage ordefects by a competent person designated bythe employer. Additional inspections shall beperformed during sling use, where serviceconditions warrant. Damaged or defectiveslings shall be immediately removed fromservice.

(c) Wire rope.(c)(1) Tables H-3 through H-14 shall be

used to determine the safe working loads ofvarious sizes and classifications of improvedplow steel wire rope and wire rope slings withvarious types of terminals. For sizes,

recommended by the manufacturer forspecific, identifiable products shall befollowed, provided that a safety factor of notless than 5 is maintained.

on slings and bridles shall be covered orblunted.

(c)(4)(i) An eye splice made in any wirerope shall have not less than three full tucks.However, this requirement shall not operateto preclude the use of another form of spliceor connection which can be shown to be as

(c)(4)(ii) Except for eye splices in theends of wires and for endless rope slings, eachwire rope used in hoisting or lowering, or inpulling loads, shall consist of one continuouspiece without knot or splice.

(c)(4)(iii) Eyes in wire rope bridles,slings, or bull wires shall not be formed bywire rope clips or knots.

(c)(4)(iv) Wire rope shall not be used if,in any length of eight diameters, the totalnumber of visible broken wires exceeds 10percent of the total number of wires, or if therope shows other signs of excessive wear,corrosion, or defect.

(c)(5) When U-bolt wire rope clips areused to form eyes, Table H-20 shall be usedto determine the number and spacing of clips.

(c)(5)(i) When used for eye splices, theU-bolt shall be applied so that the "U" sectionis in contact with the dead end of the rope.

(c)(6) Slings shall not be shortened withknots or bolts or other makeshift devices.

(c)(7) Sling legs shall not be kinked.


58

(c)(8) Slings used in a basket hitch shallhave the loads balanced to prevent slippage.

(c)(9) Slings shall be padded or protectedfrom the sharp edges of their loads.

(c)(10) Hands or fingers shall not beplaced between the sling and its load whilethe sling is being tightened around the load.

(c)(11) Shock loading is prohibited.(c)(12) A sling shall not be pulled from

under a load when the load is resting on thesling.

(c)(13) Minimum sling lengths.(c)(13)(i) Cable laid and 6 X 19 and 6 X

37 slings shall have minimum clear length ofwire rope 10 times the component ropediameter between splices, sleeves or endfittings.

(c)(13)(ii) Braided slings shall have aminimum clear length of wire rope 40 timesthe component rope diameter between theloops or end fittings.

(c)(13)(iii) Cable laid grommets, strandlaid grommets and endless slings shall have aminimum circumferential length of 96 timestheir body diameter.

(c)(14) Safe operating temperatures.Fiber core wire rope slings of all grades shallbe permanently removed from service if theyare exposed to temperatures in excess of 200deg. F (93.33 deg. C). When nonfiber corewire rope slings of any grade are used attemperatures above 400 deg. F (204.44 deg.C) or below minus 60 deg. F (15.55 deg. C),recommendations of the sling manufacturerregarding use at that temperature shall befollowed.

(c)(15) End attachments.(c)(15)(i) Welding of end attachments,

except covers to thimbles, shall be performedprior to the assembly of the sling.

(c)(15)(ii) All welded end attachmentsshall not be used unless proof tested by themanufacturer or equivalent entity at twice

their rated capacity prior to initial use. Theemployer shall retain a certificate of prooftest, and make it available for examination.

(d) Natural rope, and synthetic fiber-(d)(1) General. When using natural or

synthetic fiber rope slings, Tables H-15, 16,17, and 18 shall apply.

(d)(2) All splices in rope slings providedby the employer shall be made in accordancewith fiber rope manufacturersrecommendations.

(d)(2)(i) In manila rope, eye splices shallcontain at least three full tucks, and shortsplices shall contain at least six full tucks(three on each side of the center line of thesplice).

(d)(2)(ii) In layed synthetic fiber rope, eyesplices shall contain at least four full tucks,and short splices shall contain at least eightfull tucks (four on each side of the center lineof the splice).

(d)(2)(iii) Strand end tails shall not betrimmed short (flush with the surface of therope) immediately adjacent to the full tucks.This precaution applies to both eye and shortsplices and all types of fiber rope. For fiberropes under 1-inch diameter, the tails shallproject at least six rope diameters beyond thelast full tuck. For fiber ropes 1-inch diameterand larger, the tails shall project at least 6inches beyond the last full tuck. Inapplications where the projecting tails may beobjectionable, the tails shall be tapered andspliced into the body of the rope using at leasttwo additional tucks (which will require a taillength of approximately six rope diametersbeyond the last full tuck).

(d)(2)(iv) For all eye splices, the eye shallbe sufficiently large to provide an includedangle of not greater than 60 deg. at the splicewhen the eye is placed over the load orsupport.

§ 1926.251 Subpart HRigging equipment for material handling Materials Handling, Storage,

Use, and Disposal

59

(d)(2)(v) Knots shall not be used in lieu ofsplices.

(d)(3) Safe operating temperatures.Natural and synthetic fiber rope slings, exceptfor wet frozen slings, may be used in atemperature range from minus 20 deg. F (d)(4)(v) Knots shall not be used in lieu of(-28.88 deg. C) to plus 180 deg. F (82.2 deg. splices.C) without decreasing the working load limit.For operations outside this temperature rangeand for wet frozen slings, the slingmanufacturer's recommendations shall befollowed.

(d)(4) Splicing. Spliced fiber rope slingsshall not be used unless they have beenspliced in accordance with the followingminimum requirements and in accordancewith any additional recommendations of themanufacturer:

(d)(4)(i) In manila rope, eye splices shallconsist of at least three full tucks, and shortsplices shall consist of at least six full tucks, three on each side of the splice center line.

(d)(4)(ii) In synthetic fiber rope, eyesplices shall consist of at least four full tucks,and short splices shall consist of at least eightfull tucks, four on each side of the center line.

(d)(4)(iii) Strand end tails shall not betrimmed flush with the surface of the ropeimmediately adjacent to the full tucks. Thisapplies to all types of fiber rope and both eyeand short splices. For fiber rope under 1 inch(2.54 cm) in diameter, the tail shall project atleast six rope diameters beyond the last fulltuck. For fiber rope 1 inch (2.54 cm) indiameter and larger, the tail shall project atleast 6 inches (15.24 cm) beyond the last fulltuck. Where a projecting tail interferes withthe use of the sling, the tail shall be taperedand spliced into the body of the rope using atlest two additional tucks (which will requirea tail length of approxi-

mately six rope diameters beyond the last fulltuck).

(d)(4)(iv) Fiber rope slings shall have aminimum clear length of rope between eyesplices equal to 10 times the rope diameter.

(d)(4)(vi) Clamps not designedspecifically for fiber ropes shall not be usedfor splicing.

(d)(4)(vii) For all eye splices, the eye shallbe of such size to provide an included angle ofnot greater than 60 degrees at the splice whenthe eye is placed over the load or support.

(d)(5) End attachments. Fiber rope slingsshall not be used if end attachments in contactwith the rope have sharp edges or projections.

(d)(6) Removal from service. Natural andsynthetic fiber rope slings shall beimmediately removed from service if any ofthe following conditions are present:

(d)(6)(i) Abnormal wear.(d)(6)(ii) Powdered fiber between strands.(d)(6)(iii) Broken or cut fibers.(d)(6)(iv) Variations in the size or

roundness of strands.(d)(6)(v) Discoloration or rotting.(d)(6)(vi) Distortion of hardware in the

sling.(e) Synthetic webbing (nylon, polyester,

and polypropylene).(e)(1) The employer shall have each

synthetic web sling marked or coded to show:(e)(1)(i) Name or trademark of

manufacturer.(e)(1)(ii) Rated capacities for the type of

hitch.(e)(1)(iii) Type of material.(e)(2) Rated capacity shall not be

exceeded.(e)(3) Webbing. Synthetic webbing shall

be of uniform thickness and width and selvage


60

edges shall not be split from the webbing'swidth.

(e)(4) Fittings. Fittings shall be:(e)(4)(i) Of a minimum breaking strength

equal to that of the sling; and(e)(4)(ii) Free of all sharp edges that could

in any way damage the webbing.(e)(5) Attachment of end fittings to

webbing and formation of eyes. Stitching recommended by the manufacturer forshall be the only method used to attach end specific, identifiable products, provided thatfittings to webbing and to form eyes. The a safety factor of not less than 5 is maintained.thread shall be in an even pattern and containa sufficient number of stitches to develop thefull breaking strength of the sling.

(e)(6) Environmental conditions. Whensynthetic web slings are used, the followingprecautions shall be taken:

(e)(6)(i) Nylon web slings shall not beused where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists orliquids of acids or phenolics are present.

(e)(6)(ii) Polyester and polypropylene webslings shall not be used where fumes, vapors,sprays, mists or liquids of caustics arepresent.

(e)(6)(iii) Web slings with aluminumfittings shall not be used where fumes, vapors,sprays, mists or liquids of caustics arepresent.

(e)(7) Safe operating temperatures.Synthetic web slings of polyester and nylonshall not be used at temperatures in excess of180 deg. F (82.2 deg. C). Polypropylene webslings shall not be used at temperatures inexcess of 200 deg. F (93.33 deg. C).

(e)(8) Removal from service. Syntheticweb slings shall be immediately removedfrom service if any of the following conditionsare present:

(e)(8)(i) Acid or caustic burns;(e)(8)(ii) Melting or charring of any part

of the sling surface;

(e)(8)(iii) Snags, punctures, tears or cuts;(e)(8)(iv) Broken or worn stitches; or(e)(8)(v) Distortion of fittings.(f) Shackles and hooks.(f)(1) Table H-19 shall be used to

determine the safe working loads of varioussizes of shackles, except that higher safeworking loads are permissible when

61

(f)(2) The manufacturer'srecommendations shall be followed indetermining the safe working loads of thevarious sizes and types of specific andidentifiable hooks. All hooks for which noapplicable manufacturer's recommendationsare available shall be tested to twice theintended safe working load before they areinitially put into use. The employer shallmaintain a record of the dates and results ofsuch tests.

TABLE H - 1RATED CAPACITY (WORKING LOAD LIMIT),

FOR ALLOY STEEL CHAIN SLINGS 1

Rated Capacity (Working Load Limit), Pounds[Horizontal angles shown in parentheses] 3

Chainsize,

inches

Singlebranch

sling-- 90°loading

Double sling vertical angle 2Triple and quadruple sling

vertical angle 2

30° (60°) 45° (45°) 60° (30°) 30° (60°) 45° (45°) 60° (30°)

1/4 3,250 5,560 4,550 3,250 8,400 6,800 4,9003/8 6,600 11,400 9,300 6,600 17,000 14,000 9,9001/2 11,250 19,500 15,900 11,250 29,000 24,000 17,005/8 16,500 28,500 23,300 16,500 43,000 35,000 24,5003/4 23,000 39,800 32,500 23,000 59,500 48,500 34,5007/8 28,750 49,800 40,600 28,750 74,500 61,000 43,0001 38,750 67,100 54,800 38,750 101,000 82,000 58,000

1 1/8 44,500 77,000 63,000 44,500 115,500 94,500 66,5001 1/4 57,500 99,500 81,000 57,500 149,000 121,500 86,0001 3/8 67,000 116,000 94,000 67,000 174,000 141,000 100,5001 1/2 80,000 138,000 112,900 80,000 207,000 169,000 119,5001 3/4 100,000 172,000 140,000 100,000 258,000 210,000 150,000

Other grades of proof tested steel chain include Proof Coil, BBB Coil and Hi-Test Chain. These grades are not1

recommended for overhead lifting and therefore are not covered by this code. Rating of multileg slings adjusted for angle of loading measured as the included angle between the inclined leg and2

the vertical. Rating of multileg slings adjusted for angle of loading between the inclined leg and the horizontal plane of the load.3

TABLE H - 2MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WEAR AT ANY POINT OF LINK

62

Chain size, inches Max. allowable wear (inch)

1/4 3/643/8 5/641/2 7/645/8 9/643/4 5/327/8 11/641 3/16

1 1/8 7/321 1/4 1/41 3/8 9/321 1/2 5/161 3/4 11/32

TABLE H - 3RATED CAPACITIES FOR SINGLE LEG SLINGS

6x19 and 6x37 Classification Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope With Fiber Core (FC)

Rope Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb)

Dia Con-(inches) str.

Vertical Choker Vertical Basket 1

HT MS S HT MS S HT MS S

1/4 6x19 0.49 0.51 0.55 0.37 0.38 0.41 0.99 1.0 1.15/16 6x19 0.76 0.79 0.85 0.57 0.59 0.64 1.5 1.6 1.73/8 6x19 1.1 1.1 1.2 0.80 0.85 0.91 2.1 2.2 2.47/16 6x19 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.1 1.1 1.2 2.9 3.0 3.31 /2 6x19 1.8 2.0 2.1 1.4 1.5 1.6 3.7 3.9 4.39/16 6x19 2.3 2.5 2.7 1.7 1.9 2.0 4.6 5.0 5.45/8 6x19 2.8 3.1 3.3 2.1 2.3 2.5 5.6 6.2 6.73/4 6x19 3.9 4.4 4.8 2.9 3.3 3.6 7.8 8.8 9.57/8 6x19 5.1 5.9 6.4 3.9 4.5 4.8 10.0 12.0 13.01 6x19 6.7 7.7 8.4 5.0 5.8 6.3 13.0 15.0 17.0

1 1/8 6x19 8.4 9.5 10.0 6.3 7.1 7.9 17.0 19.0 21.01 1/4 6x37 9.8 11.0 12.0 7.4 8.3 9.2 20.0 22.0 25.01 3/8 6x37 12.0 13.0 15.0 8.9 10.0 11.0 24.0 27.0 30.01 1/2 6x37 14.0 16.0 17.0 10.0 12.0 13.0 28.0 32.0 35.01 5/8 6x37 16.0 18.0 21.0 12.0 14.0 15.0 33.0 27.0 41.01 3/4 6x37 19.0 21.0 24.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 38.0 43.0 48.0

2 6x37 25.0 28.0 31.0 18.0 21.0 23.0 49.0 55.0 62.0

These values only apply when the D/d ratio for HT slings is 10 or greater, and for MS and S Slings is 20 or greater1

where: D = Diameter of curvature around which the body of the sling is bent; d =Diameter of rope; HT = Hand Tucked Splice and Hidden Tuck Splice. For hidden tuck splice (IWRC) use values in HT columns;MS = Mechanical Splice; S= Swaged or Zinc Poured Socket.

TABLE H - 4. - RATED CAPACITIES FOR SINGLE LEG SLINGS6x19 and 6x37 Classification Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope With Independent Wire Rope Core (IWRC)

63


Dia(inches)

Constr.Vertical Choker Vertical Basket 1

HT MS S HT MS S HT MS S

1/4 6x19 0.53 0.56 0.59 0.40 0.42 0.44 1.0 1.1 1.25/16 6x19 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.61 0.65 0.69 1.6 1.7 1.83/8 6x19 1.1 1.2 1.3 0.86 0.93 0.98 2.3 2.5 2.67/16 6x19 1.5 1.7 1.8 1.2 1.3 1.3 3.1 3.4 3.51 /2 6x19 2.0 2.2 2.3 1.5 1.6 1.7 3.9 4.4 4.69/16 6x19 2.5 2.7 2.9 1.8 2.1 2.2 4.9 5.5 5.85/8 6x19 3.0 3.4 3.6 2.2 2.5 2.7 6.0 6.8 7.23/4 6x19 4.2 4.9 5.1 3.1 3.6 3.8 8.4 9.7 10.07/8 6x19 5.5 6.6 6.9 4.1 4.9 5.2 11.0 13.0 14.01 6x19 7.2 8.5 9.0 5.4 6.4 6.7 14.0 17.0 18.0

1 1/8 6x19 9.0 10.0 11.0 6.8 7.8 8.5 18.0 21.0 23.01 1/4 6x37 10.0 12.0 13.0 7.9 9.2 9.9 21.0 24.0 26.01 3/8 6x37 13.0 15.0 16.0 9.6 11.0 12.0 25.0 29.0 32.01 1/2 6x37 15.0 17.0 19.0 11.0 13.0 14.0 30.0 35.0 38.01 5/8 6x37 18.0 20.0 22.0 13.0 15.0 17.0 35.0 41.0 44.01 3/4 6x37 20.0 24.0 26.0 15.0 18.0 19.0 41.0 47.0 51.0

2 6x37 26.0 30.0 33.0 20.0 23.0 25.0 53.0 61.0 66.0

These values only apply when the D/d ratio for HT slings is 10 or greater, and for MS and S slings is 20 or greater1

where: D = Diameter of curvature around which the body of the sling is bent; d= Diameter of rope; HT= Hand Tucked Splice. For hidden tuck splice (IWRC) use Table H-3 values in HT column; MS = MechanicalSplice; S = Swaged or Zinc Poured Socket.

TABLE H - 5. - RATED CAPACITIES FOR SINGLE LEG SLINGSCable Laid Rope -- Mechanical Splice Only,

7x7x7 & 7X7X19 Constructions Galvanized Aircraft Grade Rope7x6x19 IWRC Construction Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope

Rope Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb.)

Dia Vertical(inches) basket Constr Vertical Choker 1

1/4 7x7x7 0.50 0.38 1.03/8 7x7x7 1.1 0.81 2.21/2 7x7x7 1.8 1.4 3.75/8 7x7x7 2.8 2.1 5.53/4 7x7x7 3.8 2.9 7.65/8 7x7x19 2.9 2.2 5.83/4 7x7x19 4.1 3.0 8.17/8 7x7x19 5.4 4.0 11.01 7x7x19 6.9 5.1 14.0

1 1/8 7x7x19 8.2 6.2 16.01 1/4 7x7x19 9.9 7.4 20.03/4 7x6x19 3.8 2.8 7.67/8 7x6x19 5.0 3.8 10.01 7x6x19 6.4 4.8 13.0

1 1/8 7x6x19 7.7 5.8 15.01 1/4 7x6x19 9.2 6.9 18.01 5/16 7x6x19 10.0 7.5 20.01 3/8 7x6x19 11.0 8.2 22.01 1/2 7x6x19 13.0 9.6 26.0

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

These values only apply when the D/d ratio is1

10 or greater where: D = Diameter of curvature around which the body of the sling is bent; d = Diameter of rope. IWRC2

64

TABLE H - 6. - RATED CAPACITIES FOR SINGLE LEG SLINGS8-Part and 6-Part Braided Rope, 6x7 and 6x19 Construction Improved

Plow Steel Grade Rope, 7x7 Construction Galvanized Aircraft Grade Rope

Component Rope Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb)

Dia(inches)

Constr.Vertical Choker Basket vertical to 30° 1

8-Part 6-Part 8-Part 6-Part 8-Part 6-Part

3/32 6x7 0.42 0.32 0.32 0.24 0.74 0.551/8 6x7 0.76 0.57 0.57 0.42 1.3 0.983/16 6x7 1.7 1.3 1.3 0.94 2.9 2.23/32 7x7 0.51 0.39 0.39 0.29 0.89 0.671/8 7x7 0.95 0.71 0.71 0.53 1.6 1.23/16 7x7 2.1 1.5 1.5 1.2 3.6 2.73/16 6x19 1.7 1.3 1.3 0.98 3.0 2.21/4 6x19 3.1 2.3 2.3 1.7 5.3 4.05/16 6x19 4.8 3.6 3.6 2.7 8.3 6.23/8 6x19 6.8 5.1 5.1 3.8 12.0 8.97/16 6x19 9.3 6.9 6.9 5.2 16.0 12.01/2 6x19 12.0 9.0 9.0 6.7 21.0 15.09/16 6x19 15.0 11.0 11.0 8.5 26.0 20.05/8 6x19 19.0 14.0 14.0 10.0 32.0 24.03/4 6x19 27.0 20.0 20.0 15.0 46.0 35.07/8 6x19 36.0 27.0 27.0 20.0 62.0 47.01 6x19 47.0 35.0 35.0 26.0 81.0 61.0

These values only apply when the D/d ratio is 20 or greater where: D =1

Diameter of curvature around which the body of the sling is bent; d =Diameter of component rope.

TABLE H - 7. - RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2-LEG AND 3-LEG BRIDLE SLINGS6x19 and 6x37 Classification Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope With Fiber Core (FC)


Dia(in- 30° (60°) 45° angle 60° (30°) 30° (60°) 45° angle 60° (30°)

ches)

Con-str.

2-Leg bridle slings 3-Leg bridle slings

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

HT MS HT MS HT MS HT MS HT MS HT MS

1/4 6x19 0.85 0.88 0.70 0.72 0.49 0.51 1.3 1.3 1.0 1.1 0.74 0.765/16 6x19 1.3 1.4 1.1 1.1 0.76 0.79 2.0 2.0 1.6 1.7 1.1 1.23/8 6x19 1.8 1.9 1.5 1.6 1.1 1.1 2.8 2.9 2.3 2.4 1.6 1.77/16 6x19 2.5 2.6 2.0 2.2 1.4 1.5 3.7 4.0 3.0 3.2 2.1 2.31/2 6x19 3.2 3.4 2.6 2.8 1.8 2.0 4.8 5.1 3.9 4.2 2.8 3.09/16 6x19 4.0 4.3 3.2 3.5 2.3 2.5 6.0 6.5 4.9 5.3 3.4 3.75/8 6x19 4.8 5.3 4.0 4.4 2.8 3.1 7.3 8.0 5.9 6.5 4.2 4.63/4 6x19 6.8 7.6 5.5 6.2 3.9 4.4 10.0 11.0 8.3 9.3 5.8 6.67/8 6x19 8.9 10.0 7.3 8.4 5.1 5.9 13.0 15.0 11.0 13.0 7.7 8.91 6x19 11.0 13.0 9.4 11.0 6.7 7.7 17.0 20.0 14.0 16.0 10.0 11.0

11/8 6x19 14.0 16.0 12.0 13.0 8.4 9.5 22.0 24.0 18.0 20.0 13.0 14.011/4 6x37 17.0 19.0 14.0 16.0 9.8 11.0 25.0 29.0 21.0 23.0 15.0 17.013/8 6x37 20.0 23.0 17.0 19.0 12.0 13.0 31.0 35.0 25.0 28.0 18.0 20.011/2 6x37 24.0 27.0 20.0 22.0 14.0 16.0 36.0 41.0 30.0 33.0 21.0 24.015/8 6x37 28.0 32.0 23.0 26.0 16.0 18.0 43.0 48.0 35.0 39.0 25.0 28.013/4 6x37 33.0 37.0 27.0 30.0 19.0 21.0 49.0 56.0 40.0 45.0 28.0 32.0

2 6x37 43.0 48.0 35.0 39.0 25.0 28.0 64.0 72.0 52.0 59.0 37.0 41.0

Vertical angles. Horizontal angles. HT = Hand Tucked Splice. MS = Mechanical Splice.1 2

65

TABLE H - 8. - RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2-LEG AND 3-LEG BRIDLE SLINGS6x19 and 6x37 Classification Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope With Independent Wire Rope Core (IWRC)


Dia(in- Con-ches str.

)


30° (60°) 45° angle 60° (30°) 30° (60°) 45° angle 60° (30°) 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

HT MS HT MS HT MS HT MS HT MS HT MS

1/4 6x19 0.92 0.97 0.75 0.79 0.53 0.56 1.4 1.4 1.1 1.2 0.79 0.845/16 6x19 1.4 1.5 1.1 1.2 0.81 0.87 2.1 2.3 1.7 1.8 1.2 1.33/8 6x19 2.0 2.1 1.6 1.8 1.1 1.2 3.0 3.2 2.4 2.6 1.7 1.97/16 6x19 2.7 2.9 2.2 2.4 1.5 1.7 4.0 4.4 3.3 3.6 2.3 2.51/2 6x19 3.4 3.8 2.8 3.1 2.0 2.2 5.1 5.7 4.2 4.6 3.0 3.39/16 6x19 4.3 4.8 3.5 3.9 2.5 2.7 6.4 7.1 5.2 5.8 3.7 4.15/8 6x19 5.2 5.9 4.2 4.8 3.0 3.4 7.8 8.8 6.4 7.2 4.5 5.13/4 6x19 7.3 8.4 5.9 6.9 4.2 4.9 11.0 13.0 8.9 10.0 6.3 7.37/8 6x19 9.6 11.0 7.8 9.3 5.5 6.6 14.0 17.0 12.0 14.0 8.3 9.91 6x19 12.0 15.0 10.0 12.0 7.2 8.5 19.0 22.0 15.0 18.0 11.0 13.0

1 1/8 6x19 16.0 18.0 13.0 15.0 9.0 10.0 23.0 27.0 19.0 22.0 13.0 16.01 1/4 6x37 18.0 21.0 15.0 17.0 10.0 12.0 27.0 32.0 22.0 26.0 16.0 18.01 3/8 6x37 22.0 25.0 18.0 21.0 13.0 15.0 33.0 38.0 27.0 31.0 19.0 22.01 1/2 6x37 26.0 30.0 21.0 25.0 15.0 17.0 39.0 45.0 32.0 37.0 23.0 26.01 5/8 6x37 31.0 35.0 25.0 29.0 18.0 20.0 46.0 53.0 38.0 43.0 27.0 31.01 3/4 6x37 35.0 41.0 29.0 33.0 20.0 24.0 53.0 61.0 43.0 50.0 31.0 35.0

2 6x37 46.0 53.0 37.0 43.0 26.0 30.0 68.0 79.0 56.0 65.0 40.0 46.0

Vertical angles. Horizontal angles. HT = Hand Tucked Splice. MS = Mechanical Splice.1 2

TABLE H - 9. - RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2-LEG AND 3-LEG BRIDLE SLINGSCable Laid Rope - Mechanical Splice Only, 7x7x7 and 7x7x19 Construction

Galvanized Aircraft Grade Rope, 7x6x19 IWRC Construction Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope


Dia(in- Constr.

ches)


30° (60°) 45° angle 60° (30°) 30° (60°) 45° angle 60° (30°) 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

1/4 7x7x7 0.87 0.71 0.50 1.3 1.1 0.753/8 7x7x7 1.9 1.5 1.1 2.8 2.3 1.61/2 7x7x7 3.2 2.6 1.8 4.8 3.9 2.85/8 7x7x7 4.8 3.9 2.8 7.2 5.9 4.23/4 7x7x7 6.6 5.4 3.8 9.9 8.1 5.75/8 7x7x19 5.0 4.1 2.9 7.5 6.1 4.33/4 7x7x19 7.0 5.7 4.1 10.0 8.6 6.17/8 7x7x19 9.3 7.6 5.4 14.0 11.0 8.11 7x7x19 12.0 9.7 6.9 18.0 14.0 10.0

1 1/8 7x7x19 14.0 12.0 8.2 21.0 17.0 12.01 1/4 7x7x19 17.0 14.0 9.9 26.0 21.0 15.03/4 7x6x19 IWRC 6.6 5.4 3.8 9.9 8.0 5.77/8 7x6x19 IWRC 8.7 7.1 5.0 13.0 11.0 7.51 7x6x19 IWRC 11.0 9.0 6.4 17.0 13.0 9.6

1 1/8 7x6x19 IWRC 13.0 11.0 7.7 20.0 16.0 11.01 1/4 7x6x19 IWRC 16.0 13.0 9.2 24.0 20.0 14.01 5/16 7x6x19 IWRC 17.0 14.0 10.0 26.0 21.0 15.01 3/8 7x6x19 IWRC 19.0 15.0 11.0 28.0 23.0 16.01 1/2 7x6x19 IWRC 22.0 18.0 13.0 33.0 27.0 19.0

Vertical angles. Horizontal angles.1 2

66

TABLE H- 10. - RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2-LE AND 3-LEG BRIDLE SLINGS8-Part and 6-Part Braided Rope, 6x7 and 6x19 Construction Improved

Plow Steel Grade Rope, 7x7 Construction Galvanized Aircraft Grade Rope


Dia(in- Con- 30° (60°) 45° angle 60° (30°) 30° (60°) 45° angle 60° (30°) ches str.

)


1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

8 - 6 - 8 - 6 - 8 - 6 - 8 - 6 - 8 - 6 - 8 - 6 -Part Part Part Part Part part Part Part Part Part Part part

3/32 6x7 0.74 0.55 0.60 0.45 0.42 0.32 1.1 0.83 0.90 0.68 0.64 0.481/8 6x7 1.3 0.98 1.1 0.80 0.76 0.57 2.0 1.5 1.6 1.2 1.1 0.853/16 6x7 2.9 2.2 2.4 1.8 1.7 1.3 4.4 3.3 3.6 2.7 2.5 1.93/32 7x7 0.89 0.67 0.72 0.55 0.51 0.39 1.3 1.0 1.1 0.82 0.77 0.581/8 7x7 1.6 1.2 1.3 1.0 0.95 0.71 2.5 1.8 2.0 1.5 1.4 1.13/16 7x7 3.6 2.7 2.9 2.2 2.1 1.5 5.4 4.0 4.4 3.3 3.1 2.33/16 6x19 3.0 2.2 2.4 1.8 1.7 1.3 4.5 3.4 3.7 2.8 2.6 1.91/4 6x19 5.3 4.0 4.3 3.2 3.1 2.3 8.0 6.0 6.5 4.9 4.6 3.45/16 6x19 8.3 6.2 6.7 5.0 4.8 3.6 12.0 9.3 10.0 7.6 7.1 5.43/8 6x19 12.0 8.9 9.7 7.2 6.8 5.1 18.0 13.0 14.0 11.0 10.0 7.77/16 6x19 16.0 12.0 13.0 9.8 9.3 6.9 24.0 18.0 20.0 15.0 14.0 10.01/2 6x19 21.0 15.0 17.0 13.0 12.0 9.0 31.0 23.0 25.0 19.0 18.0 13.09/16 6x19 26.0 20.0 21.0 16.0 15.0 11.0 39.0 29.0 32.0 24.0 23.0 17.05/8 6x19 32.0 24.0 26.0 20.0 19.0 14.0 48.0 36.0 40.0 30.0 28.0 21.03/4 6x19 46.0 35.0 38.0 28.0 27.0 20.0 69.0 52.0 56.0 42.0 40.0 30.07/8 6x19 62.0 47.0 51.0 38.0 36.0 27.0 94.0 70.0 76.0 57.0 54.0 40.01 6x19 81.0 61.0 66.0 50.0 47.0 35.0 22.0 91.0 99.0 74.0 70.0 53.0

Vertical angles. Horizontal angles.1 2

TABLE H - 11.RATED CAPACITIES

FOR STRAND LAID GROMMET -- HAND TUCKED Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope

Rope Body Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb.)

Dia Vertical(inches) basket Constr Vertical Choker 1

1/4 7x19 0.85 0.64 1.75/16 7x19 1.3 1.0 2.63/8 7x19 1.9 1.4 3.87/16 7x19 2.6 1.9 5.21/2 7x19 3.3 2.5 6.79/16 7x19 4.2 3.1 8.45/8 7x19 5.2 3.9 10.03/4 7x19 7.4 5.6 15.07/8 7x19 10.0 7.5 20.01 7x19 13.0 9.7 26.0

1 1/8 7x19 16.0 12.0 32.01 1/4 7x37 18.0 14.0 37.01 3/8 7x37 22.0 16.0 44.01 1/2 7x37 26.0 19.0 52.0

These values only apply when the D/d ratio is 5 or greater where:1

D=Diameter of curvature around which rope is bent. d=Diameter of rope body.

67

TABLE H - 12RATED CAPACITIES

FOR CABLE LAIDGROMMET – HAND TUCKED7x6x7 and 7x6x19 Constructions Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope

7x7x7 Construction Galvanized Aircraft Grade Rope

Rope BodyRated capacities,tons (2,000 lb.)

Dia (inch- Con- Verticales) str. basket Vertical Choker 1

3/8 7x6x7 1.3 0.95 2.59/16 7x6x7 2.8 2.1 5.65/8 7x6x7 3.8 2.8 7.63/8 7x7x7 1.6 1.2 3.29/16 7x7x7 3.5 2.6 6.95/8 7x7x7 4.5 3.4 9.05/8 7x6x19 3.9 3.0 7.93/4 7x6x19 5.1 3.8 10.0

15/16 7x6x19 7.9 5.9 16.01 1/8 7x6x19 11.0 8.4 22.01 5/16 7x6x19 15.0 11.0 30.01 1/2 7x6x19 19.0 14.0 39.0

1 11/16 7x6x19 24.0 18.0 49.01 7/8 7x6x19 30.0 22.0 60.02 1/4 7x6x19 42.0 31.0 84.02 5/8 7x6x19 56.0 42.0 112.0

These values only apply1

when the D/d ratio is 5 orgreater where: D =Diameter of curvaturearound which cable body isbent, d = Diameter of cable body.

TABLE H - 13RATED CAPACITIES FOR STRAND LAID ENDLESS

SLINGS -- MECHANICAL JOINTImproved Plow Steel Grade Rope

Rope BodyRated capacities,tons (2,000 lb.)

Dia (inch- Verticales) basket Con-str. Vertical Choker 1

1/4 6x19 0.92 0.69 1.83/8 6x19 2.0 1.5 4.11/2 6x19 3.6 2.7 7.25/8 6x19 5.6 4.2 11.03/4 6x19 8.0 6.0 16.07/8 6x19 11.0 8.1 21.01 6x19 14.0 10.0 28.0

1 1/8 6x19 18.0 13.0 35.01 1/4 6x37 21.0 15.0 41.01 3/8 6x37 25.0 19.0 50.01 1/2 6x37 29.0 22.0 59.0

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

These values only apply when the D/d ratio is1

68

5 or greater where: D=Diameter of curvaturearound which rope is bent, d=Diameter of ropebody. IWRC.2

69

TABLE H - 14 RATED CAPACITIES FOR

CABLE LAID ENDLESS SLINGS -- MECHANICAL JOINT7x7x7 and 7x7x19 Constructions Galvanized Aircraft Grade Rope

7x6x19 Construction Improved Plow Steel Grade Rope

Cable Body Rated capacities, tons (2,000 lb.)

Dia Vertical(inches) basket (1)Constr Vertical Choker

1/4 7x7x7 0.83 0.62 1.63/8 7x7x7 1.8 1.3 3.51/2 7x7x7 3.0 2.3 6.15/8 7x7x7 4.5 3.4 9.13/4 7x7x7 6.3 4.7 12.05/8 7x7x19 4.7 3.5 9.53/4 7x7x19 6.7 5.0 13.07/8 7x7x19 8.9 6.6 18.01 7x7x19 11.0 8.5 22.0

1 1/8 7x7x19 14.0 10.0 28.01 1/4 7x7x19 17.0 12.0 33.03/4 7x6x19 6.2 4.7 12.07/8 7x6x19 8.3 6.2 16.01 7x6x19 10.0 7.9 21.0

1 1/8 7x6x19 13.0 9.7 26.0 1 1/4 7x6x19 16.0 12.0 31.01 3/8 7x6x19 18.0 14.0 37.01 1/2 7x6x19 22.0 16.0 43.0

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

These values only apply when the D/d value is1

5 or greater where: D=Diameter of curvaturearound which cable body is bent. d=Diameter ofcable body. IWRC.2

61

TABLE H -15. -- MANILA ROPE SLINGS[Angle of rope to vertical shown in parentheses]

Ropedia.

nominalin

inches

Nomin Minimual m

weight breakingper 100 strength

ft in inpounds pounds

Rated capacity in pounds (safety factor=5)

Eye and eye sling Endless sling

Vertical Vertical

hitch hitch

Choker Chokerhitch hitch

Basket hitch; Angel of rope to horizontal Basket hitch; Angel of rope to horizontal

90° 60° 45° 30° 90° 60° 45° 30°(0°) (30°) (45°) (60°) (0°) (30°) (45°) (60°)

1/2 7.5 2,650 550 250 1,100 900 750 550 950 500 1,900 1,700 1,400 9509/16 10.4 3,450 700 350 1,400 1,200 1,000 700 1,200 600 2,500 2,200 1,800 1,2005/8 13.3 4,400 900 450 1,800 1,500 1,200 900 1,600 800 3,200 2,700 2,200 1,6003/4 16.7 5,400 1,100 550 2,200 1,900 1,500 1,100 2,000 950 3,900 3,400 2,800 2,000

13/16 19.5 6,500 1,300 650 2,600 2,300 1,800 1,300 2,300 1,200 4,700 4,100 3,300 2,3007/8 22.5 7,700 1,500 750 3,100 2,700 2,200 1,500 2,800 1,400 5,600 4,800 3,900 2,8001 27.0 9,000 1,800 900 3,600 3,100 2,600 1,800 3,200 1,600 6,500 5,600 4,600 3,200

1 1/16 31.3 10,500 2,100 1,100 4,200 3,600 3,000 2,100 3,800 1,900 7,600 6,600 5,400 3,8001 1/8 36.0 12,000 2,400 1,200 4,800 4,200 3,400 2,400 4,300 2,200 8,600 7,500 6,100 4,3001 1/4 41.7 13,500 2,700 1,400 5,400 4,700 3,800 2,700 4,900 2,400 9,700 8,400 6,900 4,9001 5/16 47.9 15,000 3,000 1,500 6,000 5,200 4,300 3,000 5,400 2,700 11,000 9,400 7,700 5,4001 1/2 59.9 18,500 3,700 1,850 7,400 6,400 5,200 3,700 6,700 3,300 13,500 11,500 9,400 6,7001 5/8 74.6 22,500 4,500 2,300 9,000 7,800 6,400 4,500 8,100 4,100 16,000 14,000 11,500 8,0001 3/4 89.3 26,500 5,300 2,700 10,500 9,260 7,500 5,300 9,500 4,800 19,000 16,500 13,500 9,590

2 107.5 31,000 6,200 3,100 12,500 10,500 8,800 6,200 11,000 5,600 22,500 19,500 16,000 11,0002 1/3 125.0 36,000 7,200 3,600 14,500 12,500 10,000 7,200 13,000 6,500 26,000 22,500 18,500 13,0002 1/4 146.0 41,000 8,200 4,100 16,500 14,000 11,500 8,200 15,000 7,400 29,500 25,500 21,000 15,0002 1/2 166.7 46,500 9,300 4,700 18,500 16,000 13,000 9,300 16,500 8,400 33,500 29,000 23,500 16,5002 5/8 190.8 52,000 10,500 5,200 21,000 18,000 14,500 10,500 18,500 9,500 37,500 32,500 26,500 18,500

62

TABLE H - 16. -- NYLON ROPE SLINGS[Angle of rope to vertical shown in parentheses]

Ropedia.

nominalin

inches

Nomin Minimual m





Vertical Vertical

hitch hitch



90° 60° 45° 30° 90° 60° 45° 30°(0°) (30°) (45°) (60°) (0°) (30°) (45°) (60°)

1/2 6.5 6,080 700 350 1,400 1,200 950 700 1,200 600 2,400 2,100 1,700 1,2009/16 8.3 7,600 850 400 1,700 1,500 1,200 850 1,500 750 3,000 2,600 2,200 1.5005/8 10.5 9,880 1,100 550 2,200 1,900 1,600 1,100 2,000 1,100 4,000 3,400 2,800 2,0003/4 14.5 13,490 1,500 750 3,000 2,600 2,100 1,500 2,700 1,400 5,400 4,700 3,800 2,700

13/16 17.0 16,150 1,800 900 3,600 3,100 2,600 1,800 3,200 1,600 6,400 5,600 4,600 3,2007/8 20.0 19,000 2,100 1,100 4,200 3,700 3,000 2,100 3,800 1,900 7,600 6,600 5,400 3,8001 26.0 23,750 2,600 1,300 5,300 4,600 3,700 2,600 4,800 2,400 9,500 8,200 6,700 4,800

1 1/16 29.0 27,360 3,000 1,500 6,100 5,300 4,300 3,000 5,500 2,700 11,000 9,500 7,700 5,5001 1/8 34.0 31,350 3,500 1,700 7,000 6,000 5,000 3,500 6,300 3,100 12,500 11,000 8,900 6,3001 1/4 40.0 35,625 4,000 2,000 7,900 6,900 5,600 4,000 7,100 3,600 14,500 12,500 10,000 7,1001 5/16 45.0 40,850 4,500 2,300 9,100 7,900 6,400 4,500 8,200 4,100 16,500 14,000 12,000 8,2001 1/2 55.0 50,350 5,600 2,800 11,000 9,700 7,900 5,600 10,000 5,000 20,000 17,500 14,000 10,0001 5/8 68.0 61,750 6,900 3,400 13,500 12,000 9,700 6,900 12,500 6,200 24,500 21,500 17,500 12,5001 3/4 83.0 74,100 8,200 4,100 16,500 14,500 11,500 8,200 15,000 7,400 29,500 27,500 21,000 15,000

2 95.0 87,400 9,700 4,900 19,500 17,000 13,500 9,700 17,500 8,700 35,000 30,500 24,500 17,5002 1/8 109.0 100,700 11,000 5,600 22,500 19,500 16,000 11,000 20,000 10,000 40,500 35,000 28,500 20,0002 1/4 129.0 118,750 13,000 6,600 26,500 23,000 18,500 13,000 24,000 12,000 47,500 41,000 33,500 24,0002 1/2 149.0 133,000 15,000 7,400 29,500 25,500 21,000 15,000 26,500 13,500 53,000 46,000 37,500 26,5002 5/8 168.0 153,900 17,100 8,600 34,000 29,500 24,000 17,000 31,000 15,500 61,500 53,500 43,500 31,000

63

TABLE H - 17. -- POLYESTER ROPE SLINGS[Angle of rope to vertical shown in parentheses]

Ropedia.

nominalin

inches

Nomin Minimual m





Vertical Vertical

hitch hitch



90° 60° 45° 30° 90° 60° 45° 30°(0°) (30°) (45°) (60°) (0°) (30°) (45°) (60°)

1/2 8.0 6,080 700 350 1,400 1,200 950 700 1,200 600 2,400 2,100 1,700 1,2009/16 10.2 7,600 850 400 1,700 1,500 1,200 850 1,500 750 3,000 2,600 2,200 1,5005/8 13.0 9,500 1,100 550 2,100 1,800 1,500 1,100 1,900 950 3,800 3,300 2,700 1,9003/4 17.5 11,875 1,300 650 2,600 2,300 1,900 1,300 2,400 1,200 4,800 4,100 3,400 2,400

13/16 21.0 14,725 1,600 800 3,300 2,800 2,300 1,600 2,900 1,500 5,900 5,100 4,200 2,9007/8 25.0 17,100 1,900 950 3,800 3,300 2,700 1,900 3,400 1,700 6,800 5,900 4,800 3,4001 30.5 20,900 2,300 1,200 4,600 4,000 3,300 2,300 4,200 2,100 8,400 7,200 5,900 4,200

1 1/16 34.5 24,225 2,700 1,300 5,400 4,700 3,800 2,700 4,800 2,400 9,700 8,400 6,900 4,8001 1/8 40.0 28,025 3,100 1,600 6,200 5,400 4,400 3,100 5,600 2,800 11,000 9,700 7,900 5,6001 1/4 46.3 31,540 3,500 1,800 7,000 6,100 5,000 3,500 6,300 3,200 12,500 11,000 8,900 6,3001 5/16 52.5 35,625 4,000 2,000 7,900 6,900 5,600 4,000 7,100 3,600 14,500 12,500 10,000 7,1001 1/2 66.8 44,460 4,900 2,500 9,900 8,600 7,000 4,900 8,900 4,400 18,000 15,500 12,500 8,9001 5/8 82.0 54,150 6,000 3,000 12,000 10,400 8,500 6,000 11,000 5,500 21,500 19,000 15,500 11,0001 3/4 98.0 64,410 7,200 3,600 14,500 12,500 10,000 7,200 13,000 6,400 26,000 22,500 18,000 13,000

2 118.0 76,000 8,400 4,200 17,000 14,500 12,000 8,400 15,000 7,600 30,500 26,500 21,500 15,0002 1/8 135.0 87,400 9,700 4,900 19,500 17,000 13,500 9,700 17,500 8,700 35,000 30,500 24,500 17,5002 1/4 157.0 101,650 11,500 5,700 22,500 19,500 16,000 11,500 20,500 10,000 40,500 35,000 29,000 20,5002 1/2 181.0 115,900 13,000 6,400 26,000 22,500 18,000 13,000 23,000 11,500 46,500 40,000 33,000 23,0002 5/8 205.0 130,150 14,500 7,200 29,000 25,000 20,500 14,500 26,000 13,000 52,000 45,000 37,000 26,000

64

TABLE H - 18. -- POLYPROPYLENE ROPE SLINGS[Angle of rope to vertical shown in parentheses]

Ropedia.

nominalin

inches

Nomin Minimual m





Vertical Vertical

hitch hitch



90° 60° 45° 30° 90° 60° 45° 30°(0°) (30°) (45°) (60°) (0°) (30°) (45°) (60°)

1/2 4.7 3,990 650 350 1,300 1,200 950 650 1,200 600 2,400 2,100 1,700 1,2009/16 6.1 4,845 800 400 1,600 1,400 1,100 800 1,500 750 2,900 2,500 2,100 1,5005/8 7.5 5,890 1,000 500 2,000 1,700 1,400 1,000 1,800 900 3,500 3,100 2,500 1,8003/4 10.7 8,075 1,300 700 2,700 2,300 1,900 1,300 2,400 1,200 4,900 4,200 3,400 2,400

13/16 12.7 9,405 1,600 800 3,100 2,700 2,200 1,600 2,800 1,400 5,600 4,900 4,000 2,8007/8 15.0 10,925 1,800 900 3,600 3,200 2,600 1,800 3,300 1,600 6,600 5,700 4,600 3,3001 18.0 13,300 2,200 1,100 4,400 3,800 3,100 2,200 4,000 2,000 8,000 6,900 5,600 4,000

1/16 20.4 15,200 2,500 1,300 5,100 4,400 3,600 2,500 4,600 2,300 9,100 7,900 6,500 4,6001 1/8 23.7 17,385 2,900 1,500 5,800 5,000 4,100 2,900 5,200 2,600 10,500 9,000 7,400 5,2001 1/4 27.0 19,950 3,300 1,700 6,700 5,800 4,700 3,300 6,000 3,000 12,000 10,500 8,500 6,0001 5/16 30.5 22,325 3,700 1,900 7,400 6,400 5,300 3,700 6,700 3,400 13,500 11,500 9,500 6,7001 1/2 38.5 28,215 4,700 2,400 9,400 8,100 6,700 4,700 8,500 4,200 17,000 14,500 12,000 8,5001 5/8 47.5 34,200 5,700 2,900 11,500 9,900 8,100 5,700 10,500 5,100 20,500 18,000 14,500 10,5001 3/4 57.0 40,850 6,800 3,400 13,500 12,000 9,600 6,800 12,500 6,100 24,500 21,000 17,500 12,500

2 69.0 49,400 8,200 4,100 16,500 14,500 11,500 8,200 15,000 7,400 29,500 25,500 21,000 15,0002 1/8 80.0 57,950 9,700 4,800 19,500 16,500 13,500 9,700 17,500 8,700 35,000 30,100 24,500 17,5002 1/4 92.0 65,550 11,000 5,500 22,000 19,000 15,500 11,000 19,500 9,900 39,500 34,000 28,000 19,5002 1/2 107.0 76,000 12,500 6,300 25,500 22,000 18,000 12,500 23,000 11,500 45,500 39,500 32,500 23,0002 5/8 120.0 85,500 14,500 7,100 28,500 24,500 20,000 14,500 25,500 13,000 51,500 44,500 36,500 25,500

Subpart I § 1926.300Tools - Hand and Power General requirements

74

TABLE H - 19. - Safe Working Loads for Shackles

(In tons of 2,000 pounds)

Material Pin Safesize diameter working

(inches) (inches) load

1/2 5/8 1.45/8 3/4 2.23/4 7/8 3.27/8 1 4.31 1 1/8 5.6

1 1/8 1 1/4 6.71 1/4 1 3/8 8.21 3/8 1 1/2 10.01 1/2 1 5/8 11.91 3/4 2 16.2

2 2 1/4 21.2

TABLE H - 20. - Number andSpacing of U-bolt Wire Rope Clips

Improvedplow steel, Minimum

rope spacingdiameter (inches)(inches)

Number of clips

Drop Otherforged material

1/2 3 4 35/8 3 4 3 3/43/4 4 5 4 1/27/8 4 5 5 1/41 5 6 6

1 1/8 6 6 6 3/41 1/4 6 7 7 1/21 3/8 7 7 8 1/41 1/2 7 8 9

§ 1926.252 - Disposal of wastematerials.

(a) Whenever materials are dropped morethan 20 feet to any point lying outside theexterior walls of the building, an enclosedchute of wood, or equivalent material, shall beused. For the purpose of this paragraph, anenclosed chute is a slide, closed in on allsides, through which material is moved froma high place to a lower one.

(b) When debris is dropped through holesin the floor without the use of chutes, the areaonto which the material is dropped shall becompletely enclosed with barricades not lessthan 42 inches high and not less than 6 feet

back from the projected edge of the openingabove. Signs warning of the hazard of fallingmaterials shall be posted at each level.Removal shall not be permitted in this lowerarea until debris handling ceases above.

(c) All scrap lumber, waste material, andrubbish shall be removed from the immediatework area as the work progresses.

(d) Disposal of waste material or debrisby burning shall comply with local fireregulations.

(e) All solvent waste, oily rags, andflammable liquids shall be kept in fireresistant covered containers until removedfrom worksite.

Subpart I - Tools - Handand Power

§ 1926.300 - General requirements.(a) Condition of tools. All hand and

power tools and similar equipment, whetherfurnished by the employer or the employee,shall be maintained in a safe condition.

(b) Guarding.(b)(1) When power operated tools are

designed to accommodate guards, they shallbe equipped with such guards when in use.

(b)(2) Belts, gears, shafts, pulleys,sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, chains,or other reciprocating, rotating or movingparts of equipment shall be guarded if suchparts are exposed to contact by employees orotherwise create a hazard. Guarding shallmeet the requirements as set forth inAmerican National Standards Institute,B15.1-1953 (R1958), Safety Code forMechanical Power-Transmission Apparatus.

(b)(3) Types of guarding. One or moremethods of machine guarding shall beprovided to protect the operator and otheremployees in the machine area from hazards

§ 1926.300 Subpart IGeneral requirements Tools - Hand and Power

75

such as those created by point of operation,ingoing nip points, rotating parts, flying chipsand sparks. Examples of guarding methodsare - barrier guards, two-hand trippingdevices, electronic safety devices, etc.

(b)(4) Point of operation guarding.(b)(4)(i) Point of operation is the area on protecting member can be adjusted to the

a machine where work is actually performed constantly decreasing diameter of the wheel.upon the material being processed. The maximum angular exposure above the

(b)(4)(ii) The point of operation ofmachines whose operation exposes anemployee to injury, shall be guarded. Theguarding device shall be in conformity withany appropriate standards therefor, or, in theabsence of applicable specific standards, shallbe so designed and constructed as to preventthe operator from having any part of his bodyin the danger zone during the operating cycle.

(b)(4)(iii) Special handtools for placingand removing material shall be such as topermit easy handling of material without theoperator placing a hand in the danger zone.Such tools shall not be in lieu of otherguarding required by this section, but can onlybe used to supplement protection provided.

(b)(4)(iv) The following are some of themachines which usually require point ofoperation guarding:

(a) Guillotine cutters.(b) Shears.(c) Alligator shears.(d) Powered presses.(e) Milling machines.(f) Power saws.(g) Jointers.(h) Portable power tools.(i) Forming rolls and calenders.(b)(5) Exposure of blades. When the

periphery of the blades of a fan is less than 7feet (2.128 m) above the floor or working level, the blades shall be guarded. The guardshall have openings no larger than 1/2 inch(1.27 cm).

(b)(7) Guarding of abrasive wheelmachinery - exposure adjustment. Safetyguards of the types described in paragraphs(b)(8) and (9) of this section, where theoperator stands in front of the opening, shallbe constructed so that the peripheral

horizontal plane of the wheel spindle asspecified in paragraphs (b)(8) and (9) of thissection shall never be exceeded, and thedistance between the wheel periphery and theadjustable tongue or the end of the peripheralmember at the top shall never exceed 1/4 inch(0.635 cm). (See Figures I-1 through I-6.)

Correct Showing adjustable tongue givingrequired angle protection for all sizes ofwheel used.

Correct Showing movable guard with openingsmall enough to give required protectionfor the smallest size wheel used.

Subpart I § 1926.300Tools - Hand and Power General requirements

76

Incorrect Showing movable guard withsize of opening correct for fullsize wheel but too large forsmaller wheel.

(b)(8) Bench and floor stands. Theangular exposure of the grinding wheelperiphery and sides for safety guards used onmachines known as bench and floor standsshould not exceed 90 deg. or one-fourth of theperiphery. This exposure shall begin at apoint not more than 65 deg. above thehorizontal plane of the wheel spindle. (SeeFigures I-7 and I-8 and paragraph (b)(7) of this section.)

Whenever the nature of the work requirescontact with the wheel below the horizontalplane of the spindle, the exposure shall not

exceed 125 deg. (See Figures I-9 and I-10.)

(b)(9) Cylindrical grinders. Themaximum angular exposure of the grindingwheel periphery and sides for safety guardsused on cylindrical grinding machines shallnot exceed 180 deg.. This exposure shallbegin at a point not more than 65 deg. abovethe horizontal plane of the wheel spindle. (SeeFigures I-11 and I-12 and paragraph (b)(7) ofthis section.)

(c) Personal protective equipment.Employees using hand and power tools andexposed to the hazard of falling, flying,abrasive, and splashing objects, or exposed toharmful dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gasesshall be provided with the particular personalprotective equipment necessary to protectthem from the hazard. All personal protectiveequipment shall meet the requirements and bemaintained according to Subparts D and E ofthis part.

(d) Switches.(d)(1) All hand-held powered platen

sanders, grinders with wheels 2-inch diameteror less, routers, planers, laminate trimmers,nibblers, shears, scroll saws, and jigsaws withblade shanks one-fourth of an inch wide orless may be equipped with only a positive"on-off" control.

(d)(2) All hand-held powered drills,tappers, fastener drivers, horizontal, vertical,and angle grinders with wheels greater than 2inches in diameter, disc sanders, belt sanders,reciprocating saws, saber saws, and othersimilar operating powered tools shall be

§ 1926.301 Subpart IHand tools Tools - Hand and Power

77

equipped with a momentary contact "on-off"control and may have a lock-on controlprovided that turnoff can be accomplished bya single motion of the same finger or fingersthat turn it on.

(d)(3) All other hand-held powered tools,such as circular saws, chain saws, andpercussion tools without positive accessoryholding means, shall be equipped with aconstant pressure switch that will shut off thepower when the pressure is released.

(d)(4) The requirements of this paragraphshall become effective on July 15, 1972.

(d)(5) Exception: This paragraph does notapply to concrete vibrators, concrete breakers,powered tampers, jack hammers, rock drills,and similar hand operated power tools.

§ 1926.301 - Hand tools.(a) Employers shall not issue or permit the

use of unsafe hand tools.(b) Wrenches, including adjustable, pipe,

end, and socket wrenches shall not be usedwhen jaws are sprung to the point thatslippage occurs.

(c) Impact tools, such as drift pins,wedges, and chisels, shall be kept free ofmushroomed heads.

(d) The wooden handles of tools shall bekept free of splinters or cracks and shall bekept tight in the tool.

§ 1926.302 - Power-operated handtools.

(a) Electric power-operated tools.(a)(1) Electric power operated tools shall

either be of the approved double-insulatedtype or grounded in accordance with SubpartK of this part.

(a)(2) The use of electric cords forhoisting or lowering tools shall not bepermitted.

(b) Pneumatic power tools.

(b)(1) Pneumatic power tools shall besecured to the hose or whip by some

Subpart I § 1926.304Tools - Hand and Power Woodworking tools

78

positive means to prevent the tool from velocity release, while the nozzle tip isbecoming accidentally disconnected. removed, plus a nozzle tip guard which will

(b)(2) Safety clips or retainers shall besecurely installed and maintained onpneumatic impact (percussion) tools toprevent attachments from being accidentally (b)(10) Abrasive blast cleaning nozzles.expelled. The blast cleaning nozzles shall be equipped

(b)(3) All pneumatically driven nailers,staplers, and other similar equipmentprovided with automatic fastener feed, whichoperate at more than 100 p.s.i. pressure at thetool shall have a safety device on the muzzle (e) Powder-actuated tools.to prevent the tool from ejecting fasteners,unless the muzzle is in contact with the worksurface.

(b)(4) Compressed air shall not be used powder-actuated tool.for cleaning purposes except where reducedto less than 30 p.s.i. and then only witheffective chip guarding and personalprotective equipment which meets therequirements of Subpart E of this part. The 30p.s.i. requirement does not apply for concreteform, mill scale and similar cleaningpurposes.

(b)(5) The manufacturer's safe operatingpressure for hoses, pipes, valves, filters, andother fittings shall not be exceeded,

(b)(6) The use of hoses for hoisting orlowering tools shall not be permitted.

(b)(7) All hoses exceeding 1/2-inch insidediameter shall have a safety device at thesource of supply or branch line to reducepressure in case of hose failure.

(b)(8) Airless spray guns of the typewhich atomize paints and fluids at highpressures (1,000 pounds or more per squareinch) shall be equipped with automatic orvisible manual safety devices which willprevent pulling of the trigger to preventrelease of the paint or fluid until the safetydevice is manually released.

(b)(9) In lieu of the above, a diffuser nutwhich will prevent high pressure, high

prevent the tip from coming into contact withthe operator, or other equivalent protection,shall be provided.

with an operating valve which must be heldopen manually. A support shall be providedon which the nozzle may be mounted when itis not in use.

(e)(1) Only employees who have beentrained in the operation of the particular toolin use shall be allowed to operate a

(e)(2) The tool shall be tested each daybefore loading to see that safety devices are inproper working condition. The method oftesting shall be in accordance with themanufacturer's recommended procedure.

(e)(3) Any tool found not in properworking order, or that develops a defectduring use, shall be immediately removedfrom service and not used until properlyrepaired.

(e)(4) Personal protective equipment shallbe in accordance with Subpart E of this part.

(e)(5) Tools shall not be loaded until justprior to the intended firing time. Neitherloaded nor empty tools are to be pointed atany employees. Hands shall be kept clear ofthe open barrel end.

(e)(6) Loaded tools shall not be leftunattended.

(e)(7) Fasteners shall not be driven intovery hard or brittle materials including, butnot limited to, cast iron, glazed tile,surface-hardened steel, glass block, live rock,face brick, or hollow tile.

(e)(8) Driving into materials easilypenetrated shall be avoided unless suchmaterials are backed by a substance that will

§ 1926.350 Subpart JGas welding and cutting Welding and Cutting

79

prevent the pin or fastener from passing arbor. The upper hood shall be constructed incompletely through and creating a flying such a manner and of such material that it willmissile hazard on the other side. protect the operator from flying splinters,

(e)(9) No fastener shall be driven into aspalled area caused by an unsatisfactoryfastening.

(e)(10) Tools shall not be used in anexplosive or flammable atmosphere.

(e)(11) All tools shall be used with thecorrect shield, guard, or attachmentrecommended by the manufacturer.

(e)(12) Powder-actuated tools used byemployees shall meet all other applicablerequirements of American National StandardsInstitute, A10.3-1970, Safety Requirementsfor Explosive-Actuated Fastening Tools.

§ 1926.304 - Woodworking tools.(d) Guarding. All portable, power-driven

circular saws shall be equipped with guardsabove and below the base plate or shoe. Theupper guard shall cover the saw to the depthof the teeth, except for the minimum arcrequired to permit the base to be tilted forbevel cuts. The lower guard shall cover thesaw to the depth of the teeth, except for theminimum arc required to allow properretraction and contact with the work. Whenthe tool is withdrawn from the work, thelower guard shall automatically and instantlyreturn to the covering position.

(e) Personal protective equipment. Allpersonal protective equipment provided foruse shall conform to Subpart E of this part.

(f) Other requirements. All woodworkingtools and machinery shall meet otherapplicable requirements of AmericanNational Standards Institute, 01.1-1961,Safety Code for Woodworking Machinery.

(g) Radial saws.(g)(1) The upper hood shall completely

enclose the upper portion of the blade downto a point that will include the end of the saw

broken saw teeth, etc., and will defect sawdustaway from the operator. The sides of thelower exposed portion of the blade shall beguarded to the full diameter of the blade by adevice that will automatically adjust itself tothe thickness of the stock and remain incontact with stock being cut to give maximumprotection possible for the operation beingperformed.

(h) Hand-fed crosscut table saws.(h)(1) Each circular crosscut table saw

shall be guarded by a hood which shall meetall the requirements of paragraph (i)(1) of thissection for hoods for circular ripsaws.

(i) Hand-fed ripsaws.(i)(1) Each circular hand-fed ripsaw shall

be guarded by a hood which shall completelyenclose the portion of the saw above the tableand that portion of the saw above the materialbeing cut. The hood and mounting shall bearranged so that the hood will automaticallyadjust itself to the thickness of and remain incontact with the material being cut but it shallnot offer any considerable resistance toinsertion of material to saw or to passage ofthe material being sawed. The hood shall bemade of adequate strength to resist blows andstrains incidental to reasonable operation,adjusting, and handling, and shall be sodesigned as to protect the operator from flyingsplinters and broken saw teeth. It shall bemade of material that is soft enough so that itwill be unlikely cause tooth breakage. thehood shall be so mounted as to insure that itsoperation will be positive, reliable, and in truealignment with the saw; and the mountingshall be adequate in strength to resist anyreasonable side thrust or other force tendingto throw it out of line.

Subpart J § 1926.350Welding and Cutting Gas welding and cutting

80

Subpart J - Weldingand Cutting

§ 1926.350 - Gas welding and cutting.(a) Transporting, moving, and storing

compressed gas cylinders.(a)(1) Valve protection caps shall be in

place and secured.(a)(2) When cylinders are hoisted, they

shall be secured on a cradle, slingboard, orpallet. They shall not be hoisted ortransported by means of magnets or chokerslings.

(a)(3) Cylinders shall be moved by tiltingand rolling them on their bottom edges. Theyshall not be intentionally dropped, struck, orpermitted to strike each other violently.

(a)(4) When cylinders are transported bypowered vehicles, they shall be secured in avertical position.

(a)(5) Valve protection caps shall not be damaged by passing or falling objects, orused for lifting cylinders from one vertical subject to tampering by unauthorized persons.position to another. Bars shall not be used Cylinders shall not be kept in unventilatedunder valves or valve protection caps to pry enclosures such as lockers and cupboards.cylinders loose when frozen. Warm, notboiling, water shall be used to thaw cylindersloose.

(a)(6) Unless cylinders are firmly secured motor vehicle cargo tanks shall be inon a special carrier intended for this purpose, accordance with Compressed Gas Associationregulators shall be removed and valve Pamphlet P-1-1965.protection caps put in place before cylindersare moved.

(a)(7) A suitable cylinder truck, chain, orother steadying device shall be used to keepcylinders from being knocked over while inuse.

(a)(8) When work is finished, whencylinders are empty, or when cylinders aremoved at any time, the cylinder valve shall beclosed.

(a)(9) Compressed gas cylinders shall besecured in an upright position at all timesexcept, if necessary, for short periods of timewhile cylinders are actually being hoisted orcarried.

(a)(10) Oxygen cylinders in storage shallbe separated from fuel-gas cylinders orcombustible materials (especially oil orgrease), a minimum distance of 20 feet (6.1m) or by a noncombustible barrier at least 5feet (1.5 m) high having a fire-resistancerating of at least one-half hour.

(a)(11) Inside of buildings, cylinders shallbe stored in a well-protected, well-ventilated,dry location, at least 20 feet (6.1 m) fromhighly combustible materials such as oil orexcelsior. Cylinders should be stored indefinitely assigned places away fromelevators, stairs, or gangways. Assignedstorage places shall be located wherecylinders will not be knocked over or

(a)(12) The in-plant handling, storage,and utilization of all compressed gases incylinders, portable tanks, rail tankcars, or

(b) Placing cylinders.(b)(1) Cylinders shall be kept far enough

away from the actual welding or cuttingoperation so that sparks, hot slag, or flamewill not reach them. When this is impractical,fire resistant shields shall be provided.

(b)(2) Cylinders shall be placed wherethey cannot become part of an electricalcircuit. Electrodes shall not be struck againsta cylinder to strike an arc.

(b)(3) Fuel gas cylinders shall be placedwith valve end up whenever they are in use.

Subpart J § 1926.350Welding and Cutting Gas welding and cutting

81

They shall not be placed in a location where they would be subject to open flame, hotmetal, or other sources of artificial heat.

(b)(4) Cylinders containing oxygen oracetylene or other fuel gas shall not be takeninto confined spaces.

(c) Treatment of cylinders.(c)(1) Cylinders, whether full or empty,

shall not be used as rollers or supports.(c)(2) No person other than the gas

supplier shall attempt to mix gases in acylinder. No one except the owner of thecylinder or person authorized by him, shallrefill a cylinder. No one shall use a cylinder'scontents for purposes other than thoseintended by the supplier. All cylinders usedshall meet the Department of Transportationrequirements published in 49 CFR Part 178,Subpart C, Specification for Cylinders.

(c)(3) No damaged or defective cylindershall be used.

(d) Use of fuel gas. The employer shallthoroughly instruct employees in the safe useof fuel gas, as follows:

(d)(1) Before a regulator to a cylindervalve is connected, the valve shall be openedslightly and closed immediately. (This actionis generally termed "cracking" and is intendedto clear the valve of dust or dirt that mightotherwise enter the regulator.) The personcracking the valve shall stand to one side ofthe outlet, not in front of it. The valve of a fuelgas cylinder shall not be cracked where thegas would reach welding work, sparks, flame,or other possible sources of ignition.

(d)(2) The cylinder valve shall always beopened slowly to prevent damage to theregulator. For quick closing, valves on fuelgas cylinders shall not be opened more than 11/2 turns. When a special wrench is required,it shall be left in position on the stem of thevalve while the cylinder is in use so that thefuel gas flow can be shut off quickly in caseof an emergency. In the case of

§ 1926.350 Subpart JGas welding and cutting Welding and Cutting

82

manifolded or coupled cylinders, at least one within enclosed spaces.such wrench shall always be available forimmediate use. Nothing shall be placed on topof a fuel gas cylinder, when in use, which maydamage the safety device or interfere with thequick closing of the valve.

(d)(3) Fuel gas shall not be used from connections. Adapters shall not be used tocylinders through torches or other devices permit the interchange of hose. Hosewhich are equipped with shutoff valves connections shall be kept free of grease andwithout reducing the pressure through a oil.suitable regulator attached to the cylindervalve or manifold.

(d)(4) Before a regulator is removed froma cylinder valve, the cylinder valve shallalways be closed and the gas released fromthe regulator.

(d)(5) If, when the valve on a fuel gascylinder is opened, there is found to be a leakaround the valve stem, the valve shall beclosed and the gland nut tightened. If thisaction does not stop the leak, the use of thecylinder shall be discontinued, and it shall beproperly tagged and removed from the workarea. In the event that fuel gas should leakfrom the cylinder valve, rather than from thevalve stem, and the gas cannot be shut off, thecylinder shall be properly tagged and removedfrom the work area. If a regulator attached toa cylinder valve will effectively stop a leakthrough the valve seat, the cylinder need notbe removed from the work area.

(d)(6) If a leak should develop at a fuseplug or other safety device, the cylinder shallbe removed from the work area.

(e) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds.(e)(1) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds shall

bear the name of the substance they contain inletters at least 1-inch high which shall beeither painted on the manifold or on a signpermanently attached to it.

(e)(2) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds shallbe placed in safe, well ventilated, andaccessible locations. They shall not be located

(e)(3) Manifold hose connections,including both ends of the supply hose thatlead to the manifold, shall be such that thehose cannot be interchanged between fuel gasand oxygen manifolds and supply header

(e)(4) When not in use, manifold andheader hose connections shall be capped.

(e)(5) Nothing shall be placed on top of amanifold, when in use, which will damage themanifold or interfere with the quick closing ofthe valves.

(f) Hose.(f)(1) Fuel gas hose and oxygen hose shall

be easily distinguishable from each other. Thecontrast may be made by different colors or bysurface characteristics readily distinguishableby the sense of touch. Oxygen and fuel gashoses shall not be interchangeable. A singlehose having more than one gas passage shallnot be used.

(f)(2) When parallel sections of oxygenand fuel gas hose are taped together, not morethan 4 inches out of 12 inches shall becovered by tape.

(f)(3) All hose in use, carrying acetylene,oxygen, natural or manufactured fuel gas, orany gas or substance which may ignite orenter into combustion, or be in any wayharmful to employees, shall be inspected atthe beginning of each working shift. Defectivehose shall be removed from service.

(f)(4) Hose which has been subject toflashback, or which shows evidence of severewear or damage, shall be tested to twice thenormal pressure to which it is subject, but inno case less than 300 p.s.i. Defective hose, orhose in doubtful condition, shall not be used.

(f)(5) Hose couplings shall be of the type

Subpart J § 1926.352Welding and Cutting Fire prevention

83

that cannot be unlocked or disconnected by means of a straight pull without rotary motion.(f)(6) Boxes used for the storage of gas

hose shall be ventilated.(f)(7) Hoses, cables, and other equipment

shall be kept clear of passageways, laddersand stairs.

(g) Torches.(g)(1) Clogged torch tip openings shall be

cleaned with suitable cleaning wires, drills, orother devices designed for such purpose.

(g)(2) Torches in use shall be inspected atthe beginning of each working shift forleaking shutoff valves, hose couplings, and tipconnections. Defective torches shall not beused.

(g)(3) Torches shall be lighted by frictionlighters or other approved devices, and not bymatches or from hot work.

(h) Regulators and gauges. Oxygen andfuel gas pressure regulators, including theirrelated gauges, shall be in proper workingorder while in use.

(i) Oil and grease hazards. Oxygencylinders and fittings shall be kept away fromoil or grease. Cylinders, cylinder caps andvalves, couplings, regulators, hose, andapparatus shall be kept free from oil or greasysubstances and shall not be handled with oilyhands or gloves. Oxygen shall not be directedat oily surfaces, greasy clothes, or within afuel oil or other storage tank or vessel.

(j) Additional rules. For additional detailsnot covered in this subpart, applicabletechnical portions of American NationalStandards Institute, Z49.1-1967, Safety inWelding and Cutting, shall apply.

§ 1926.352 - Fire prevention.(a) When practical, objects to be welded,

cut, or heated shall be moved to a designatedsafe location or, if the objects to be welded,cut, or heated cannot be readily moved, allmovable fire hazards in the vicinity shall be

§ 1926.400 Subpart KElectrical - General Electrical

84

taken to a safe place, or otherwise protected. such as during the lunch period. Overnight(b) If the object to be welded, cut, or

heated cannot be moved and if all the firehazards cannot be removed, positive meansshall be taken to confine the heat, sparks, andslag, and to protect the immovable firehazards from them.

(c) No welding, cutting, or heating shallbe done where the application of flammablepaints, or the presence of other flammablecompounds, or heavy dust concentrationscreates a hazard.

(d) Suitable fire extinguishing equipmentshall be immediately available in the workarea and shall be maintained in a state ofreadiness for instant use.

(e) When the welding, cutting, or heatingoperation is such that normal fire preventionprecautions are not sufficient, additionalpersonnel shall be assigned to guard againstfire while the actual welding, cutting, orheating operation is being performed, and fora sufficient period of time after completion ofthe work to ensure that no possibility of fireexists. Such personnel shall be instructed asto the specific anticipated fire hazards andhow the firefighting equipment provided is tobe used.

(f) When welding, cutting, or heating isperformed on walls, floors, and ceilings, sincedirect penetration of sparks or heat transfermay introduce a fire hazard to an adjacentarea, the same precautions shall be taken onthe opposite side as are taken on the side onwhich the welding is being performed.

(g) For the elimination of possible fire inenclosed spaces as a result of gas escapingthrough leaking or improperly closed torchvalves, the gas supply to the torch shall bepositively shut off at some point outside theenclosed space whenever the torch is not tobe used or whenever the torch is leftunattended for a substantial period of time,

and at the change of shifts, the torch and hoseshall be removed from the confined space.Open end fuel gas and oxygen hoses shall beimmediately removed from enclosed spaceswhen they are disconnected from the torch orother gas-consuming device.

(h) Except when the contents are beingremoved or transferred, drums, pails, andother containers which contain or havecontained flammable liquids shall be keptclosed. Empty containers shall be removed toa safe area apart from hot work operations oropen flames.

(i) Drums containers, or hollow structureswhich have contained toxic or flammablesubstances shall, before welding, cutting, orheating is undertaken on them, either be filledwith water or thoroughly cleaned of suchsubstances and ventilated and tested. Forwelding, cutting and heating on steel pipelinescontaining natural gas, the pertinent portionsof regulations issued by the Department ofTransportation, Office of Pipeline Safety, 49CFR Part 192, Minimum Federal SafetyStandards for Gas Pipelines, shall apply.

(j) Before heat is applied to a drum,container, or hollow structure, a vent oropening shall be provided for the release ofany built-up pressure during the application ofheat.

Subpart K - Electrical

§ 1926.400 - Electrical - General.This subpart addresses electrical safety

requirements that are necessary for thepractical safeguarding of employees involvedin construction work and is divided into fourmajor divisions and applicable definitions asfollows:

(a) Installation safety requirements.

Subpart K § 1926.403Electrical General Requirements

85

Installation safety requirements are contained and 1926.405(a)(2)(ii)(E), (F), (G), and (J).in 1926.402 through 1926.408. Included inthis category are electric equipment andinstallations used to provide electric powerand light on jobsites.

(b) Safety-related work practices. related communication, metering, control, andSafety-related work practices are contained in transformation installations. (However, these1926.416 and 1926.417. In addition to regulations do cover portable andcovering the hazards arising from the use of vehicle-mounted generators used to provideelectricity at jobsites, these regulations also power for equipment used at the jobsite.) Seecover the hazards arising from the accidental Subpart V of this Part for the construction ofcontact, direct or indirect, by employees with power distribution and transmission lines.all energized lines, above or below ground,passing through or near the jobsite.

(c) Safety-related maintenance andenvironmental considerations. Safety-relatedmaintenance and environmentalconsiderations are contained in 1926.431 and1926.432.

(d) Safety requirements for specialequipment. Safety requirements for specialequipment are contained in 1926.441.

(e) Definitions. Definitions applicable tothis Subpart are contained in 1926.449.

§ 1926.402 - Applicability. in conformity with the provisions of this(a) Covered. Sections 1926.402 through

1926.408 contain installation safetyrequirements for electrical equipment andinstallations used to provide electric powerand light at the jobsite. These sections apply (b)(1)(ii) Mechanical strength andto installations, both temporary and durability, including, for parts designed topermanent, used on the jobsite; but these enclose and protect other equipment, thesections do not apply to existing permanent adequacy of the protection thus provided.installations that were in place before theconstruction activity commenced.

NOTE: If the electrical installation ismade in accordance with the NationalElectrical Code ANSI/NFPA 70-1984,exclusive of Formal Interpretations andTentative Interim Amendments, it will bedeemed to be in compliance with 1926.403through 1926.408, except for 1926.404(b)(1)

(b) Not covered. Sections 1926.402through 1926.408 do not cover installationsused for the generation, transmission, anddistribution of electric energy, including

§ 1926.403 - General requirements.(a) Approval. All electrical conductors

and equipment shall be approved.(b) Examination, installation, and use of

equipment.(b)(1) Examination. The employer shall

ensure that electrical equipment is free fromrecognized hazards that are likely to causedeath or serious physical harm to employees.Safety of equipment shall be determined onthe basis of the following considerations:

(b)(1)(i) Suitability for installation and use

subpart. Suitability of equipment for anidentified purpose may be evidenced bylisting, labeling, or certification for thatidentified purpose.

(b)(1)(iii) Electrical insulation.(b)(1)(iv) Heating effects under conditions

of use.(b)(1)(v) Arcing effects.(b)(1)(vi) Classification by type, size,

voltage, current capacity, specific use.(b)(1)(vii) Other factors which contribute

to the practical safeguarding of employeesusing or likely to come in contact with the

§ 1926.404 Subpart KWiring design and protection Electrical

86

equipment. produce arcs, sparks, flames, or molten metal(b)(2) Installation and use. Listed,

labeled, or certified equipment shall beinstalled and used in accordance with (g) Marking. Electrical equipment shallinstructions included in the listing, labeling, not be used unless the manufacturer's name,or certification. trademark, or other descriptive marking by

(c) Interrupting rating. Equipmentintended to break current shall have aninterrupting rating at system voltage sufficientfor the current that must be interrupted.

(d) Mounting and cooling of equipment-(d)(1) Mounting. Electric equipment shall

be firmly secured to the surface on which it ismounted. Wooden plugs driven into holes inmasonry, concrete, plaster, or similarmaterials shall not be used.

(d)(2) Cooling. Electrical equipmentwhich depends upon the natural circulation ofair and convection principles for cooling ofexposed surfaces shall be installed so thatroom air flow over such surfaces is notprevented by walls or by adjacent installedequipment. For equipment designed for floormounting, clearance between top surfaces andadjacent surfaces shall be provided todissipate rising warm air. Electricalequipment provided with ventilating openingsshall be installed so that walls or otherobstructions do not prevent the free (i)(1) Working space about electriccirculation of air through the equipment.

(e) Splices. Conductors shall be spliced or space shall be provided and maintained aboutjoined with splicing devices designed for the all electric equipment to permit ready and safeuse or by brazing, welding, or soldering with operation and maintenance of sucha fusible metal or alloy. Soldered splices shall equipment.first be so spliced or joined as to bemechanically and electrically secure withoutsolder and then soldered. All splices andjoints and the free ends of conductors shall becovered with an insulation equivalent to thatof the conductors or with an insulating devicedesigned for the purpose.

(f) Arcing parts. Parts of electric indicated in Table K-1. In addition to theequipment which in ordinary operation dimensions shown in Table K-1, workspace

shall be enclosed or separated and isolatedfrom all combustible material.

which the organization responsible for theproduct may be identified is placed on theequipment and unless other markings areprovided giving voltage, current, wattage, orother ratings as necessary. The marking shallbe of sufficient durability to withstand theenvironment involved.

(h) Identification of disconnecting meansand circuits. Each disconnecting meansrequired by this subpart for motors andappliances shall be legibly marked to indicate its purpose, unless located and arrangedso the purpose is evident. Each service,feeder, and branch circuit, at its disconnectingmeans or overcurrent device, shall be legiblymarked to indicate its purpose, unless locatedand arranged so the purpose is evident. Thesemarkings shall be of sufficient durability towithstand the environment involved.

(i) 600 Volts, nominal, or less. Thisparagraph applies to equipment operating at600 volts, nominal, or less.

equipment. Sufficient access and working

(i)(1)(i) Working clearances. Except asrequired or permitted elsewhere in thissubpart, the dimension of the working spacein the direction of access to live partsoperating at 600 volts or less and likely torequire examination, adjustment, servicing, ormaintenance while alive shall not be less than


87

shall not be less than 30 inches (762 mm)wide in front of the electric

TABLE K-1 - Working Clearances

Nominalvoltage to

ground

Minimum clear distance forconditions 1

(a) (b) (c)

0 - 150 3 ft 3 ft 3 ft 150 - 600 3 ft 3 ½ ft

2

2

2

2

2

4 ft 2

Conditions (a), (b), and (c) are as follows: [a] Exposed1

live parts on one side and no live or grounded parts onthe other side of the working space, or exposed live partson both sides effectively guarded by insulating material.Insulated wire or insulated busbars operating at not over300 volts are not considered live parts. [b] Exposed liveparts n one side and grounded parts on the other side. [c]Exposed live parts on both sides of the workplace [notguarded as provided in Condition (a)] with the operatorbetween. Note: For International System of Units (SI): one2

foot=0.3048m.

equipment. Distances shall be measured fromthe live parts if they are exposed, or from theenclosure front or opening if the live parts areenclosed. Walls constructed of concrete,brick, or tile are considered to be grounded.Working space is not required in back ofassemblies such as dead-front switchboardsor motor control centers where there are norenewable or adjustable parts such as fuses orswitches on the back and where allconnections are accessible from locationsother than the back.

§ 1926.404 - Wiring design andprotection.

(a) Use and identification of groundedand grounding conductors.

(a)(1) Identification of conductors. Aconductor used as a grounded conductor shallbe identifiable and distinguishable from allother conductors. A conductor used as anequipment grounding conductor shall beidentifiable and distinguishable from all otherconductors.

(a)(2) Polarity of connections. No

Subpart K § 1926.404Electrical Wiring design and protection

88

grounded conductor shall be attached to any program shall terminal or lead so as to reverse designatedpolarity.

(a)(3) Use of grounding terminals anddevices. A grounding terminal orgrounding-type device on a receptacle, cordconnector, or attachment plug shall not beused for purposes other than grounding.

(b) Branch circuits.(b)(1) Ground-fault protection.(b)(1)(i) General. The employer shall use

either ground fault circuit interrupters asspecified in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of thissection or an assured equipment groundingconductor program as specified in paragraph(b)(1)(iii) of this section to protect employeeson construction sites. These requirements arein addition to any other requirements forequipment grounding conductors.

(b)(1)(ii) Ground-fault circuitinterrupters. All 120-volt, single-phase 15-and 20-ampere receptacle outlets onconstruction sites, which are not a part of thepermanent wiring of the building or structureand which are in use by employees, shall haveapproved ground-fault circuit interrupters forpersonnel protection. Receptacles on atwo-wire, single-phase portable orvehicle-mounted generator rated not morethan 5kV, where the circuit conductors of thegenerator are insulated from the generatorframe and all other grounded surfaces, neednot be protected with ground-fault circuitinterrupters.

(b)(1)(iii) Assured equipment groundingconductor program. The employer shallestablish and implement an assuredequipment grounding conductor program onconstruction sites covering all cord sets,receptacles which are not a part of thebuilding or structure, and equipmentconnected by cord and plug which areavailable for use or used by employees. This


89

comply with the following minimum incident which can be reasonably suspected requirements:

(b)(1)(iii)(A) A written description of theprogram, including the specific proceduresadopted by the employer, shall be available atthe jobsite for inspection and copying by theAssistant Secretary and any affectedemployee.

(b)(1)(iii)(B) The employer shalldesignate one or more competent persons (asdefined in 1926.32(f)) to implement theprogram.

(b)(1)(iii)(C) Each cord set, attachmentcap, plug and receptacle of cord sets, and anyequipment connected by cord and plug,except cord sets and receptacles which arefixed and not exposed to damage, shall bevisually inspected before each day's use forexternal defects, such as deformed or missingpins or insulation damage, and for indicationsof possible internal damage. Equipment founddamaged or defective shall not be used untilrepaired.

(b)(1)(iii)(D) The following tests shall beperformed on all cord sets, receptacles whichare not a part of the permanent wiring of thebuilding or structure, and cord- andplug-connected equipment required to begrounded:

(1) All equipment grounding conductorsshall be tested for continuity and shall beelectrically continuous.

(2) Each receptacle and attachment cap orplug shall be tested for correct attachment ofthe equipment grounding conductor. Theequipment grounding conductor shall beconnected to its proper terminal.

(b)(1)(iii)(E) All required tests shall beperformed:

(1) Before first use;(2) Before equipment is returned to

service following any repairs;(3) Before equipment is used after any


90

to have caused damage (for example, when a overload protection is omitted.cord set is run over); and

(4) At intervals not to exceed 3 months, TABLE K-4. - Receptacle Ratingsexcept that cord sets and receptacles whichare fixed and not exposed to damage shall betested at intervals not exceeding 6 months.

(b)(1)(iii)(F) The employer shall notmake available or permit the use byemployees of any equipment which has notmet the requirements of this paragraph(b)(1)(iii) of this section.

(b)(1)(iii)(G) Tests performed as requiredin this paragraph shall be recorded. This testrecord shall identify each receptacle, cord set,and cord- and plug-connected equipment thatpassed the test and shall indicate the last dateit was tested or the interval for which it wastested. This record shall be kept by means oflogs, color coding, or other effective meansand shall be maintained until replaced by amore current record. The record shall bemade available on the jobsite for inspectionby the Assistant Secretary and any affectedemployee.

(b)(2) Outlet devices. Outlet devices shallhave an ampere rating not less than the load tobe served and shall comply with thefollowing:

(b)(2)(i) Single receptacles. A singlereceptacle installed on an individual branchcircuit shall have an ampere rating of not lessthan that of the branch circuit.

(b)(2)(ii) Two or more receptacles.Where connected to a branch circuitsupplying two or more receptacles or outlets,receptacle ratings shall conform to the valueslisted in Table K-4.

(b)(2)(iii) Receptacles used for theconnection of motors. The rating of anattachment plug or receptacle used for cord-and plug-connection of a motor to a branchcircuit shall not exceed 15 amperes at 125volts or 10 amperes at 250 volts if individual

for Various Size Circuits

Circuit rating Receptacleamperes rating amperes

15 Not over 15.20 15 or 20.30 30.40 40 or 50.50 50.

(c)(1)(iii) Clearance from buildingopenings. Conductors shall have a clearanceof at least 3 feet (914 mm) from windows,doors, fire escapes, or similar locations.Conductors run above the top level of awindow are considered to be out of reachfrom that window and, therefore, do not haveto be 3 feet (914 mm) away.

(c)(1)(iv) Clearance over roofs.Conductors above roof space accessible toemployees on foot shall have a clearance fromthe highest point of the roof surface of not lessthan 8 feet (2.44 m) vertical clearance forinsulated conductors, not less than 10 feet(3.05 m) vertical or diagonal clearance forcovered conductors, and not less than 15 feet(4.57 m) for bare conductors, except that:

(c)(1)(iv)(A) Where the roof space is alsoaccessible to vehicular traffic, the verticalclearance shall not be less than 18 feet (5.49m), or

(c)(1)(iv)(B) Where the roof space is notnormally accessible to employees on foot,fully insulated conductors shall have a verticalor diagonal clearance of not less than 3 feet(914 mm), or

(c)(1)(iv)(C) Where the voltage betweenconductors is 300 volts or less and the roofhas a slope of not less than 4 inches (102 mm)in 12 inches (305 mm), the clearance fromroofs shall be at least 3 feet (914 mm), or


91

(c)(1)(iv)(D) Where the voltage betweenconductors is 300 volts or less and theconductors do not pass over more than 4 feet(1.22 m) of the overhang portion of the roof (e)(1)(i) Protection of conductors andand they are terminated at a through-the-roofraceway or support, the clearance from roofsshall be at least 18 inches (457 mm).

(c)(2) Location of outdoor lamps. Lamps Conductors shall have sufficient ampacity tofor outdoor lighting shall be located below all carry the load.live conductors, transformers, or other electricequipment, unless such equipment iscontrolled by a disconnecting means that canbe locked in the open position or unlessadequate clearances or other safeguards areprovided for relamping operations.

(d) Services.(d)(1) Disconnecting means.(d)(1)(i) General. Means shall be for current-limiting on the supply side of the

provided to disconnect all conductors in a service disconnecting means, all cartridgebuilding or other structure from the fuses which are accessible to other thanservice-entrance conductors. The qualified persons and all fuses and thermaldisconnecting means shall plainly indicate cutouts on circuits over 150 volts to groundwhether it is in the open or closed position shall be provided with disconnecting means.and shall be installed at a readily accessible This disconnecting means shall be installed solocation nearest the point of entrance of the that the fuse or thermal cutout can beservice-entrance conductors. disconnected from its supply without

(d)(1)(ii) Simultaneous opening of poles.Each service disconnecting means shallsimultaneously disconnect all ungroundedconductors. (e)(1)(iv) Location in or on premises.

(d)(2) Services over 600 volts, nominal.The following additional requirements applyto services over 600 volts, nominal.

(d)(2)(i) Guarding. Service-entranceconductors installed as open wires shall beguarded to make them accessible only toqualified persons.

(d)(2)(ii) Warning signs. Signs warningof high voltage shall be posted whereunauthorized employees might come incontact with live parts.

(e) Overcurrent protection.(e)(1) 600 volts, nominal, or less. The

following requirements apply to overcurrentprotection of circuits rated 600 volts, nominal,or less.

equipment. Conductors and equipment shallbe protected from overcurrent in accordancewith their ability to safely conduct current.

(e)(1)(ii) Grounded conductors. Exceptfor motor-running overload protection,overcurrent devices shall not interrupt thecontinuity of the grounded conductor unlessall conductors of the circuit are openedsimultaneously.

(e)(1)(iii) Disconnection of fuses andthermal cutouts. Except for devices provided

disrupting service to equipment and circuitsunrelated to those protected by theovercurrent device.

Overcurrent devices shall be readilyaccessible. Overcurrent devices shall not belocated where they could create an employeesafety hazard by being exposed to physicaldamage or located in the vicinity of easilyignitable material.

(e)(1)(v) Arcing or suddenly movingparts. Fuses and circuit breakers shall be solocated or shielded that employees will not beburned or otherwise injured by theiroperation.

(e)(1)(vi) Circuit breakers.(e)(1)(vi)(A) Circuit breakers shall clearly


92

indicate whether they are in the open (off) orclosed (on) position.

(e)(1)(vi)(B) Where circuit breakerhandles on switchboards are operatedvertically rather than horizontally orrotationally, the up position of the handle shallbe the closed (on) position.

(e)(1)(vi)(C) If used as switches in120-volt, fluorescent lighting circuits, circuitbreakers shall be marked "SWD."

(e)(2) Over 600 volts, nominal. Feedersand branch circuits over 600 volts, nominal,shall have short-circuit protection.

(f) Grounding. Paragraphs (f)(1) through(f)(11) of this section contain groundingrequirements for systems, circuits, andequipment.

(f)(1) Systems to be grounded. Thefollowing systems which supply premiseswiring shall be grounded:

(f)(1)(i) Three-wire DC systems. All3-wire DC systems shall have their neutralconductor grounded.

(f)(1)(ii) Two-wire DC systems. Two-wireDC systems operating at over 50 voltsthrough 300 volts between conductors shallbe grounded unless they are rectifier-derivedfrom an AC system complying withparagraphs (f)(1)(iii), (f)(1)(iv), and (f)(1)(v)of this section.

(f)(1)(iii) AC circuits, less than 50 volts.AC circuits of less than 50 volts shall begrounded if they are installed as overheadconductors outside of buildings or if they aresupplied by transformers and the transformerprimary supply system is ungrounded orexceeds 150 volts to ground.

(f)(1)(iv) AC systems, 50 volts to 1000volts. AC systems of 50 volts to 1000 voltsshall be grounded under any of the followingconditions, unless exempted by paragraph(f)(1)(v) of this section:

(f)(1)(iv)(A) If the system can be sogrounded that the maximum voltage to groundon the ungrounded conductors does not


93

exceed 150 volts; (f)(1)(iv)(B) If the system is nominallyrated 480Y/277 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire inwhich the neutral is used as a circuitconductor;

(f)(1)(iv)(C) If the system is nominallyrated 240/120 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire in whichthe midpoint of one phase is used as a circuitconductor; or

(f)(1)(iv)(D) If a service conductor isuninsulated.

(f)(1)(v) Exceptions. AC systems of 50volts to 1000 volts are not required to begrounded if the system is separately derivedand is supplied by a transformer that has aprimary voltage rating less than 1000 volts,provided all of the following conditions aremet:

(f)(1)(v)(A) The system is usedexclusively for control circuits,

(f)(1)(v)(B) The conditions ofmaintenance and supervision assure that onlyqualified persons will service the installation,

(f)(1)(v)(C) Continuity of control poweris required, and

(f)(1)(v)(D) Ground detectors areinstalled on the control system.

(f)(2) Separately derived systems. Whereparagraph (f)(1) of this section requiresgrounding of wiring systems whose power isderived from generator, transformer, orconverter windings and has no directelectrical connection, including a solidlyconnected grounded circuit conductor, tosupply conductors originating in anothersystem, paragraph (f)(5) of this section shallalso apply.

(f)(3) Portable and vehicle-mountedgenerators.

(f)(3)(i) Portable generators. Under thefollowing conditions, the frame of a portablegenerator need not be grounded and mayserve as the grounding electrode for a systemsupplied by the generator:


94

(f)(3)(i)(A) The generator supplies onlyequipment mounted on the generator and/orcord- and plug-connected equipment throughreceptacles mounted on the generator, and

(f)(3)(i)(B) The noncurrent-carrying metalparts of equipment and the equipmentgrounding conductor terminals of thereceptacles are bonded to the generator frame.

(f)(3)(ii) Vehicle-mounted generators.Under the following conditions the frame of avehicle may serve as the grounding electrodefor a system supplied by a generator locatedon the vehicle:

(f)(3)(ii)(A) The frame of the generator isbonded to the vehicle frame, and

(f)(3)(ii)(B) The generator supplies onlyequipment located on the vehicle and/or cord-and plug-connected equipment throughreceptacles mounted on the vehicle or on thegenerator, and

(f)(3)(ii)(C) The noncurrent-carryingmetal parts of equipment and the equipmentgrounding conductor terminals of thereceptacles are bonded to the generator frame,and

(f)(3)(ii)(D) The system complies with allother provisions of this section.

(f)(3)(iii) Neutral conductor bonding. Aneutral conductor shall be bonded to thegenerator frame if the generator is acomponent of a separately derived system. Noother conductor need be bonded to thegenerator frame.

(f)(4) Conductors to be grounded. ForAC premises wiring systems the identifiedconductor shall be grounded.

(f)(5) Grounding connections.(f)(5)(i) Grounded system. For a

grounded system, a grounding electrodeconductor shall be used to connect both theequipment grounding conductor and thegrounded circuit conductor to the groundingelectrode. Both the equipment grounding


95

conductor and the grounding electrodeconductor shall be connected to the groundedcircuit conductor on the supply side of theservice disconnecting means, or on the supplyside of the system disconnecting means orovercurrent devices if the system is separatelyderived.

(f)(6) Grounding path. The path toground from circuits, equipment, andenclosures shall be permanent andcontinuous.

(f)(7) Supports, enclosures, andequipment to be grounded.

(f)(7)(i) Supports and enclosures forconductors. Metal cable trays, metalraceways, and metal enclosures forconductors shall be grounded, except that:

(f)(7)(i)(A) Metal enclosures such assleeves that are used to protect cableassemblies from physical damage need not begrounded; and

(f)(7)(i)(B) Metal enclosures forconductors added to existing installations ofopen wire, knob-and-tube wiring, andnonmetallic-sheathed cable need not begrounded if all of the following conditions aremet:

(f)(7)(i)(B)(1) Runs are less than 25 feet(7.62 m);

(f)(7)(i)(B)(2) Enclosures are free fromprobable contact with ground, groundedmetal, metal laths, or other conductivematerials; and

(f)(7)(i)(B)(3) Enclosures are guardedagainst employee contact.

(f)(7)(ii) Service equipment enclosures.Metal enclosures for service equipment shallbe grounded.

(f)(7)(iii) Fixed equipment. Exposednoncurrent-carrying metal parts of fixedequipment which may become energized shallbe grounded under any of the followingconditions:

(f)(7)(iii)(A) If within 8 feet (2.44 m)vertically or 5 feet (1.52 m) horizontally ofground or grounded metal objects and subjectto employee contact.


96

(f)(7)(iii)(B) If located in a wet or damplocation and subject to employee contact.

(f)(7)(iii)(C) If in electrical contact withmetal. (2) Cord- and plug-connected equipment

(f)(7)(iii)(E) If supplied by a metal-clad,metal-sheathed, or grounded metal racewaywiring method.

(f)(7)(iii)(F) If equipment operates withany terminal at over 150 volts to ground;however, the following need not be grounded:

(f)(7)(iii)(F)(1) Enclosures for switches orcircuit breakers used for other than serviceequipment and accessible to qualified persons (5) Portable hand lamps.only;

(f)(7)(iii)(F)(2) Metal frames of conductive locations need not be grounded ifelectrically heated appliances which are supplied through an isolating transformer withpermanently and effectively insulated from an ungrounded secondary of not over 50 volts.ground; and Listed or labeled portable tools and

(f)(7)(iii)(F)(3) The cases of distributionapparatus such as transformers and capacitorsmounted on wooden poles at a heightexceeding 8 feet (2.44 m) above ground orgrade level.

(f)(7)(iv) Equipment connected by cordand plug. Under any of the conditionsdescribed in paragraphs (f)(7)(iv)(A) through(f)(7)(iv)(C) of this section, exposednoncurrent-carrying metal parts of cord- andplug-connected equipment which maybecome energized shall be grounded:

(f)(7)(iv)(A) If in a hazardous (classified)location (see 1926.407).

(f)(7)(iv)(B) If operated at over 150 voltsto ground, except for guarded motors andmetal frames of electrically heated appliancesif the appliance frames are permanently andeffectively insulated from ground.

(f)(7)(iv)(C) If the equipment is one of thetypes listed in paragraphs (f)(7)(iv)(C)(1)through (f)(7)(iv)(C)(5) of this section.However, even though the equipment maybe one of these types, it

need not be grounded if it is exempted byparagraph (f)(7)(iv)(C)(6).

(1) Hand held motor-operated tools;

used in damp or wet locations or byemployees standing on the ground or on metalfloors or working inside of metal tanks orboilers;

(3) Portable and mobile X-ray andassociated equipment;

(4) Tools likely to be used in wet and/orconductive locations;

(6) Tools likely to be used in wet and/or

appliances protected by a system of doubleinsulation, or its equivalent, need not begrounded. If such a system is employed, theequipment shall be distinctively marked toindicate that the tool or appliance utilizes asystem of double insulation.

(f)(7)(v) Nonelectrical equipment. Themetal parts of the following nonelectricalequipment shall be grounded: Frames andtracks of electrically operated cranes; framesof nonelectrically driven elevator cars towhich electric conductors are attached;hand-operated metal shifting ropes or cablesof electric elevators, and metal partitions, grillwork, and similar metal enclosures aroundequipment of over IkV between conductors.

(f)(8) Methods of grounding equipment.(f)(8)(i) With circuit conductors.

Noncurrent-carrying metal parts of fixedequipment, if required to be grounded by thissubpart, shall be grounded by an equipmentgrounding conductor which is containedwithin the same raceway, cable, or cord, orruns with or encloses the circuit conductors.For DC circuits only, the equip-

Subpart K § 1926.405Electrical Wiring methods, components,

and equipment for general use

97

ment grounding conductor may be run as motors, controllers, motor control centersseparately from the circuit conductors. and like equipment.

(f)(8)(ii) Grounding conductor. Aconductor used for grounding fixed ormovable equipment shall have capacity toconduct safely any fault current which may beimposed on it.

(f)(8)(iii) Equipment consideredeffectively grounded. Electric equipment isconsidered to be effectively grounded if it issecured to, and in electrical contact with, ametal rack or structure that is provided for itssupport and the metal rack or structure isgrounded by the method specified for thenoncurrent-carrying metal parts of fixedequipment in paragraph (f)(8)(i) of thissection. Metal car frames supported by metalhoisting cables attached to or running overmetal sheaves or drums of grounded elevatormachines are also considered to be effectivelygrounded.

(f)(9) Bonding. If bonding conductors areused to assure electrical continuity, they shallhave the capacity to conduct any fault currentwhich may be imposed.

(f)(10) Made electrodes. If madeelectrodes are used, they shall be free fromnonconductive coatings, such as paint orenamel; and, if practicable, they shall beembedded below permanent moisture level. Asingle electrode consisting of a rod, pipe orplate which has a resistance to ground greaterthan 25 ohms shall be augmented by oneadditional electrode installed no closer than 6feet (1.83 m) to the first electrode.

§ 1926.405 - Wiring methods,components, and equipment forgeneral use.

(a) Wiring methods. The provisions ofthis paragraph do not apply to conductorswhich form an integral part of equipment such

§ 1926.405 Subpart KWiring methods, components, Electrical and equipment for general use

98

(a)(1) General requirements.(a)(1)(i) Electrical continuity of metal

raceways and enclosures. Metal raceways,cable armor, and other metal enclosures forconductors shall be metallically joinedtogether into a continuous electric conductorand shall be so connected to all boxes,fittings, and cabinets as to provide effectiveelectrical continuity.

(a)(1)(ii) Wiring in ducts. No wiringsystems of any type shall be installed in ductsused to transport dust, loose stock orflammable vapors. No wiring system of anytype shall be installed in any duct used forvapor removal or in any shaft containing onlysuch ducts.

(a)(2) Temporary wiring.(a)(2)(i) Scope. The provisions of

paragraph (a)(2) of this section apply totemporary electrical power and lightingwiring methods which may be of a class lessthan would be required for a permanentinstallation. Except as specifically modified inparagraph (a)(2) of this section, all otherrequirements of this subpart for permanentwiring shall apply to temporary wiringinstallations. Temporary wiring shall beremoved immediately upon completion ofconstruction or the purpose for which thewiring was installed.

(a)(2)(ii) General requirements fortemporary wiring.

(a)(2)(ii)(A) Feeders shall originate in adistribution center. The conductors shall berun as multiconductor cord or cableassemblies or within raceways; or, where notsubject to physical damage, they may be runas open conductors on insulators not morethan 10 feet (3.05 m) apart.

(a)(2)(ii)(B) Branch circuits shalloriginate in a power outlet or panelboard.Conductors shall be run as multiconductorcord or cable assemblies or open conductors,

or shall be run in raceways. All conductorsshall be protected by overcurrent devices attheir ampacity. Runs of open conductors shallbe located where the conductors will not besubject to physical damage, and theconductors shall be fastened at intervals notexceeding 10 feet (3.05 m). No branch-circuitconductors shall be laid on the floor. Eachbranch circuit that supplies receptacles orfixed equipment shall contain a separateequipment grounding conductor if the branchcircuit is run as open conductors.

(a)(2)(ii)(C) Receptacles shall be of thegrounding type. Unless installed in a completemetallic raceway, each branch circuit shallcontain a separate equipment groundingconductor, and all receptacles shall beelectrically connected to the groundingconductor. Receptacles for uses other thantemporary lighting shall not be installed onbranch circuits which supply temporarylighting. Receptacles shall not be connected tothe same ungrounded conductor of multiwirecircuits which supply temporary lighting.

(a)(2)(ii)(D) Disconnecting switches orplug connectors shall be installed to permitthe disconnection of all ungroundedconductors of each temporary circuit.

(a)(2)(ii)(E) All lamps for generalillumination shall be protected fromaccidental contact or breakage. Metal-casesockets shall be grounded.

(a)(2)(ii)(F) Temporary lights shall not besuspended by their electric cords unless cordsand lights are designed for this means ofsuspension.

(a)(2)(ii)(G) Portable electric lightingused in wet and/or other conductive locations,as for example, drums, tanks, and vessels,shall be operated at 12 volts or less. However,120-volt lights may be used if protected by aground-fault circuit interrupter.

(a)(2)(ii)(H) A box shall be used



99

wherever a change is made to a raceway outlet boxes having holes through whichsystem or a cable system which is metal clad flexible cord pendants pass shall be providedor metal sheathed. with bushings designed for the purpose or

(a)(2)(ii)(I) Flexible cords and cablesshall be protected from damage. Sharpcorners and projections shall be avoided. (d) Switchboards and panelboards.Flexible cords and cables may pass through Switchboards that have any exposed live partsdoorways or other pinch points, if protection shall be located in permanently dry locationsis provided to avoid damage. and accessible only to qualified persons.

(a)(2)(ii)(J) Extension cord sets used withportable electric tools and appliances shall beof three-wire type and shall be designed forhard or extra-hard usage. Flexible cords usedwith temporary and portable lights shall bedesigned for hard or extra-hard usage.

NOTE: The National Electrical Code,ANSI/NFPA 70, in Article 400, Table 400-4,lists various types of flexible cords, some of (e) Enclosures for damp or wet locations.which are noted as being designed for hard orextra-hard usage. Examples of these types offlexible cords include hard service cord (types S, ST, SO, STO) andjunior hard service cord (types SJ, SJO, SJT,SJTO).

(a)(2)(iii) Guarding. For temporary locations the enclosures shall bewiring over 600 volts, nominal, fencing, weatherproof.barriers, or other effective means shall beprovided to prevent access of other thanauthorized and qualified personnel.

(b) Cabinets, boxes, and fittings. weatherproof enclosures.(b)(1) Conductors entering boxes, (f) Conductors for general wiring. All

cabinets, or fittings. Conductors enteringboxes, cabinets, or fittings shall be protectedfrom abrasion, and openings through whichconductors enter shall be effectively closed.Unused openings in cabinets, boxes, andfittings shall also be effectively closed.

(b)(2) Covers and canopies. All pullboxes, junction boxes, and fittings shall beprovided with covers. If metal covers areused, they shall be grounded. In energizedinstallations each outlet box shall have acover, faceplate, or fixture canopy. Covers of

shall have smooth, well-rounded surfaces onwhich the cords may bear.

Panelboards shall be mounted in cabinets,cutout boxes, or enclosures designed for thepurpose and shall be dead front. However,panelboards other than the dead frontexternally-operable type are permitted whereaccessible only to qualified persons. Exposedblades of knife switches shall be dead whenopen.

(e)(1) Cabinets, fittings, and boxes.Cabinets, cutout boxes, fittings, boxes, andpanelboard enclosures in damp or wetlocations shall be installed so as to preventmoisture or water from entering andaccumulating within the enclosures. In wet

(e)(2) Switches and circuit breakers.Switches, circuit breakers, and switchboardsinstalled in wet locations shall be enclosed in

conductors used for general wiring shall beinsulated unless otherwise permitted in thisSubpart. The conductor insulation shall be ofa type that is suitable for the voltage,operating temperature, and location of use.Insulated conductors shall be distinguishableby appropriate color or other means as beinggrounded conductors, ungrounded conductors,or equipment grounding conductors.



100

(g) Flexible cords and cables.(g)(1) Use of flexible cords and cables.(g)(1)(i) Permitted uses. Flexible cords

and cables shall be suitable for conditions ofuse and location. Flexible cords and cablesshall be used only for:

(A) Pendants;(B) Wiring of fixtures;(C) Connection of portable lamps or

appliances;(D) Elevator cables;(E) Wiring of cranes and hoists;(F) Connection of stationary equipment to

facilitate their frequent interchange;(G) Prevention of the transmission of

noise or vibration; or(H) Appliances where the fastening means

and mechanical connections are designed topermit removal for maintenance and repair.

(g)(1)(ii) Attachment plugs for cords. Ifused as permitted in paragraphs (g)(1)(i)(C),(g)(1)(i)(F), or (g)(1)(i)(H) of this section, theflexible cord shall be equipped with anattachment plug and shall be energized froma receptacle outlet.

(g)(1)(iii) Prohibited uses. Unlessnecessary for a use permitted in paragraph(g)(1)(i) of this section, flexible cords andcables shall not be used:

(A) As a substitute for the fixed wiring ofa structure;

(B) Where run through holes in walls,ceilings, or floors;

(C) Where run through doorways,windows, or similar openings, except aspermitted in paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(1) of thissection;

(D) Where attached to building surfaces;or

(E) Where concealed behind buildingwalls, ceilings, or floors.

(g)(2) Identification, splices, andterminations.

§ 1926.405 Subpart KWiring methods, components, Electrical and equipment for general use

101

(g)(2)(i) Identification. A conductor of aflexible cord or cable that is used as agrounded conductor or an equipment (j) Equipment for general use.grounding conductor shall be distinguishablefrom other conductors.

(g)(2)(ii) Marking. Type SJ, SJO, SJT,SJTO, S, SO, ST, and STO cords shall not beused unless durably marked on the surfacewith the type designation, size, and number ofconductors.

(g)(2)(iii) Splices. Flexible cords shall beused only in continuous lengths without spliceor tap. Hard service flexible cords No. 12 orlarger may be repaired if spliced so that thesplice retains the insulation, outer sheathproperties, and usage characteristics of thecord being spliced.

(g)(2)(iv) Strain relief. Flexible cordsshall be connected to devices and fittings sothat strain relief is provided which willprevent pull from being directly transmitted tojoints or terminal screws.

(g)(2)(v) Cords passing through holes.Flexible cords and cables shall be protectedby bushings or fittings where passing throughholes in covers, outlet boxes, or similarenclosures.

(i) Fixture wires.(i)(1) General. Fixture wires shall be lampholders shall not be used;

suitable for the voltage, temperature, andlocation of use. A fixture wire which is usedas a grounded conductor shall be identified.

(i)(2) Uses permitted. Fixture wires maybe used:

(i)(2)(i) For installation in lighting, the lampholder or handle;fixtures and in similar equipment whereenclosed or protected and not subject tobending or twisting in use; or

(i)(2)(ii) For connecting lighting fixtures supply cord.to the branch-circuit conductors supplying thefixtures.

(i)(3) Uses not permitted. Fixture wires as lampholders only. Lampholdersshall not be used as branch-circuit conduc-

tors except as permitted for Class 1power-limited circuits.

(j)(1) Lighting fixtures, lampholders,lamps, and receptacles.

(j)(1)(i) Live parts. Fixtures, lampholders,lamps, rosettes, and receptacles shall have nolive parts normally exposed to employeecontact. However, rosettes and cleat-typelampholders and receptacles located at least 8feet (2.44 m) above the floor may haveexposed parts.

(j)(1)(ii) Support. Fixtures, lampholders,rosettes, and receptacles shall be securelysupported. A fixture that weighs more than 6pounds (2.72 kg) or exceeds 16 inches (406mm) in any dimension shall not be supportedby the screw shell of a lampholder.

(j)(1)(iii) Portable lamps. Portable lampsshall be wired with flexible cord and anattachment plug of the polarized or groundingtype. If the portable lamp uses anEdison-based lampholder, the groundedconductor shall be identified and attached tothe screw shell and the identified blade of theattachment plug. In addition, portablehandlamps shall comply with the following:

(j)(1)(iii)(A) Metal shell, paperlined

(j)(1)(iii)(B) Handlamps shall beequipped with a handle of moldedcomposition or other insulating material;

(j)(1)(iii)(C) Handlamps shall beequipped with a substantial guard attached to

(j)(1)(iii)(D) Metallic guards shall begrounded by the means of an equipmentgrounding conductor run within the power

(j)(1)(iv) Lampholders. Lampholders ofthe screw-shell type shall be installed for use

Subpart K § 1926.416Electrical General requirements

102

installed in wet or damp locations shall be of employee to work in such proximity to anythe weatherproof type. part of an electric power circuit that the

(j)(1)(v) Fixtures. Fixtures installed inwet or damp locations shall be identified forthe purpose and shall be installed so thatwater cannot enter or accumulate inwireways, lampholders, or other electricalparts.

(j)(2) Receptacles, cord connectors, andattachment plugs (caps).

(j)(2)(i) Configuration. Receptacles, cordconnectors, and attachment plugs shall beconstructed so that no receptacle or cordconnector will accept an attachment plug witha different voltage or current rating than thatfor which the device is intended. However, a20-ampere T-slot receptacle or cordconnector may accept a 15-ampereattachment plug of the same voltage rating.Receptacles connected to circuits havingdifferent voltages, frequencies, or types ofcurrent (ac or dc) on the same premises shallbe of such design that the attachment plugsused on these circuits are not interchangeable.

(j)(2)(ii) Damp and wet locations. Areceptacle installed in a wet or damp locationshall be designed for the location.

(j)(3) Appliances.(j)(3)(i) Live parts. Appliances, other than

those in which the current-carrying parts athigh temperatures are necessarily exposed,shall have no live parts normally exposed toemployee contact.

(j)(3)(ii) Disconnecting means. A meansshall be provided to disconnect eachappliance.

(j)(3)(iii) Rating. Each appliance shall bemarked with its rating in volts and amperes orvolts and watts.

§ 1926.416 - General requirements.(a) Protection of employees.(a)(1) No employer shall permit an

employee could contact the electric powercircuit in the course of work, unless theemployee is protected against electric shockby deenergizing the circuit and grounding it orby guarding it effectively by insulation orother means.

(a)(2) In work areas where the exactlocation of underground electric powerlines isunknown, employees using jack-hammers,bars, or other hand tools which may contact aline shall be provided with insulatedprotective gloves.

(a)(3) Before work is begun the employershall ascertain by inquiry or directobservation, or by instruments, whether anypart of an energized electric power circuit,exposed or concealed, is so located that theperformance of the work may bring anyperson, tool, or machine into physical orelectrical contact with the electric powercircuit. The employer shall post and maintainproper warning signs where such a circuitexists. The employer shall advise employeesof the location of such lines, the hazardsinvolved, and the protective measures to betaken.

(b) Passageways and open spaces.(b)(1) Barriers or other means of guarding

shall be provided to ensure that workspace forelectrical equipment will not be used as apassageway during periods when energizedparts of electrical equipment are exposed.

(b)(2) Working spaces, walkways, andsimilar locations shall be kept clear of cordsso as not to create a hazard to employees.

(c) Load ratings. In existing installations,no changes in circuit protection shall be madeto increase the load in excess of the loadrating of the circuit wiring.

(d) Fuses. When fuses are installed orremoved with one or both terminals

§ 1926.417 Subpart KLockout and tagging of circuits Electrical

103

energized, special tools insulated for the raceways, cable armor, boxes, cablevoltage shall be used. sheathing, cabinets, elbows, couplings,

(e) Cords and cables.(e)(1) Worn or frayed electric cords or

cables shall not be used.(e)(2) Extension cords shall not be

fastened with staples, hung from nails, orsuspended by wire.

§ 1926.417 - Lockout and tagging ofcircuits.

(a) Controls. Controls that are to bedeactivated during the course of work onenergized or deenergized equipment orcircuits shall be tagged.

(b) Equipment and circuits. Equipment orcircuits that are deenergized shall be renderedinoperative and shall have tags attached at allpoints where such equipment or circuits canbe energized.

(c) Tags. Tags shall be placed to identifyplainly the equipment or circuits beingworked on.

§ 1926.432 - Environmentaldeterioration of equipment.

(a) Deteriorating agents.(a)(1) Unless identified for use in the

operating environment, no conductors orequipment shall be located:

(i) In damp or wet locations;(ii) Where exposed to gases, fumes,

vapors, liquids, or other agents having adeteriorating effect on the conductors orequipment; or

(iii) Where exposed to excessivetemperatures.

(a)(2) Control equipment, utilizationequipment, and busways approved for use indry locations only shall be protected againstdamage from the weather during buildingconstruction.

(b) Protection against corrosion. Metal

fittings, supports, and support hardware shallbe of materials appropriate for theenvironment in which they are to be installed.


The definitions given in this section applyto the terms used in Subpart K. Thedefinitions given here for "approved" and"qualified person" apply, instead of thedefinitions given in 1926.32, to the use ofthese terms in Subpart K.

Acceptable. An installation or equipmentis acceptable to the Assistant Secretary ofLabor, and approved within the meaning ofthis Subpart K: (a) If it is accepted, orcertified, or listed, or labeled, or otherwisedetermined to be safe by a qualified testinglaboratory capable of determining thesuitability of materials and equipment forinstallation and use in accordance with thisstandard; or (b) With respect to an installationor equipment of a kind which no qualifiedtesting laboratory accepts, certifies, lists,labels, or determines to be safe, if it isinspected or tested by another Federal agency,or by a State, municipal, or other localauthority responsible for enforcingoccupational safety provisions of the NationalElectrical Code, and found in compliance withthose provisions.

Accepted. An installation is "accepted" ifit has been inspected and found to be safe bya qualified testing laboratory.

Accessible. (As applied to wiringmethods.) Capable of being removed orexposed without damaging the buildingstructure or finish, or not permanently closedin by the structure or finish of the building.(See "concealed" and "exposed.")

Accessible. (As applied to equipment.)

Subpart K § 1926.449Electrical Definitions applicable to this subpart

104

Admitting close approach; not guarded bylocked doors, elevation, or other effectivemeans. (See "Readily accessible.")

Ampacity. The current in amperes aconductor can carry continuously under theconditions of use without exceeding itstemperature rating.

Appliances. Utilization equipment,generally other than industrial, normally builtin standardized sizes or types, which is installed or connected as a unit to perform oneor more functions.

Approved. Acceptable to the authorityenforcing this Subpart. The authorityenforcing this Subpart is the AssistantSecretary of Labor for Occupational Safetyand Health. The definition of "acceptable"indicates what is acceptable to the AssistantSecretary of Labor, and therefore approvedwithin the meaning of this Subpart.

Attachment plug (Plug cap)(Cap). Adevice which, by insertion in a receptacle,establishes connection between theconductors of the attached flexible cord andthe conductors connected permanently to thereceptacle.

Automatic. Self-acting, operating by itsown mechanism when actuated by someimpersonal influence, as for example, achange in current strength, pressure,temperature, or mechanical configuration.

Bare conductor. See "Conductor."Bonding. The permanent joining of

metallic parts to form an electricallyconductive path which will assure electricalcontinuity and the capacity to conduct safelyany current likely to be imposed.

Bonding jumper. A reliable conductor toassure the required electrical conductivitybetween metal parts required to be electricallyconnected.

Branch circuit. The circuit conductorsbetween the final overcurrent deviceprotecting the circuit and the outlet(s).

Building. A structure which stands aloneor which is cut off from adjoining structures

Subpart K § 1926.416Electrical General requirements

105

by fire walls with all openings therein described above, into which an explosive orprotected by approved fire doors. ignitable concentration of dust may be put

Cabinet. An enclosure designed either forsurface or flush mounting, and provided witha frame, mat, or trim in which a swingingdoor or doors are or may be hung.

Certified. Equipment is "certified" if it: (a)Has been tested and found by a qualifiedtesting laboratory to meet applicable teststandards or to be safe for use in a specifiedmanner, and (b) Is of a kind whose production is periodically inspected by aqualified testing laboratory. Certifiedequipment must bear a label, tag, or otherrecord of certification.

Circuit breaker - (a) (600 volts nominal,or less.) A device designed to open and closea circuit by nonautomatic means and to openthe circuit automatically on a predeterminedovercurrent without injury to itself whenproperly applied within its rating.

(b) Class II, Division 2. A Class II,Division 2 location is a location in which: (1)Combustible dust will not normally be insuspension in the air in quantities sufficient toproduce explosive or ignitable mixtures, anddust accumulations are normally insufficientto interfere with the normal operation ofelectrical equipment or other apparatus; or (2)Dust may be in suspension in the air as aresult of infrequent malfunctioning ofhandling or processing equipment, and dustaccumulations resulting therefrom may beignitable by abnormal operation or failure ofelectrical equipment or other apparatus.

NOTE: This classification includeslocations where dangerous concentrations ofsuspended dust would not be likely but wheredust accumulations might form on or in thevicinity of electric equipment. These areasmay contain equipment from whichappreciable quantities of dust would escapeunder abnormal operating conditions or beadjacent to a Class II Division 1 location, as

§ 1926.449 Subpart KDefinitions applicable to this subpart Electrical

106

into suspension under abnormal operating that is recognized as electrical insulation.conditions.

Class III locations. Class III locations are that serves to govern, in some predeterminedthose that are hazardous because of the manner, the electric power delivered to thepresence of easily ignitable fibers or flyings apparatus to which it is connected.but in which such fibers or flyings are notlikely to be in suspension in the air inquantities sufficient to produce ignitablemixtures. Class 111 locations include thefollowing:

(a) Class III, Division 1. A Class III,Division 1 location is a location in whicheasily ignitable fibers or materials producingcombustible flyings are handled,manufactured, or used.

NOTE: Easily ignitable fibers and flyingsinclude rayon, cotton (including cotton lintersand cotton waste), sisal or henequen, istle,jute, hemp, tow, cocoa fiber, oakum, baledwaste kapok, Spanish moss, excelsior,sawdust, woodchips, and other material ofsimilar nature.

(b) Class III, Division 2. A Class III,Division 2 location is a location in whicheasily ignitable fibers are stored or handled,except in process of manufacture.

Collector ring. A collector ring is anassembly of slip rings for transferringelectrical energy from a stationary to arotating member.

Concealed. Rendered inaccessible by thestructure or finish of the building. Wires inconcealed raceways are considered concealed,even though they may become accessible bywithdrawing them. [See "Accessible. (Asapplied to wiring methods.)"]

Conductor - (a) Bare. A conductor havingno covering or electrical insulationwhatsoever. (b) Covered. A conductorencased within material of composition orthickness that is not recognized as electricalinsulation. (c) Insulated. A conductor encasedwithin material of composition and thickness

Controller. A device or group of devices

Covered conductor. See "Conductor."Cutout. (Over 600 volts, nominal.) An

assembly of a fuse support with either afuseholder, fuse carrier, or disconnectingblade. The fuseholder or fuse carrier mayinclude a conducting element (fuse link), ormay act as the disconnecting blade by theinclusion of a nonfusible member.

Cutout box. An enclosure designed forsurface mounting and having swinging doorsor covers secured directly to and telescopingwith the walls of the box proper. (See"Cabinet.")

Damp location. See "Location."Dead front. Without live parts exposed to

a person on the operating side of theequipment.

Device. A unit of an electrical systemwhich is intended to carry but not utilizeelectric energy.

Disconnecting means. A device, or groupof devices, or other means by which theconductors of a circuit can be disconnectedfrom their source of supply.Disconnecting (or Isolating) switch. (Over600 volts, nominal.) A mechanical switchingdevice used for isolating a circuit orequipment from a source of power.

Dry location. See "Location."Enclosed. Surrounded by a case, housing,

fence or walls which will prevent personsfrom accidentally contacting energized parts.

Enclosure. The case or housing ofapparatus, or the fence or walls surroundingan installation to prevent personnel fromaccidentally contacting energized parts, or toprotect the equipment from physical damage.

Equipment. A general term including


107

material, fittings, devices, appliances, noncurrent-carrying metal parts of equipment,fixtures, apparatus, and the like, used as a part raceways, and other enclosures to the systemof, or in connection with, an electrical grounded conductor and/or the groundinginstallation. electrode conductor at the service equipment

Exposed. (As applied to wiring methods.)On or attached to the surface or behind panelsdesigned to allow access. [See "Accessible. Grounding electrode conductor. The(As applied to wiring methods.)"] conductor used to connect the grounding

Exposed. (For the purposes of1926.408(d), Communications systems.)Where the circuit is in such a position that incase of failure of supports or insulation,contact with another circuit may result. Ground-fault circuit interrupter. A device

Externally operable. Capable of beingoperated without exposing the operator tocontact with live parts.

Feeder. All circuit conductors between theservice equipment, or the generatorswitchboard of an isolated plant, and the finalbranch-circuit overcurrent device.

Festoon lighting. A string of outdoorlights suspended between two points morethan 15 feet (4.57 m) apart.

Fitting. An accessory such as a locknut,bushing, or other part of a wiring system thatis intended primarily to perform a mechanicalrather than an electrical function.

Ground. A conducting connection,whether intentional or accidental, between anelectrical circuit or equipment and the earth,or to some conducting body that serves inplace of the earth.

Grounded. Connected to earth or to someconducting body that serves in place of theearth.

Grounded conductor. A system or circuitconductor that is intentionally grounded.

Grounding conductor. A conductor usedto connect equipment or the grounded circuitof a wiring system to a grounding electrode orelectrodes.

Grounding conductor, equipment. Theconductor used to connect the

or at the source of a separately derivedsystem.

electrode to the equipment groundingconductor and/or to the grounded conductorof the circuit at the service equipment or atthe source of a separately derived system.

for the protection of personnel that functionsto deenergize a circuit or portion thereofwithin an established period of time when acurrent to ground exceeds somepredetermined value that is less than that required to operate the overcurrent protectivedevice of the supply circuit.

Guarded. Covered, shielded, fenced,enclosed, or otherwise protected by means ofsuitable covers, casings, barriers, rails,screens, mats, or platforms to remove thelikelihood of approach to a point of danger orcontact by persons or objects.

Hoistway. Any shaftway, hatchway, wellhole, or other vertical opening or space inwhich an elevator or dumbwaiter is designedto operate.

Identified (conductors or terminals).Identified, as used in reference to a conductoror its terminal, means that such conductor orterminal can be recognized as grounded.

Identified (for the use). Recognized assuitable for the specific purpose, function,use, environment, application, etc. wheredescribed as a requirement in this standard.Suitability of equipment for a specificpurpose, environment, or application isdetermined by a qualified testing laboratorywhere such identification includes labeling orlisting.

§ 1926.449 Subpart KDefinitions applicable to this subpart Electrical

108

Isolated. Not readily accessible to persons Isolated power system. A systemunless special means for access are used. comprising an isolating transformer or its

equivalent, a line isolation monitor, and itsungrounded circuit conductors.

Labeled. Equipment or materials to whichhas been attached a label, symbol or otheridentifying mark of a qualified testinglaboratory which indicates compliance withappropriate standards or performance in aspecified manner.

Lighting outlet. An outlet intended for thedirect connection of a lampholder, a lightingfixture, or a pendant cord terminating in alampholder.

Listed. Equipment or materials included ina list published by a qualified testinglaboratory whose listing states either that theequipment or material meets appropriatestandards or has been tested and foundsuitable for use in a specified manner.

Location - (a) Damp location. Partiallyprotected locations under canopies, marquees,roofed open porches, and like locations, andinterior locations subject to moderate degreesof moisture, such as some basements. (b) Drylocation. A location not normally subject todampness or wetness. A location classified asdry may be temporarily subject to dampnessor wetness, as in the case of a building underconstruction. (c) Wet location. Installationsunderground or in concrete slabs or masonryin direct contact with the earth, and locationssubject to saturation with water or otherliquids, such as locations exposed to weatherand unprotected.

Motor control center. An assembly of oneor more enclosed sections having a commonpower bus and principally containing motorcontrol units.

Outlet. A point on the wiring system atwhich current is taken to supply utilizationequipment.

Overcurrent. Any current in excess of the


109

rated current of equipment or the ampacity of construction and operation of the equipmenta conductor. It may result from overload (see and the hazards involved.definition), short circuit, or ground fault. Acurrent in excess of rating may beaccommodated by certain equipment andconductors for a given set of conditions.Hence the rules for overcurrent protection arespecific for particular situations.

Overload. Operation of equipment in intermediate metal conduit, liquidtightexcess of normal, full load rating, or of a flexible metal conduit, flexible metallicconductor in excess of rated ampacity which, tubing, flexible metal conduit, electricalwhen it persists for a sufficient length of time, metallic tubing, underfloor raceways, cellularwould cause damage or dangerous concrete floor raceways, cellular metal flooroverheating. A fault, such as a short circuit or raceways, surface raceways, wireways, andground fault, is not an overload. (See busways."Overcurrent.")

Panelboard. A single panel or group of reached quickly for operation, renewal, orpanel units designed for assembly in the form inspections, without requiring those to whomof a single panel; including buses, automatic ready access is requisite to climb over orovercurrent devices, and with or without remove obstacles or to resort to portableswitches for the control of light, heat, or ladders, chairs, etc. (See "Accessible.")power circuits; designed to be placed in acabinet or cutout box placed in or against awall or partition and accessible only from thefront. (See "Switchboard.")

Power outlet. An enclosed assembly with no other contact device on the samewhich may include receptacles, circuit yoke. A multiple receptacle is a single devicebreakers, fuseholders, fused switches, buses containing two or more receptacles.and watt-hour meter mounting means;intended to serve as a means for distributingpower required to operate mobile ortemporarily installed equipment.

Premises wiring system. That interior andexterior wiring, including power, lighting,control, and signal circuit wiring togetherwith all of its associated hardware, fittings,and wiring devices, both permanently andtemporarily installed, which extends from theload end of the service drop, or load end ofthe service lateral conductors to the outlet(s).Such wiring does not include wiring internalto appliances, fixtures, motors, controllers,motor control centers, and similar equipment.Qualified person. One familiar with the

Raceway. A channel designed expresslyfor holding wires, cables, or busbars, withadditional functions as permitted in thissubpart. Raceways may be of metal orinsulating material, and the term includesrigid metal conduit, rigid nonmetallic conduit,

Readily accessible. Capable of being

Receptacle. A receptacle is a contactdevice installed at the outlet for theconnection of a single attachment plug. Asingle receptacle is a single contact device

Receptacle outlet. An outlet where one ormore receptacles are installed.

Remote-control circuit. Any electriccircuit that controls any other circuit througha relay or an equivalent device.

Sealable equipment. Equipment enclosedin a case or cabinet that is provided with ameans of sealing or locking so that live partscannot be made accessible without openingthe enclosure. The equipment may or may notbe operable without opening the enclosure.

Separately derived system. A premiseswiring system whose power is derived fromgenerator, transformer, or converter windingsand has no direct electrical connection,


110

including a solidly connected grounded circuit or assembly of panels which have switches,conductor, to supply conductors originating in buses, instruments, overcurrentanother system.

Service. The conductors and equipmentfor delivering energy from the electricitysupply system to the wiring system of thepremises served.

Service conductors. The supplyconductors that extend from the street main orfrom transformers to the service equipment ofthe premises supplied.

Service drop. The overhead serviceconductors from the last pole or other aerialsupport to and including the splices, if any,connecting to the service-entrance conductorsat the building or other structure.

Service-entrance conductors, overheadsystem. The service conductors between theterminals of the service equipment and a pointusually outside the building, clear of buildingwalls, where joined by tap or splice to theservice drop.

Service-entrance conductors,underground system. The service conductorsbetween the terminals of the serviceequipment and the point of connection to theservice lateral. Where service equipment islocated outside the building walls, there maybe no service-entrance conductors, or theymay be entirely outside the building.

Service equipment. The necessaryequipment, usually consisting of a circuitbreaker or switch and fuses, and theiraccessories, located near the point of entranceof supply conductors to a building or otherstructure, or an otherwise defined area, andintended to constitute the main control andmeans of cutoff of the supply.

Service raceway. The raceway thatencloses the service-entrance conductors.

Signaling circuit. Any electric circuit thatenergizes signaling equipment.

Switchboard. A large single panel, frame,

§ 1926.450 Subpart LScope, application and definitions Scaffoldsapplicable to this subpart

111

and other protective devices mounted on the circuit concerned.face or back or both. Switchboards aregenerally accessible from the rear as well asfrom the front and are not intended to beinstalled in cabinets. (See "Panelboard.")

Switches - (a) General-use switch. A voltage at which a circuit operates can varyswitch intended for use in general distribution from the nominal within a range that permitsand branch circuits. It is rated in amperes, and satisfactory operation of equipment.it is capable of interrupting its rated current atits rated voltage. (b) General-use snap the voltage between the given conductor andswitch. A form of general-use switch soconstructed that it can be installed in flushdevice boxes or on outlet box covers, orotherwise used in conjunction with wiringsystems recognized by this subpart. (c) Watertight. So constructed that moistureIsolating switch. A switch intended forisolating an electric circuit from the source of Weatherproof. So constructed orpower. It has no interrupting rating, and it is protected that exposure to the weather willintended to be operated only after the circuit not interfere with successful operation.has been opened by some other means. (d) Rainproof, raintight, or watertight equipmentMotor-circuit switch. A switch, rated inhorsepower, capable of interrupting themaximum operating overload current of amotor of the same horsepower rating as theswitch at the rated voltage. Wet location. See "Location."

Transportable X-ray. X-ray equipmentinstalled in a vehicle or that may readily bedisassembled for transport in a vehicle.

Utilization equipment. Utilizationequipment means equipment which utilizeselectric energy for mechanical, chemical,heating, lighting, or similar useful purpose.

Utilization system. A utilization system isa system which provides electric power andlight for employee workplaces, and includesthe premises wiring system and utilizationequipment.

Ventilated. Provided with a means topermit circulation of air sufficient to removean excess of heat, fumes, or vapors.

Voltage. (Of a circuit.) The greatestroot-mean-square (effective) difference ofpotential between any two conductors of the

Voltage, nominal. A nominal valueassigned to a circuit or system for the purposeof conveniently designating its voltage class(as 120/240, 480Y/277, 600, etc.). The actual

Voltage to ground. For grounded circuits,

that point or conductor of the circuit that isgrounded; for ungrounded circuits, thegreatest voltage between the given conductorand any other conductor of the circuit.

will not enter the enclosure.

can fulfill the requirements for weatherproofwhere varying weather conditions other thanwetness, such as snow, ice, dust, ortemperature extremes, are not a factor.

Subpart L - Scaffolds

§ 1926.450 - Scope, application anddefinitions applicable to this subpart.

(a) Scope and application. This subpartapplies to all scaffolds used in workplacescovered by this part. It does not apply to craneor derrick suspended personnel platforms,which are covered by 1926.550(g). Thecriteria for aerial lifts are set out exclusivelyin 1926.453.

(b) Definitions.Bearer (putlog) means a horizontal

transverse scaffold member (which may besupported by ledgers or runners) upon which

Subpart L § 1926.450Scaffolds Scope, application and definitions

applicable to this subpart

112

the scaffold platform rests and which joins footing, for use on sloped surfaces such asscaffold uprights, posts, poles, and similar roofs.members.

Body belt (safety belt) means a strap with mechanism, such as a rope grab, rip-stitchmeans both for securing it about the waist and lanyard, specially-woven lanyard, tearing orfor attaching it to a lanyard, lifeline, or deforming lanyard, or automaticdeceleration device. self-retracting lifeline lanyard, which

Body harness means a design of strapswhich may be secured about the employee ina manner to distribute the fall arrest forcesover at least the thighs, pelvis, waist, chest Double pole (independent pole) scaffoldand shoulders, with means for attaching it to means a supported scaffold consisting of aother components of a personal fall arrest platform(s) resting on cross beams (bearers)system. supported by ledgers and a double row of

Brace means a rigid connection that holdsone scaffold member in a fixed position withrespect to another member, or to a building or Equivalent means alternative designs,structure. materials or methods to protect against a

Bricklayers' square scaffold means asupported scaffold composed of framedsquares which support a platform.

Carpenters' bracket scaffold means asupported scaffold consisting of a platformsupported by brackets attached to building orstructural walls.

Cleat means a structural block used at theend of a platform to prevent the platform fromslipping off its supports. Cleats are also usedto provide footing on sloped surfaces such ascrawling boards. Fabricated decking and planking means

Competent person means one who iscapable of identifying existing and predictablehazards in the surroundings or workingconditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, Fabricated frame scaffold (tubularor dangerous to employees, and who hasauthorization to take prompt correctivemeasures to eliminate them.

Coupler means a device for locking horizontal bearers, and intermediatetogether the tubes of a tube and coupler members.scaffold.

Crawling board (chicken ladder) means separation of component parts. Load refusal isa supported scaffold consisting of a plank the point where the ultimate strength iswith cleats spaced and secured to provide exceeded.

Deceleration device means any

dissipates a substantial amount of energyduring a fall arrest or limits the energyimposed on an employee during fall arrest.

uprights independent of support (except ties,guys, braces) from any structure.

hazard which the employer can demonstratewill provide an equal or greater degree ofsafety for employees than the methods,materials or designs specified in the standard.

Exposed power lines means electricalpower lines which are accessible to employees and which are not shielded fromcontact. Such lines do not include extensioncords or power tool cords.

Eye or Eye splice means a loop with orwithout a thimble at the end of a wire rope.

manufactured platforms made of wood(including laminated wood, and solid sawnwood planks), metal or other materials.

welded frame scaffold) means a scaffoldconsisting of a platform(s) supported onfabricated end frames with integral posts,

Failure means load refusal, breakage, or

§ 1926.450 Subpart LScope, application and definitions Scaffoldsapplicable to this subpart

113

Form scaffold means a supported scaffoldconsisting of a platform supported by brackets Lower levels means areas below the levelattached to formwork. where the employee is located and to which

Guardrail system means a vertical barrier,consisting of, but not limited to, toprails,midrails, and posts, erected to preventemployees from falling off a scaffold platformor walkway to lower levels. Maximum intended load means the total

Hoist means a manual or power-operatedmechanical device to raise or lower asuspended scaffold.

Horse scaffold means a supportedscaffold consisting of a platform supported byconstruction horses (saw horses). Horsescaffolds constructed of metal are sometimesknown as trestle scaffolds.

Independent pole scaffold (see "Doublepole scaffold").

Ladder jack scaffold means a supportedscaffold consisting of a platform resting onbrackets attached to ladders.

Ladder stand means a mobile, fixed-size,self-supporting ladder consisting of a wideflat tread ladder in the form of stairs.

Landing means a platform at the end of aflight of stairs.

Large area scaffold means a polescaffold, tube and coupler scaffold, systemsscaffold, or fabricated frame scaffold erectedover substantially the entire work area. Forexample: a scaffold erected over the entirefloor area of a room.

Lean-to scaffold means a supportedscaffold which is kept erect by tilting ittoward and resting it against a building orstructure.

Lifeline means a component consisting ofa flexible line that connects to an anchorage atone end to hang vertically (vertical lifeline),or that connects to anchorages at both ends tostretch horizontally (horizontal lifeline), andwhich serves as a means for connecting othercomponents of a personal fall arrest system to

the anchorage.

an employee can fall. Such areas include, butare not limited to, ground levels, floors, roofs,ramps, runways, excavations, pits, tanks,materials, water, and equipment.

load of all persons, equipment, tools,materials, transmitted loads, and other loadsreasonably anticipated to be applied to ascaffold or scaffold component at any onetime.

Mobile scaffold means a powered orunpowered, portable, caster orwheel-mounted supported scaffold.

Multi-level suspended scaffold means atwo-point or multi-point adjustablesuspension scaffold with a series of platformsat various levels resting on common stirrups.

Multi-point adjustable suspensionscaffold means a suspension scaffoldconsisting of a platform(s) which issuspended by more than two ropes fromoverhead supports and equipped with meansto raise and lower the platform to desiredwork levels. Such scaffolds include chimneyhoists.

Needle beam scaffold means a platformsuspended from needle beams.

Open sides and ends means the edges ofa platform that are more than 14 inches (36cm) away horizontally from a sturdy,continuous, vertical surface (such as abuilding wall) or a sturdy, continuoushorizontal surface (such as a floor), or a pointof access. Exception: For plastering andlathing operations the horizontal thresholddistance is 18 inches (46 cm).

Outrigger means the structural member ofa supported scaffold used to increase the basewidth of a scaffold in order to provide supportfor and increased stability of the scaffold.

Subpart L § 1926.450Scaffolds Scope, application and definitions


114

Overhand bricklaying means the processof laying bricks and masonry units such thatthe surface of the wall to be jointed is on theopposite side of the wall from the mason, Roof bracket scaffold means a rooftoprequiring the mason to lean over the wall to supported scaffold consisting of a platformcomplete the work. It includes mason tending resting on angular-shaped supports.and electrical installation incorporated intothe brick wall during the overhand bricklayingprocess.

Personal fall arrest system means asystem used to arrest an employee's fall. Itconsists of an anchorage, connectors, a bodybelt or body harness and may include alanyard, deceleration device, lifeline, orcombinations of these.

Platform means a work surface elevatedabove lower levels. Platforms can beconstructed using individual wood planks,fabricated planks, fabricated decks, andfabricated platforms.

Pole scaffold (see definitions for a means to permit the raising and lowering of"Single-pole scaffold" and "Double the platform(s). Such systems include rolling(independent) pole scaffold"). roof rigs, rolling outrigger systems, and some

Power operated hoist means a hoist whichis powered by other than human energy. Shore scaffold means a supported scaffold

Pump jack scaffold means a supportedscaffold consisting of a platform supported byvertical poles and movable support brackets. Single-point adjustable suspension

Qualified means one who, by possession scaffold means a suspension scaffoldof a recognized degree, certificate, or consisting of a platform suspended by oneprofessional standing, or who by extensive rope from an overhead support and equippedknowledge, training, and experience, has with means to permit the movement of thesuccessfully demonstrated his/her ability to platform to desired work levels.solve or resolve problems related to thesubject matter, the work, or the project.

Rated load means the manufacturer's bearers, the outside ends of which arespecified maximum load to be lifted by a hoist supported on runners secured to a single rowor to be applied to a scaffold or scaffold of posts or uprights, and the inner ends ofcomponent. which are supported on or in a structure or

Repair bracket scaffold means asupported scaffold consisting of a platform Stair tower (Scaffold stairway/tower)supported by brackets which are secured in means a tower comprised of scaffoldplace around the circumference or perimeter components and which contains internal

of a chimney, stack, tank or other supportingstructure by one or more wire ropes placedaround the supporting structure.

Runner (ledger or ribbon) means thelengthwise horizontal spacing or bracingmember which may support the bearers.

Scaffold means any temporary elevatedplatform (supported or suspended) and itssupporting structure (including points ofanchorage), used for supporting employees ormaterials or both.

Self-contained adjustable scaffold meansa combination supported and suspensionscaffold consisting of an adjustableplatform(s) mounted on an independentsupporting frame(s) not a part of the objectbeing worked on, and which is equipped with

masons' adjustable supported scaffolds.

which is placed against a building or structureand held in place with props.

Single-pole scaffold means a supportedscaffold consisting of a platform(s) resting on

building wall.

§ 1926.451 Subpart LGeneral requirements Scaffolds

115

stairway units and rest platforms. These shift and therefore may not properly supporttowers are used to provide access to scaffold the loads imposed on them. Unstable objectsplatforms and other elevated points such as do not constitute a safe base support forfloors and roofs. scaffolds, platforms, or employees. Examples

Stall load means the load at which theprime-mover of a power-operated hoist stallsor the power to the prime-mover is Vertical pickup means a rope used toautomatically disconnected. support the horizontal rope in catenary

Step, platform, and trestle ladder scaffoldmeans a platform resting directly on the rungs Walkway means a portion of a scaffoldof step ladders or trestle ladders. platform used only for access and not as a

Stilts means a pair of poles or similarsupports with raised footrests, used to permit Window jack scaffold means a platformwalking above the ground or working surface. resting on a bracket or jack which projects

Stonesetters' multi-point adjustablesuspension scaffold means a continuous runsuspension scaffold designed and used forstonesetters' operations.

Supported scaffold means one or moreplatforms supported by outrigger beams,brackets, poles, legs, uprights, posts, frames,or similar rigid support.

System scaffold means a scaffoldconsisting of posts with fixed connectionpoints that accept runners, bearers, anddiagonals that can be interconnected atpredetermined levels.

Top plate bracket scaffold means ascaffold supported by brackets that hook overor are attached to the top of a wall. This typeof scaffold is similar to carpenters' bracketscaffolds and form scaffolds and is used inresidential construction for setting trusses.

Tube and coupler scaffold means asupported or suspended scaffold consisting ofa platform(s) supported by tubing, erectedwith coupling devices connecting uprights,braces, bearers, and runners.

Tubular welded frame scaffold (see"Fabricated frame scaffold").

Unstable objects means items whosestrength, configuration, or lack of stabilitymay allow them to become dislocated and

include, but are not limited to, barrels, boxes,loose brick, and concrete blocks.

scaffolds.

work level.

through a window opening.

§ 1926.451 - General requirements.This section does not apply to aerial lifts,

the criteria for which are set out exclusively in1926.453.

(a) Capacity(a)(1) Except as provided in paragraphs

(a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4), (a)(5) and (g) of thissection, each scaffold and scaffold componentshall be capable of supporting, withoutfailure, its own weight and at least 4 times themaximum intended load applied ortransmitted to it.

(a)(2) Direct connections to roofs andfloors, and counterweights used to balanceadjustable suspension scaffolds, shall becapable of resisting at least 4 times thetipping moment imposed by the scaffold*operating at the rated load of the hoist, or 1.5(minimum) times the tipping momentimposed by the scaffold operating at the stallload of the hoist, whichever is greater.

(a)(5) The stall load of any scaffold hoistshall not exceed 3 times its rated load.

(a)(6) Scaffolds shall be designed by aqualified person and shall be constructed andloaded in accordance with that design.Non-mandatory Appendix A to this subpart

Subpart L § 1926.451Scaffolds General requirements

116

contains examples of criteria that will enable * Note to paragraph (b)(2)(i): Pursuant toan employer to comply with paragraph (a) of an administrative stay effective November 29,this section. 1996 and published in the Federal Register on

(b) Scaffold platform construction.(b)(1) Each platform on all working levels

of scaffolds shall be fully planked or deckedbetween the front uprights and the guardrailsupports as follows:

(b)(1)(i) Each platform unit (e.g., scaffoldplank, fabricated plank, fabricated deck, orfabricated platform) shall be installed so thatthe space between adjacent units and thespace between the platform and the uprightsis no more than 1 inch (2.5 cm) wide, exceptwhere the employer can demonstrate that awider space is necessary (for example, to fitaround uprights when side brackets are usedto extend the width of the platform).

(b)(1)(ii) Where the employer makes thedemonstration provided for in paragraph(b)(1)(i) of this section, the platform shall beplanked or decked as fully as possible and theremaining open space between the platformand the uprights shall not exceed 9 1/2 inches(24.1 cm).Exception to paragraph (b)(1): Therequirement in paragraph (b)(1) to providefull planking or decking does not apply toplatforms used solely as walkways or solelyby employees performing scaffold erection ordismantling. In these situations, only the (b)(3)(ii) The maximum distance from theplanking that the employer establishes is face for plastering and lathing operations shallnecessary to provide safe working conditions be 18 inches (46 cm).is required.

(b)(2) Except as provided in paragraphs cleated or otherwise restrained by hooks or(b)(2)(i) and (b)(2)(ii) of this section, each equivalent means, shall extend over thescaffold platform and walkway shall be at centerline of its support at least 6 inches (15least 18 inches (46 cm) wide. cm).

(b)(2)(i) Each ladder jack scaffold, top (b)(5)(i) Each end of a platform 10 feet orplate bracket scaffold, roof bracket scaffold, less in length shall not extend over its supportand pump jack scaffold shall be at least 12 more than 12 inches (30 cm) unless theinches (30 cm) wide. There is no minimum platform is designed and installed so that thewidth requirement for boatswains' chairs. cantilevered portion of the platform is able to

November 25, 1996, the requirement inparagraph (b)(2)(i) that roof bracket scaffoldsbe at least 12 inches wide is stayed untilNovember 25, 1997 or until rulemakingreguarding the minimum width of roof bracketscaffolds has been completed, whichever islater.

(b)(2)(ii) Where scaffolds must be used inareas that the employer can demonstrate areso narrow that platforms and walkwayscannot be at least 18 inches (46 cm) wide,such platforms and walkways shall be as wideas feasible, and employees on those platformsand walkways shall be protected from fallhazards by the use of guardrails and/orpersonal fall arrest systems.

(b)(3) Except as provided in paragraphs(b)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section, the front edgeof all platforms shall not be more than 14inches (36 cm) from the face of the work,unless guardrail systems are erected along thefront edge and/or personal fall arrest systemsare used in accordance with paragraph (g) ofthis section to protect employees from falling.

(b)(3)(i) The maximum distance from theface for outrigger scaffolds shall be 3 inches(8 cm);

(b)(4) Each end of a platform, unless


117

support employees and/or materials withouttipping, or has guardrails which blockemployee access to the cantilevered end.

(b)(5)(ii) Each platform greater than 10feet in length shall not extend over its supportmore than 18 inches (46 cm), unless it isdesigned and installed so that the cantileveredportion of the platform is able to supportemployees without tipping, or has guardrailswhich block employee access to thecantilevered end.

(b)(6) On scaffolds where scaffold planksare abutted to create a long platform, eachabutted end shall rest on a separate supportsurface. This provision does not preclude theuse of common support members, such as "T"sections, to support abutting planks, or hookon platforms designed to rest on commonsupports.

(b)(7) On scaffolds where platforms areoverlapped to create a long platform, theoverlap shall occur only over supports, andshall not be less than 12 inches (30 cm)unless the platforms are nailed together orotherwise restrained to prevent movement.

(b)(8) At all points of a scaffold where theplatform changes direction, such as turning acorner, any platform that rests on a bearer atan angle other than a right angle shall be laidfirst, and platforms which rest at right anglesover the same bearer shall be laid second, ontop of the first platform.

(b)(9) Wood platforms shall not becovered with opaque finishes, except thatplatform edges may be covered or marked foridentification. Platforms may be coatedperiodically with wood preservatives,fire-retardant finishes, and slip-resistantfinishes; however, the coating may notobscure the top or bottom wood surfaces.

(b)(10) Scaffold componentsmanufactured by different manufacturers shallnot be intermixed unless the components fittogether without force and the scaffold'sstructural integrity is maintained by the user.Scaffold components manufactured by


118

different manufacturers shall not be modified posts, frames, and uprights shall bear on basein order to intermix them unless a competent plates and mud sills or other adequate firmperson determines the resulting scaffold is foundation.structurally sound.

(b)(11) Scaffold components made of rigid, and capable of supporting the loadeddissimilar metals shall not be used together scaffold without settling or displacement.unless a competent person has determinedthat galvanic action will not reduce thestrength of any component to a level belowthat required by paragraph (a)(1) of thissection.

(c) Criteria for supported scaffolds.(c)(1) Supported scaffolds with a height to

base width (including outrigger supports, ifused) ratio of more than four to one (4:1) shallbe restrained from tipping by guying, tying,bracing, or equivalent means, as follows:

(c)(1)(i) Guys, ties, and braces shall beinstalled at locations where horizontalmembers support both inner and outer legs.

(c)(1)(ii) Guys, ties, and braces shall beinstalled according to the scaffoldmanufacturer's recommendations or at theclosest horizontal member to the 4:1 heightand be repeated vertically at locations ofhorizontal members every 20 feet (6.1 m) orless thereafter for scaffolds 3 feet (0.91 m)wide or less, and every 26 feet (7.9 m) or lessthereafter for scaffolds greater than 3 feet(0.91 m) wide. The top guy, tie or brace ofcompleted scaffolds shall be placed no furtherthan the 4:1 height from the top. Such guys,ties and braces shall be installed at each endof the scaffold and at horizontal intervals notto exceed 30 feet (9.1 m) (measured from oneend [not both] towards the other).

(c)(1)(iii) Ties, guys, braces, or outriggersshall be used to prevent the tipping ofsupported scaffolds in all circumstanceswhere an eccentric load, such as acantilevered work platform, is applied or istransmitted to the scaffold.

(c)(2) * Supported scaffold poles, legs,

(c)(2)(i) Footings shall be level, sound,

(c)(2)(ii) Unstable objects shall not beused to support scaffolds or platform units.

(c)(2)(iii) Unstable objects shall not beused as working platforms.

(c)(2)(iv) Front-end loaders and similarpieces of equipment shall not be used tosupport scaffold platforms unless they havebeen specifically designed by themanufacturer for such use.

(c)(2)(v) Fork-lifts shall not be used tosupport scaffold platforms unless the entireplatform is attached to the fork and thefork-lift is not moved horizontally while theplatform is occupied.

(c)(3) Supported scaffold poles, legs,posts, frames, and uprights shall be plumband braced to prevent swaying anddisplacement.

(e) Access. This paragraph applies toscaffold access for all employees. Accessrequirements for employees erecting ordismantling supported scaffolds arespecifically addressed in paragraph (e)(9) ofthis section.

(e)(1) When scaffold platforms are morethan 2 feet (0.6 m) above or below a point ofaccess, portable ladders, hook-on ladders,attachable ladders, stair towers (scaffoldstairways/towers), stairway-type ladders (suchas ladder stands), ramps, walkways, integralprefabricated scaffold access, or direct accessfrom another scaffold, structure, personnel hoist, or similar surfaceshall be used. Crossbraces shall not be usedas a means of access.

(e)(2) Portable, hook-on, and attachableladders (Additional requirements for the


119

proper construction and use of portableladders are contained in subpart X of this part-- Stairways and Ladders):

(e)(2)(i) Portable, hook-on, and attachableladders shall be positioned so as not to tip thescaffold;

(e)(2)(ii) Hook-on and attachable laddersshall be positioned so that their bottom rungis not more than 24 inches (61 cm) above thescaffold supporting level;

(e)(2)(iii) When hook-on and attachableladders are used on a supported scaffold morethan 35 feet (10.7 m) high, they shall haverest platforms at 35-foot (10.7 m) maximumvertical intervals.

(e)(2)(iv) Hook-on and attachable laddersshall be specifically designed for use with thetype of scaffold used;

(e)(2)(v) Hook-on and attachable laddersshall have a minimum rung length of 11 1/2inches (29 cm); and

(e)(2)(vi) Hook-on and attachable laddersshall have uniformly spaced rungs with amaximum spacing between rungs of 16 3/4inches.

(e)(3) Stairway-type ladders shall:(e)(3)(i) Be positioned such that their

bottom step is not more than 24 inches (61cm) above the scaffold supporting level;

(e)(3)(ii) Be provided with rest platformsat 12 foot (3.7 m) maximum vertical intervals;

(e)(3)(iii) Have a minimum step width of16 inches (41 cm), except that mobilescaffold stairway-type ladders shall have aminimum step width of 11 1/2 inches (30cm); and

(e)(3)(iv) Have slip-resistant treads on allsteps and landings.

(e)(4) Stairtowers (scaffoldstairway/towers) shall be positioned such thattheir bottom step is not more than 24 inches(61 cm.) above the scaffold supporting level.

(e)(4)(i) A stairrail consisting of a toprailand a midrail shall be provided on each sideof each scaffold stairway.


120

(e)(4)(ii) The toprail of each stairrailsystem shall also be capable of serving as a (e)(4)(xiv) Tread depth shall be uniform,handrail, unless a separate handrail is within 1/4 inch, for each flight of stairs.provided.

(e)(4)(iii) Handrails, and toprails thatserve as handrails, shall provide an adequatehandhold for employees grasping them toavoid falling.

(e)(4)(iv) Stairrail systems and handrailsshall be surfaced to prevent injury toemployees from punctures or lacerations, andto prevent snagging of clothing.

(e)(4)(v) The ends of stairrail systems andhandrails shall be constructed so that they donot constitute a projection hazard.

(e)(4)(vi) Handrails, and toprails that are shall have cleats not more than fourteen (14)used as handrails, shall be at least 3 inches inches (35 cm) apart which are securely(7.6 cm) from other objects. fastened to the planks to provide footing.

(e)(4)(vii) Stairrails shall be not less than (e)(6) Integral prefabricated scaffold28 inches (71 cm) nor more than 37 inches access frames shall:(94 cm) from the upper surface of the stairrailto the surface of the tread, in line with the faceof the riser at the forward edge of the tread.

(e)(4)(viii) A landing platform at least 18inches (45.7 cm) wide by at least 18 inches(45.7 cm) long shall be provided at eachlevel.

(e)(4)(ix) Each scaffold stairway shall beat least 18 inches (45.7 cm) wide betweenstairrails.

(e)(4)(x) Treads and landings shall haveslip-resistant surfaces.

(e)(4)(xi) Stairways shall be installedbetween 40 degrees and 60 degrees from thehorizontal.

(e)(4)(xii) Guardrails meeting therequirements of paragraph (g)(4) of thissection shall be provided on the open sidesand ends of each landing.

(e)(4)(xiii) Riser height shall be uniform, resulting spacing does not exceed 16 3/4within 1/4 inch, (0.6 cm) for each flight of inches (43 cm).stairs. Greater variations in riser height areallowed for the top and bottom steps of the

entire system, not for each flight of stairs.

(e)(5) Ramps and walkways.(e)(5)(i) Ramps and walkways 6 feet (1.8

m) or more above lower levels shall haveguardrail systems which comply with subpartM of this part -- Fall Protection;

(e)(5)(ii) No ramp or walkway shall beinclined more than a slope of one (1) verticalto three (3) horizontal (20 degrees above thehorizontal).

(e)(5)(iii) If the slope of a ramp or awalkway is steeper than one (1) vertical ineight (8) horizontal, the ramp or walkway

(e)(6)(i) Be specifically designed andconstructed for use as ladder rungs;

(e)(6)(ii) Have a rung length of at least 8inches (20 cm);

(e)(6)(iii) Not be used as work platformswhen rungs are less than 11 1/2 inches inlength, unless each affected employee usesfall protection, or a positioning device, whichcomplies with 1926.502;

(e)(6)(iv) Be uniformly spaced withineach frame section;

(e)(6)(v) Be provided with rest platformsat 35-foot (10.7 m) maximum verticalintervals on all supported scaffolds more than35 feet (10.7 m) high; and

(e)(6)(vi) Have a maximum spacingbetween rungs of 16 3/4 inches (43 cm).Non-uniform rung spacing caused by joiningend frames together is allowed, provided the

(e)(7) Steps and rungs of ladder andstairway type access shall line up vertically


121

with each other between rest platforms.(e)(8) Direct access to or from another shall be inspected for visible defects by a

surface shall be used only when the scaffold is competent person before each work shift, not more than 14 inches (36 cm) horizontallyand not more than 24 inches (61 cm)vertically from the other surface.

(e)(9) Effective September 2, 1997,access for employees erecting or dismantlingsupported scaffolds shall be in accordancewith the following:

(e)(9)(i) The employer shall provide safemeans of access for each employee erecting ordismantling a scaffold where the provision ofsafe access is feasible and does not create agreater hazard. The employer shall have acompetent person determine whether it isfeasible or would pose a greater hazard toprovide, and have employees use a safe meansof access. This determination shall be basedon site conditions and the type of scaffoldbeing erected or dismantled.

(e)(9)(ii) Hook-on or attachable laddersshall be installed as soon as scaffold erectionhas progressed to a point that permits safeinstallation and use.

(e)(9)(iii) When erecting or dismantlingtubular welded frame scaffolds, (end) frames,with horizontal members that are parallel,level and are not more than 22 inches apartvertically may be used as climbing devices foraccess, provided they are erected in a mannerthat creates a usable ladder and provides goodhand hold and foot space.

(e)(9)(iv) Cross braces on tubular weldedframe scaffolds shall not be used as a meansof access or egress.

(f) Use.(f)(1) Scaffolds and scaffold components

shall not be loaded in excess of theirmaximum intended loads or rated capacities,whichever is less.

(f)(2) The use of shore or lean-to scaffoldsis prohibited.

(f)(3) Scaffolds and scaffold components


122

and after any occurrence which could affect ascaffold's structural integrity.

(f)(4) Any part of a scaffold damaged orweakened such that its strength is less thanthat required by paragraph (a) of this sectionshall be immediately repaired or replaced,braced to meet those provisions, or removedfrom service until repaired.

(f)(5) Scaffolds shall not be movedhorizontally while employees are on them,unless they have been designed by aregistered professional engineer specificallyfor such movement or, for mobile scaffolds,where the provisions of 1926.452(w) arefollowed.

(f)(6) The clearance between scaffoldsand power lines shall be as follows: Scaffoldsshall not be erected, used, dismantled, altered,or moved such that they or any conductivematerial handled on them might come closerto exposed and energized power lines than asfollows:

(f)(7) Scaffolds shall be erected, moved,dismantled, or altered only under thesupervision and direction of a competentperson qualified in scaffold erection, moving,dismantling or alteration. Such activities shallbe performed only by experienced and trainedemployees selected for such work by thecompetent person.

(f)(8) Employees shall be prohibited fromworking on scaffolds covered with snow, ice,or other slippery material except as necessaryfor removal of such materials.

(f)(12) Work on or from scaffolds isprohibited during storms or high winds unlessa competent person has determined that it issafe for employees to be on the scaffold andthose employees are protected by a personalfall arrest system or wind screens. Windscreens shall not be used unless the scaffold issecured against the anticipated wind forcesimposed.


123

Insulated Lines Uninsulated lines* *

Voltage Alternatives Voltage AlternativesMinimum Minimum distance distance

Less than 3 feet (0.9 m)300 volts

*300 volts 10 feet (3.1 m) Less than 50 10 feet (3.1 m)to 50 kv kv

More than 10 feet (3.1 m) 2 times the length More than 50 10 feet (3.1 m) 2 times the length50 kv plus 0.4 inches of the line insulator, kv plus 0.4 inches of the line

(1.0 cm) for each but never less than (1.0 cm) for each insulator, but1 kv over 50 kv. 10 ft (3.1 m). 1 kv over 50 kv. never less than 10

ft (3.1 m).

Exception to paragraph (f)(6): Scaffolds and materials may be closer to power lines than specified above where such*

clearance is necessary for performance of work, and only after the utility company, or electrical system operator, hasbeen notified of the need to work closer and the utility company, or electrical system operator, has deenergized the lines,relocated the lines, or installed protective coverings to prevent accidental contact with the lines.

(f)(13) Debris shall not be allowed to (f)(16) Platforms shall not deflect moreaccumulate on platforms. than 1/60 of the span when loaded.

(f)(14) Makeshift devices, such as but not (f)(17) To reduce the possibility oflimited to boxes and barrels, shall not be used welding current arcing through the suspensionon top of scaffold platforms to increase the wire rope when performing welding fromworking level height of employees. suspended scaffolds, the following

(f)(15) Ladders shall not be used onscaffolds to increase the working level height (f)(17)(iv) In addition to a work leadof employees, except on large area scaffolds attachment required by the welding process,where employers have satisfied the following a grounding conductor shall be connectedcriteria: from the scaffold to the structure. The size of

(f)(15)(i) When the ladder is placedagainst a structure which is not a part of thescaffold, the scaffold shall be secured againstthe sideways thrust exerted by the ladder;

(f)(15)(ii) The platform units shall besecured to the scaffold to prevent theirmovement;

(f)(15)(iii) The ladder legs shall be on thesame platform or other means shall beprovided to stabilize the ladder againstunequal platform deflection, and

(f)(15)(iv) The ladder legs shall besecured to prevent them from slipping or (g)(1) Each employee on a scaffold morebeing pushed off the platform. than 10 feet (3.1 m) above a lower level shall

precautions shall be taken, as applicable:

this conductor shall be at least the size of thewelding process work lead, and thisconductor shall not be in series with thewelding process or the work piece;

(f)(17)(v) If the scaffold grounding lead isdisconnected at any time, the weldingmachine shall be shut off; and

(f)(17)(vi) An active welding rod oruninsulated welding lead shall not be allowedto contact the scaffold or its suspensionsystem.

(g) Fall protection.

be protected from falling to that lower


124

level. Paragraphs (g)(1)(i) through (vii) of minimum 200 pound toprail capacity).this section establish the types of fallprotection to be provided to the employees oneach type of scaffold. Paragraph (g)(2) of thissection addresses fall protection for scaffolderectors and dismantlers.

Note to paragraph (g)(1): The fallprotection requirements for employeesinstalling suspension scaffold support systemson floors, roofs, and other elevated surfacesare set forth in subpart M of this part.

(g)(1)(i) Each employee on a boatswains'chair, catenary scaffold, float scaffold, needlebeam scaffold, or ladder jack scaffold shall beprotected by a personal fall arrest system;

(g)(1)(iii) Each employee on a crawling dismantling supported scaffolds where theboard (chicken ladder) shall be protected by installation and use of such protection isa personal fall arrest system, a guardrail feasible and does not create a greater hazard.system (with minimum 200 pound toprailcapacity), or by a three-fourth inch (1.9 cm)diameter grabline or equivalent handholdsecurely fastened beside each crawling board;

(g)(1)(iv) Each employee on a horizontal lifeline, or scaffold structuralself-contained adjustable scaffold shall be member. Vertical lifelines shall not be usedprotected by a guardrail system (with when overhead components, such as overheadminimum 200 pound toprail capacity) when protection or additional platform levels, arethe platform is supported by the frame part of a single-point or two-point adjustablestructure, and by both a personal fall arrest suspension scaffold.system and a guardrail system (with minimum200 pound toprail capacity) when theplatform is supported by ropes;

(g)(1)(v) Each employee on a walkway scaffold, and shall be protected from sharplocated within a scaffold shall be protected by edges and abrasion. Safe points of anchoragea guardrail system (with minimum 200 pound include structural members of buildings, buttoprail capacity) installed within 9 1/2 inches do not include standpipes, vents, other piping(24.1 cm) of and along at least one side of the systems, electrical conduit, outrigger beams,walkway. or counterweights.

(g)(1)(vi) Each employee performing (g)(3)(ii) When horizontal lifelines areoverhand bricklaying operations from a used, they shall be secured to two or moresupported scaffold shall be protected from structural members of the scaffold, or theyfalling from all open sides and ends of the may be looped around both suspension andscaffold (except at the side next to the wall independent suspension lines (on scaffolds being laid) by the use of a personal fall so equipped) above the hoist and brakearrest system or guardrail system (with attached to the end of the scaffold. Horizon-

(g)(1)(vii) For all scaffolds not otherwisespecified in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) through(g)(1)(vi) of this section, each employee shallbe protected by the use of personal fall arrestsystems or guardrail systems meeting therequirements of paragraph (g)(4) of thissection.

(g)(2) Effective September 2, 1997, theemployer shall have a competent persondetermine the feasibility and safety ofproviding fall protection for employeeserecting or dismantling supported scaffolds.Employers are required to provide fallprotection for employees erecting or

(g)(3) In addition to meeting therequirements of 1926.502(d), personal fallarrest systems used on scaffolds shall beattached by lanyard to a vertical lifeline,

(g)(3)(i) When vertical lifelines are used,they shall be fastened to a fixed safe point ofanchorage, shall be independent of the


125

tal lifelines shall not be attached only to the height of the top edge may exceed the 45-inchsuspension ropes. height, provided the guardrail system meets

(g)(3)(iii) When lanyards are connected tohorizontal lifelines or structural members on (g)(4)(iii) When midrails, screens, mesh,a single-point or two-point adjustable intermediate vertical members, solid panels,suspension scaffold, the scaffold shall be or equivalent structural members are used,equipped with additional independent support they shall be installed between the top edge oflines and automatic locking devices capable the guardrail system and the scaffold platform.of stopping the fall of the scaffold in the eventone or both of the suspension ropes fail. Theindependent support lines shall be equal innumber and strength to the suspension ropes.

(g)(3)(iv) Vertical lifelines, independentsupport lines, and suspension ropes shall notbe attached to each other, nor shall they beattached to or use the same point ofanchorage, nor shall they be attached to thesame point on the scaffold or personal fallarrest system.

(g)(4) Guardrail systems installed to meetthe requirements of this section shall complywith the following provisions (guardrailsystems built in accordance with Appendix Ato this subpart will be deemed to meet therequirements of paragraphs (g)(4)(vii), (viii),and (ix) of this section):

(g)(4)(i) Guardrail systems shall beinstalled along all open sides and ends ofplatforms. Guardrail systems shall be installedbefore the scaffold is released for use byemployees other than erection/dismantlingcrews.

(g)(4)(ii) The top edge height of toprailsor equivalent member on supported scaffoldsmanufactured or placed in service afterJanuary 1, 2000 shall be installed between 38inches (0.97 m) and 45 inches (1.2 m) abovethe platform surface. The top edge height onsupported scaffolds manufactured and placedin service before January 1, 2000, and on allsuspended scaffolds where both a guardrailand a personal fall arrest system are requiredshall be between 36 inches (0.9 m) and 45inches (1.2 m). When conditions warrant, the

all other criteria of paragraph (g)(4).

(g)(4)(iv) When midrails are used, theyshall be installed at a height approximatelymidway between the top edge of the guardrailsystem and the platform surface.

(g)(4)(v) When screens and mesh areused, they shall extend from the top edge ofthe guardrail system to the scaffold platform,and along the entire opening between thesupports.

(g)(4)(vi) When intermediate members(such as balusters or additional rails) areused, they shall not be more than 19 inches(48 cm) apart.

(g)(4)(vii) Each toprail or equivalentmember of a guardrail system shall becapable of withstanding, without failure, aforce applied in any downward or horizontaldirection at any point along its top edge of atleast 100 pounds (445 n) for guardrailsystems installed on single-point adjustablesuspension scaffolds or two-point adjustablesuspension scaffolds, and at least 200 pounds(890 n) for guardrail systems installed on allother scaffolds.

(g)(4)(viii) When the loads specified inparagraph (g)(4)(vii) of this section areapplied in a downward direction, the top edgeshall not drop below the height above theplatform surface that is prescribed inparagraph (g)(4)(ii) of this section.

(g)(4)(ix) Midrails, screens, mesh,intermediate vertical members, solid panels,and equivalent structural members of aguardrail system shall be capable ofwithstanding, without failure, a force applied


126

in any down-ward or horizontal direction at deflected by any of the above-listed measures,any point along the midrail or other member the employer shall place such potential fallingof at least 75 pounds (333 n) for guardrail objects away from the edge of the surfacesystems with a minimum 100 pound toprail from which they could fall and shall securecapacity, and at least 150 pounds (666 n) for those materials as necessary to prevent theirguardrail systems with a minimum 200 pound falling.toprail capacity.

(g)(4)(xi) Guardrails shall be surfaced to materials, or equipment falling from a scaffoldprevent injury to an employee from punctures and striking employees below, the followingor lacerations, and to prevent snagging of provisions apply:clothing.

(g)(4)(xii) The ends of all rails shall not which objects can fall shall be barricaded, andoverhang the terminal posts except when such employees shall not be permitted to enter theoverhang does not constitute a projection hazard area; orhazard to employees.

(g)(4)(xiii) Steel or plastic banding shall along the edge of platforms more than 10 feetnot be used as a toprail or midrail. (3.1 m) above lower levels for a distance

(g)(4)(xiv) Manila or plastic (or othersynthetic) rope being used for toprails ormidrails shall be inspected by a competentperson as frequently as necessary to ensurethat it continues to meet the strength (h)(2)(iii) Where tools, materials, orrequirements of paragraph (g) of this section. equipment are piled to a height higher than

(g)(4)(xv) Crossbracing is acceptable inplace of a midrail when the crossing point oftwo braces is between 20 inches (0.5 m) and30 inches (0.8 m) above the work platform oras a toprail when the crossing point of twobraces is between 38 inches (0.97 m) and 48 (h)(2)(iv) A guardrail system shall beinches (1.3 m) above the work platform. The installed with openings small enough toend points at each upright shall be no more prevent passage of potential falling objects; orthan 48 inches (1.3 m) apart.

(h) Falling object protection. or catch platform strong enough to withstand(h)(1) In addition to wearing hardhats

each employee on a scaffold shall be providedwith additional protection from falling handtools, debris, and other small objects through (h)(3) Canopies, when used for fallingthe installation of toeboards, screens, or object protection, shall comply with theguardrail systems, or through the erection of following criteria:debris nets, catch platforms, or canopystructures that contain or deflect the fallingobjects. When the falling objects are toolarge, heavy or massive to be contained or

(h)(2) Where there is a danger of tools,

(h)(2)(i) The area below the scaffold to

(h)(2)(ii) A toeboard shall be erected

sufficient to protect employees below, excepton float (ship) scaffolds where an edging of3/4 x 1 1/2 inch (2 x 4 cm) wood orequivalent may be used in lieu of toeboards;

the top edge of the toeboard, paneling orscreening extending from the toeboard orplatform to the top of the guardrail shall beerected for a distance sufficient to protectemployees below; or

(h)(2)(v) A canopy structure, debris net,

the impact forces of the potential fallingobjects shall be erected over the employeesbelow.

(h)(3)(i) Canopies shall be installedbetween the falling object hazard and theemployees.

(h)(3)(ii) When canopies are used on

§ 1926.452 Subpart LAdditional requirements applicable Scaffoldsto specific types of scaffolds

127

suspension scaffolds for falling object receiving the new platforms.protection, the scaffold shall be equipped withadditional independent support lines equal innumber to the number of points supported,and equivalent in strength to the strength ofthe suspension ropes.

(h)(3)(iii) Independent support lines andsuspension ropes shall not be attached to thesame points of anchorage.

(h)(4) Where used, toeboards shall be:(h)(4)(i) Capable of withstanding, without

failure, a force of at least 50 pounds (222 n)applied in any downward or horizontaldirection at any point along the toeboard(toeboards built in accordance with AppendixA to this subpart will be deemed to meet thisrequirement); and

(h)(4)(ii) At least three and one-halfinches (9 cm) high from the top edge of thetoeboard to the level of the walking/workingsurface. Toeboards shall be securely fastenedin place at the outermost edge of the platformand have not more than 1/4 inch (0.7 cm)clearance above the walking/working surface.Toeboards shall be solid or with openings notover one inch (2.5 cm) in the greatestdimension.

§ 1926.452 - Additional requirementsapplicable to specific types of scaffolds.

In addition to the applicable requirementsof 1926.451, the following requirementsapply to the specific types of scaffoldsindicated. Scaffolds not specifically addressedby 1926.452, such as but not limited tosystems scaffolds, must meet the requirementsof 1926.451.

(a) Pole scaffolds.(a)(1) When platforms are being moved to

the next level, the existing platform shall beleft undisturbed until the new bearers havebeen set in place and braced, prior to

Subpart L § 1926.452Scaffolds Additional requirements applicable

to specific types of scaffolds

128

(a)(2) Crossbracing shall be installed (b)(2) Transverse bracing forming an "X"between the inner and outer sets of poles on across the width of the scaffold shall bedouble pole scaffolds. installed at the scaffold ends and at least at

(a)(3) Diagonal bracing in both directionsshall be installed across the entire inside faceof double-pole scaffolds used to support loadsequivalent to a uniformly distributed load of50 pounds (222 kg) or more per square foot(929 square cm).

(a)(4) Diagonal bracing in both directionsshall be installed across the entire outside faceof all double- and single-pole scaffolds.

(a)(5) Runners and bearers shall beinstalled on edge.

(a)(6) Bearers shall extend a minimum of3 inches (7.6 cm) over the outside edges ofrunners.

(a)(7) Runners shall extend over aminimum of two poles, and shall be supportedby bearing blocks securely attached to thepoles.

(a)(8) Braces, bearers, and runners shallnot be spliced between poles.

(a)(9) Where wooden poles are spliced,the ends shall be squared and the uppersection shall rest squarely on the lowersection. Wood splice plates shall be providedon at least two adjacent sides, and shallextend at least 2 feet (0.6 m) on either side ofthe splice, overlap the abutted ends equally,and have at least the same cross-sectionalareas as the pole. Splice plates of othermaterials of equivalent strength may be used.

(a)(10) Pole scaffolds over 60 feet inheight shall be designed by a registeredprofessional engineer, and shall beconstructed and loaded in accordance withthat design. Non-mandatory Appendix A tothis subpart contains examples of criteria thatwill enable an employer to comply withdesign and loading requirements for polescaffolds under 60 feet in height.

(b) Tube and coupler scaffolds.

every third set of posts horizontally (measuredfrom only one end) and every fourth runnervertically. Bracing shall extend diagonallyfrom the inner or outer posts or runnersupward to the next outer or inner posts orrunners. Building ties shall be installed at thebearer levels between the transverse bracingand shall conform to the requirements of1926.451(c)(1).

(b)(3) On straight run scaffolds,longitudinal bracing across the inner andouter rows of posts shall be installeddiagonally in both directions, and shall extendfrom the base of the end posts upward to thetop of the scaffold at approximately a 45degree angle. On scaffolds whose length isgreater than their height, such bracing shall berepeated beginning at least at every fifth post.On scaffolds whose length is less than theirheight, such bracing shall be installed fromthe base of the end posts upward to theopposite end posts, and then in alternatingdirections until reaching the top of thescaffold. Bracing shall be installed as close aspossible to the intersection of the bearer andpost or runner and post.

(b)(4) Where conditions preclude theattachment of bracing to posts, bracing shallbe attached to the runners as close to the postas possible.

(b)(5) Bearers shall be installedtransversely between posts, and when coupledto the posts, shall have the inboard couplerbear directly on the runner coupler. When thebearers are coupled to the runners, thecouplers shall be as close to the posts aspossible.

(b)(6) Bearers shall extend beyond theposts and runners, and shall provide fullcontact with the coupler.


129

(b)(7) Runners shall be installed along the (c)(4) Where uplift can occur whichlength of the scaffold, located on both the would displace scaffold end frames or panels,inside and outside posts at level heights (when the frames or panels shall be locked togethertube and coupler guardrails and midrails are vertically by pins or equivalent means.used on outside posts, they may be used inlieu of outside runners).

(b)(8) Runners shall be interlocked onstraight runs to form continuous lengths, andshall be coupled to each post. The bottomrunners and bearers shall be located as closeto the base as possible.

(b)(9) Couplers shall be of a structuralmetal, such as drop-forged steel, malleableiron, or structural grade aluminum. The use ofgray cast iron is prohibited.

(b)(10) Tube and coupler scaffolds over125 feet in height shall be designed by aregistered professional engineer, and shall beconstructed and loaded in accordance withsuch design. Non-mandatory Appendix A tothis subpart contains examples of criteria thatwill enable an employer to comply withdesign and loading requirements for tube andcoupler scaffolds under 125 feet in height.

(c) Fabricated frame scaffolds (tubularwelded frame scaffolds).

(c)(1) When moving platforms to the nextlevel, the existing platform shall be leftundisturbed until the new end frames havebeen set in place and braced prior to receivingthe new platforms.

(c)(2) Frames and panels shall be bracedby cross, horizontal, or diagonal braces, orcombination thereof, which secure verticalmembers together laterally. The cross bracesshall be of such length as will automaticallysquare and align vertical members so that theerected scaffold is always plumb, level, and square. All brace connections shall besecured.

(c)(3) Frames and panels shall be joinedtogether vertically by coupling or stackingpins or equivalent means.

(c)(5) Brackets used to supportcantilevered loads shall:

(c)(5)(i) Be seated with side-bracketsparallel to the frames and end-brackets at 90degrees to the frames;

(c)(5)(ii) Not be bent or twisted fromthese positions; and

(c)(5)(iii) Be used only to supportpersonnel, unless the scaffold has beendesigned for other loads by a qualifiedengineer and built to withstand the tippingforces caused by those other loads beingplaced on the bracket-supported section of thescaffold.

(c)(6) Scaffolds over 125 feet (38.0 m) inheight above their base plates shall bedesigned by a registered professionalengineer, and shall be constructed and loadedin accordance with such design.

(d) Plasterers', decorators', and largearea scaffolds. Scaffolds shall be constructedin accordance with paragraphs (a), (b), or (c)of this section, as appropriate.

(e) Bricklayers' square scaffolds(squares).

(e)(1) Scaffolds made of wood shall bereinforced with gussets on both sides of eachcorner.

(e)(2) Diagonal braces shall be installedon all sides of each square.

(e)(3) Diagonal braces shall be installedbetween squares on the rear and front sides ofthe scaffold, and shall extend from the bottom of each square to the top of the nextsquare.

(e)(4) Scaffolds shall not exceed threetiers in height, and shall be so constructed

Subpart L § 1926.452Scaffolds Additional requirements applicable

to specific types of scaffolds

130

and arranged that one square rests directlyabove the other. The upper tiers shall stand ona continuous row of planks laid across thenext lower tier, and shall be nailed down orotherwise secured to prevent displacement.

(f) Horse scaffolds. first-grade manila rope of at least three-fourth(f)(1) Scaffolds shall not be constructed or

arranged more than two tiers or 10 feet (3.0 (j) Pump jack scaffolds.m) in height, whichever is less.

(f)(2) When horses are arranged in tiers, accessories shall be fabricated from metaleach horse shall be placed directly over the plates and angles. Each pump jack brackethorse in the tier below. shall have two positive gripping mechanisms

(f)(3) When horses are arranged in tiers,the legs of each horse shall be nailed down or (j)(2) Poles shall be secured to theotherwise secured to prevent displacement. structure by rigid triangular bracing or

(f)(4) When horses are arranged in tiers,each tier shall be crossbraced.

(g) Form scaffolds and carpenters'bracket scaffolds.

(g)(1) Each bracket, except those forwooden bracket-form scaffolds, shall beattached to the supporting formwork orstructure by means of one or more of thefollowing: nails; a metal stud attachmentdevice; welding; hooking over a securedstructural supporting member, with the formwales either bolted to the form or secured bysnap ties or tie bolts extending through theform and securely anchored; or, forcarpenters' bracket scaffolds only, by a boltextending through to the opposite side of thestructure's wall.

(g)(2) Wooden bracket-form scaffoldsshall be an integral part of the form panel.

(g)(3) Folding type metal brackets, whenextended for use, shall be either bolted orsecured with a locking-type pin.

(h) Roof bracket scaffolds.(h)(1) Scaffold brackets shall be

constructed to fit the pitch of the roof andshall provide a level support for the platform.

(h)(2) Brackets (including those providedwith pointed metal projections) shall beanchored in place by nails unless it isimpractical to use nails. When nails are notused, brackets shall be secured in place with

inch (1.9 cm) diameter, or equivalent.

(j)(1) Pump jack brackets, braces, and

to prevent any failure or slippage.

equivalent at the bottom, top, and other pointsas necessary. When the pump jack has to passbracing already installed, an additional braceshall be installed approximately 4 feet (1.2 m)above the brace to be passed, and shall be leftin place until the pump jack has been movedand the original brace reinstalled.

(j)(3) When guardrails are used for fallprotection, a workbench may be used as thetoprail only if it meets all the requirements inparagraphs (g)(4)(ii), (vii), (viii), and (xiii) of1926.451.

(j)(4) Work benches shall not be used asscaffold platforms.

(j)(5) When poles are made of wood, thepole lumber shall be straight-grained, free ofshakes, large loose or dead knots, and otherdefects which might impair strength.

(j)(6) When wood poles are constructed oftwo continuous lengths, they shall be joinedtogether with the seam parallel to the bracket.

(j)(7) When two by fours are spliced tomake a pole, mending plates shall be installedat all splices to develop the full strength of themember.


131

(k) Ladder jack scaffolds.(k)(1) Platforms shall not exceed a height

of 20 feet (6.1 m).(k)(2) All ladders used to support ladder

jack scaffolds shall meet the requirements ofsubpart X of this part -- Stairways andLadders, except that job-made ladders shallnot be used to support ladder jack scaffolds.

(k)(3) The ladder jack shall be sodesigned and constructed that it will bear onthe side rails and ladder rungs or on the ladderrungs alone. If bearing on rungs only, thebearing area shall include a length of at least10 inches (25.4 cm) on each rung.

(k)(4) Ladders used to support ladderjacks shall be placed, fastened, or equipped (w)(1) Scaffolds shall be braced by cross,with devices to prevent slipping. horizontal, or diagonal braces, or combination

(k)(5) Scaffold platforms shall not bebridged one to another.

(l) Window jack scaffolds.(l)(1) Scaffolds shall be securely attached

to the window opening.(l)(2) Scaffolds shall be used only for the

purpose of working at the window openingthrough which the jack is placed.

(l)(3) Window jacks shall not be used tosupport planks placed between one windowjack and another, or for other elements ofscaffolding.

(m) Crawling boards (chicken ladders).(m)(1) Crawling boards shall extend from

the roof peak to the eaves when used inconnection with roof construction, repair, ormaintenance.

(m)(2) Crawling boards shall be securedto the roof by ridge hooks or by means thatmeet equivalent criteria (e.g., strength anddurability).

(n) Step, platform, and trestle ladderscaffolds.

(n)(1) Scaffold platforms shall not beplaced any higher than the second highest

rung or step of the ladder supporting theplatform.

(n)(2) All ladders used in conjunctionwith step, platform and trestle ladder scaffolds shall meet the pertinent requirements ofsubpart X of this part -- Stairways andLadders, except that job-made ladders shallnot be used to support such scaffolds.

(n)(3) Ladders used to support step,platform, and trestle ladder scaffolds shall beplaced, fastened, or equipped with devices toprevent slipping.

(n)(4) Scaffolds shall not be bridged oneto another.

(w) Mobile scaffolds.

thereof, to prevent racking or collapse of thescaffold and to secure vertical memberstogether laterally so as to automatically squareand align the vertical members. Scaffoldsshall be plumb, level, and squared. All braceconnections shall be secured.

(w)(1)(i) Scaffolds constructed of tube andcoupler components shall also comply withthe requirements of paragraph (b) of thissection;

(w)(1)(ii) Scaffolds constructed offabricated frame components shall alsocomply with the requirements of paragraph(c) of this section.

(w)(2) Scaffold casters and wheels shallbe locked with positive wheel and/or wheeland swivel locks, or equivalent means, toprevent movement of the scaffold while thescaffold is used in a stationary manner.

(w)(3) Manual force used to move thescaffold shall be applied as close to the baseas practicable, but not more than 5 feet (1.5m) above the supporting surface.

(w)(4) Power systems used to propelmobile scaffolds shall be designed for such

Subpart L § 1926.454Scaffolds Training requirements

132

use. Forklifts, trucks, similar motor vehiclesor add-on motors shall not be used to propelscaffolds unless the scaffold is designed forsuch propulsion systems.

(w)(5) Scaffolds shall be stabilized toprevent tipping during movement.

(w)(6) Employees shall not be allowed toride on scaffolds unless the followingconditions exist:

(w)(6)(i) The surface on which the amount equal to the height of the stilts beingscaffold is being moved is within 3 degrees of used by the employee.level, and free of pits, holes, and obstructions;

(w)(6)(ii) The height to base width ratio of shall be flat and free of pits, holes andthe scaffold during movement is two to one or obstructions, such as debris, as well as otherless, unless the scaffold is designed and tripping and falling hazards.constructed to meet or exceed nationallyrecognized stability test requirements such asthose listed in paragraph (x) of Appendix A tothis subpart (ANSI/SIA A92.5 and A92.6);

(w)(6)(iii) Outrigger frames, when used,are installed on both sides of the scaffold;

(w)(6)(iv) When power systems are used,the propelling force is applied directly to thewheels, and does not produce a speed inexcess of 1 foot per second (.3 mps); and

(w)(6)(v) No employee is on any part ofthe scaffold which extends outward beyondthe wheels, casters, or other supports.

(w)(7) Platforms shall not extend outwardbeyond the base supports of the scaffoldunless outrigger frames or equivalent devicesare used to ensure stability.

(w)(8) Where leveling of the scaffold isnecessary, screw jacks or equivalent meansshall be used.

(w)(9) Caster stems and wheel stems shallbe pinned or otherwise secured in scaffoldlegs or adjustment screws.

(w)(10) Before a scaffold is moved, eachemployee on the scaffold shall be made awareof the move.

(y) Stilts. Stilts, when used, shall be usedin accordance with the followingrequirements:

(y)(1) An employee may wear stilts on ascaffold only if it is a large area scaffold.

(y)(2) When an employee is using stilts ona large area scaffold where a guardrail systemis used to provide fall protection, the guardrailsystem shall be increased in height by an

(y)(3) Surfaces on which stilts are used

(y)(4) Stilts shall be properly maintained.Any alteration of the original equipment shallbe approved by the manufacturer.

§ 1926.454 - Training requirements.This section supplements and clarifies therequirements of 1926.21(b)(2) as these relateto the hazards of work on scaffolds.

(a) The employer shall have eachemployee who performs work while on ascaffold trained by a person qualified in thesubject matter to recognize the hazardsassociated with the type of scaffold being usedand to understand the procedures to control orminimize those hazards. The training shallinclude the following areas, as applicable:

(a)(1) The nature of any electricalhazards, fall hazards and falling objecthazards in the work area;

(a)(2) The correct procedures for dealingwith electrical hazards and for erecting,maintaining, and disassembling the fallprotection systems and falling objectprotection systems being used;

(a)(3) The proper use of the scaffold, andthe proper handling of materials on thescaffold;

Subpart L § 1926.454Scaffolds Training requirements

133

(a)(4) The maximum intended load andthe load-carrying capacities of the scaffoldsused; and

(a)(5) Any other pertinent requirements ofthis subpart.

(b) The employer shall have eachemployee who is involved in erecting,disassembling, moving, operating, repairing,maintaining, or inspecting a scaffold trainedby a competent person to recognize anyhazards associated with the work in question.The training shall include the followingtopics, as applicable:

(b)(1) The nature of scaffold hazards;(b)(2) The correct procedures for erecting,

disassembling, moving, operating, repairing,inspecting, and maintaining the type ofscaffold in question;

(b)(3) The design criteria, maximumintended load-carrying capacity and intendeduse of the scaffold;

(b)(4) Any other pertinent requirements ofthis subpart.

(c) When the employer has reason tobelieve that an employee lacks the skill orunderstanding needed for safe work involvingthe erection, use or dismantling of scaffolds,the employer shall retrain each such employeeso that the requisite proficiency is regained.Retraining is required in at least the followingsituations:

(c)(1) Where changes at the worksitepresent a hazard about which an employeehas not been previously trained; or

(c)(2) Where changes in the types ofscaffolds, fall protection, falling objectprotection, or other equipment present ahazard about which an employee has not beenpreviously trained; or

(c)(3) Where inadequacies in an affectedemployee's work involving scaffolds indi-catethat the employee has not retained therequisite proficiency.

Appendix A Subpart LScaffold Specifications Scaffolds

134

Subpart L Appendix A - ScaffoldSpecifications

This Appendix provides non-mandatoryguidelines to assist employers in complyingwith the requirements of subpart L of thispart. An employer may use these guidelinesand tables as a starting point for designingscaffold systems. However, the guidelines donot provide all the information necessary tobuild a complete system, and the employer isstill responsible for designing and assemblingthese components in such a way that thecompleted system will meet the requirementsof 1926.451(a). Scaffold components whichare not selected and loaded in accordancewith this Appendix, and components forwhich no specific guidelines or tables aregiven in this Appendix (e.g., joints, ties,components for wood pole scaffolds morethan 60 feet in height, components forheavy-duty horse scaffolds, components madewith other materials, and components withother dimensions, etc.) must be designed andconstructed in accordance with the capacityrequirements of 1926.451(a), and loaded inaccordance with 1926.451(d)(1).

1. General Guidelines and Tables(a) The following tables, and the tables in

Part 2 -- Specific guidelines and tables,assume that all load-carrying timber members(except planks) of the scaffold are a minimumof 1,500 lb-f/in(2) (stress grade) construction grade lumber. All dimensions arenominal sizes as provided in the AmericanSoftwood Lumber Standards, dated January1970, except that, where rough sizes arenoted, only rough or undressed lumber of thesize specified will satisfy minimumrequirements.

(b) Solid sawn wood used as scaffoldplanks shall be selected for such usefollowing the grading rules established by arecog-

nized lumber grading association or by anindependent lumber grading inspectionagency. Such planks shall be identified by thegrade stamp of such association or agency.The association or agency and the gradingrules under which the wood is graded shall becertified by the Board of Review, AmericanLumber Standard Committee, as set forth inthe American Softwood Lumber Standard ofthe U.S. Department of Commerce.

(b)(i) Allowable spans shall bedetermined in compliance with the NationalDesign Specification for Wood Constructionpublished by the National Forest ProductsAssociation; paragraph 5 of ANSIA10.8-1988 Scaffolding-Safety Requirementspublished by the American NationalStandards Institute; or for 2 x 10 inch(nominal) or 2 x 9 inch (rough) solid sawnwood planks, as shown in the following table:

Maximu Maximum Maximumm permissible permissible

intended span using span usingnominal nominal nominal

load thickness thickness(lb/ft(2)) lumber (ft) lumber (ft)

25 10 850 8 675 6

(b)(ii) The maximum permissible span for1 1/4 x 9-inch or wider wood plank of fullthickness with a maximum intended load of50 lb/ft.(2) shall be 4 feet.

(c) Fabricated planks and platforms maybe used in lieu of solid sawn wood planks.Maximum spans for such units shall be asrecommended by the manufacturer based onthe maximum intended load being calculatedas follows:

Subpart L Appendix AScaffolds Scaffold Specifications

135

Rated load capacity Intended load

Light-duty * 25 lbs. per square foot applied uniformly over the entire span area.

Medium-duty * 50 lbs. per square foot applied uniformly over the entire span area.

Heavy-duty * 75 lbs. per square foot applied uniformly over the entire span area.

One-person * 250 lbs. placed at the center of the span (total 250 lbs.).

Two-person * 250 lbs. placed 18 inches to the left and right of the center of the span (total500 lbs.).

Three-person * 250 lbs. placed at the center of the span and 250 lbs. placed 18 inches to theleft and right of the center of the span (total 750 lbs.).

Note: Platform units used to make scaffold platforms intended for light-duty use shall be capable of supporting at least25 pounds per square foot applied uniformly over the entire unit-span area, or a 250-pound point load placed on theunit at the center of the span, whichever load produces the greater shear force.

(d) Guardrails shall be as follows:(d)(i) Toprails shall be equivalent in

strength to 2 inch by 4 inch lumber; or 1 1/4inch x 1/8 inch structural angle iron; or 1 inch (e) Overhead protection shall consist of 2x .070 inch wall steel tubing; or 1.990 inch x inch nominal planking laid tight, or 3/4-inch.058 inch wall aluminum tubing. plywood.

(d)(ii) Midrails shall be equivalent in (f) Screen installed between toeboards andstrength to 1 inch by 6 inch lumber; or 1 1/4 midrails or toprails shall consist of No. 18inch x 1 1/4 inch x 1/8 inch structural angle gauge U.S. Standard wire one inch mesh.iron; or 1 inch x .070 inch wall steel tubing;or 1.990 inch x .058 inch wall aluminumtubing.

(d)(iii) Toeboards shall be equivalent instrength to 1 inch by 4 inch lumber; or 1 1/4inch x 1 1/4 inch structural angle iron; or 1inch x .070 inch wall steel tubing; or 1.990inch x .058 inch wall aluminum tubing.

(d)(iv) Posts shall be equivalent instrength to 2 inch by 4 inch lumber; or 1 1/4inch x 1 1/4 inch x 1/8 structural angle iron;or 1 inch x .070 inch wall steel tubing; or

1.990 inch x .058 inch wall aluminum tubing.(d)(v) Distance between posts shall not

exceed 8 feet.

2. Specific guidelines and tables.(a) Pole Scaffolds.(b) Tube and coupler scaffolds.(c) Fabricated frame scaffolds. Because

of their prefabricated nature, no additionalguidelines or tables for these scaffolds arebeing adopted in this Appendix.

(d) Plasterers', decorators', and largearea scaffolds. The guidelines for polescaffolds or tube and coupler scaffolds(Appendix A (a) and (b)) may be applied.


136

(e) Bricklayers' square scaffolds.Maximum intended load: 50 lb/ft.2 *

Maximum width: 5 ft. (g)(5) Wooden figure-four scaffolds:Maximum height: 5 ft. Maximum intended load: 25 lb/ft.Gussets: 1 x 6 in. Uprights: 2 x 4 in. or 2 x 6 in.Braces: 1 x 8 in. Bearers (two): 1 x 6 in.Legs: 2 x 6 in. Braces: 1 x 6 in.Bearers (horizontal members): 2 x 6 in. Maximum length of bearers The squares shall be set not more than 8 (unsupported): 3 ft. 6 in.*

feet apart for light duty scaffolds and not morethan 5 feet apart for medium duty scaffolds.

(f) Horse scaffolds. opposite sides of the vertical support.Maximum intended load (light duty): 25

lb/ft.2 **

Maximum intended load (medium duty):50 lb/ft.2 **

Horses shall be spaced not more than 8**

feet apart for light duty loads, and not morethan 5 feet apart for medium duty loads.

Horizontal members or bearers: degrees, and the lower end shall be nailed toLight duty: 2 x 4 in. a vertical support.Medium duty: 3 x 4 in.Legs: 2 x 4 in.Longitudinal brace between legs: 1x6 in.Gusset brace at top of legs: 1 x 8 in.Half diagonal braces: 2 x 4 in.(g) Form scaffolds and carpenters'

bracket scaffolds. Maximum intended load: 25 lb/ft.(g)(1) Brackets shall consist of a

triangular-shaped frame made of wood with across-section not less than 2 inches by 3inches, or of 1 1/4 inch x 1 1/4 inch x 1/8 inchstructural angle iron. (h) Roof bracket scaffolds. No specific

(g)(2) Bolts used to attach brackets tostructures shall not be less than 5/8 inches in (i) Outrigger scaffolds (single level). Nodiameter. specific guidelines tables are given.

(g)(3) Maximum bracket spacing shall be (j) Pump jack scaffolds. Wood poles shall8 feet on centers. not exceed 30 feet in height. Maximum

(g)(4) No more than two employees shalloccupy any given 8 feet of a bracket or formscaffold at any one time. Tools and materi-

als shall not exceed 75 pounds in addition tothe occupancy.

2

(g)(5)(i) Outrigger bearers shall consist oftwo pieces of 1 x 6 inch lumber nailed on

(g)(5)(ii) Bearers for wood figure-fourbrackets shall project not more than 3 feet 6inches from the outside of the form support,and shall be braced and secured to preventtipping or turning. The knee or angle braceshall intersect the bearer at least 3 feet fromthe form at an angle of approximately 45

(g)(6) Metal bracket scaffolds:Maximum intended load: 25 lb/ft.2

Uprights: 2 x 4 inchBearers: As designed.Braces: As designed.(g)(7) Wood bracket scaffolds:

2

Uprights: 2 x 4 in or 2 x 6 inBearers: 2 x 6 inMaximum scaffold width: 3 ft 6 inBraces: 1 x 6 in

guidelines or tables are given.

intended load -- 500 lbs between poles;applied at the center of the span. Not morethan two employees shall be on a pump jackscaffold at one time between any twosupports. When 2 x 4's are spliced together to

137

make a 4 x 4 inch wood pole, they shall be

Single Pole Wood Pole Scaffolds

Light duty up Light duty up Medium duty Heavy duty upto 20 ft. high to 60 ft. high up to 60 ft. high to 60 ft. high

Maximum intended load 25 25 50 75(lbs/ft(2))

Poles or uprights 2x4 in. 4x4 in. 4x4 in. |4x6 in.

Maximum pole spacing 6 feet 10 feet 8 feet 6 feet(longitudinal)

Maximum pole spacing 5 feet 5 feet 5 feet 5 feet(transverse)

Runners 1x4 in. 1 1/4x9 in. 2x10 in. 2x10 in.

Bearers and maximum 2 x 4 in. 2 x 4 in. 2 x 10 in. 2 x 10 in.spacing of bearers: 3 feet (rough)

6 feet 2x6 in. 2x10 in (rough) 2x10 in. 2x10 in. (rough)or 3 x 4 in. or 3x8 in

8 feet 2x6 in. 2x10 in. (rough) 2x10 in. or 3x4 in. or 3x8 in.

10 feet 2x6 in. 2x10 (rough) or or 3 x 4 in. 3x3 in

Planking 1 1/4x9 in. 2x10 in. 2x10 in. 2x10 in.

Maximum vertical 7 feet 9 feet 7 feet 6 ft. 6 in.spacing of horizontalmembers.

Bracing horizontal 1x4 in. 1x4 in. 1x6 in or 1 2x4 in.1/4x4 in

Bracing diagonal 1x4 in. 1x4 in. 1x4 in. 2x4 in.

Tie-ins 1x4 in. 1x4 in. 1x4 in. 1x4 in.

Note: All members except planking are used on edge. All wood bearers shall be reinforced with 3/16 x 2 inch steel strip,or the equivalent, secured to the lower edges for the entire length of the bearer.

138

Independent Wood Pole Scaffolds

Light duty up Light duty up Medium duty Heavy dutyto 20 ft. high to 60 ft. high up to 60 ft. up to 60 ft.

high high

Maximum load 25 25 lbs/ft 50 lbs/ft 75 lbs/ft2 2 2

Poles or uprights 2x4 in. 4x4 in. 4x4 in. 4x4 in.

Maximum pole spacing 6 feet 10 feet 8 feet 6 feet(longitudinal)

Maximum pole spacing 6 feet 10 feet 8 feet 8 feet(transverse)

Runners 1x4 in. 1 1/4x9 in. 2x10 in. 2x10 in.

Bearers and maximum 2x4 in. 2x4 in. 2x10 in. 2x10 in.spacing of bearers: 3 (rough)feet

6 feet 2x 6 in. 2x10 in 2x10 in. 2x10 in.or 3x4 in. (rough) or 3x8 (rough)

in

8 feet 2x 6 in. 2x10 in. 2x10 in. or 3x4 in. (rough) or 3x8

in.

10 feet 2x 6 in. 2x10 in. or 3x4 in. (rough) or 3x3

in.

Planking 1 1/4x9 in. 2x10 in. 2x10 in. 2x10 in.

Maximum vertical 7 feet 7 feet 6 feet 6 ft.spacing of horizontalmembers.

Bracing horizontal 1x4 in. 1x4 in. 1x6 in. 2x4 in.or 1 1/4x4 in

Bracing diagonal 1x4 in. 1x4 in. 1x4 in. 2x4 in.

Tie-ins 1x4 in. 1x4 in. 1x4 in. 1x4 in.

Note: All members except planking are used on edge. All wood bearers shall be reinforced with 3/16 x 2 inch steel strip,or the equivalent, secured to the lower edges for the entire length of the bearer.

139

Minimum Size of Members

Light duty Medium duty Heavy duty

Maximum intended 25 lbs/ft 50 lbs/ft 75 lbs/ftload

2 2 2

Posts, runners and Nominal 2 in. (1.90 Nominal 2 in. (1.90 Nominal 2 in. (1.90 braces inches) OD steel tube inches) OD steel tube inches) OD steel tube

or pipe or pipe or pipe

Bearers |Nominal 2 (1.90 Nominal 2 in. (1.90 Nominal 2 1/2 in.inches) inches) (2.375 in.)

OD steel tube or pipe OD steel tube or pipe OD steel tube or pipeand a maximum post and a maximum post and a maximum post

spacing of 4 ft. x 10 ft. spacing of 4 ft. x 7 ft. spacing of 6 ft. x 6 ft.or Nominal 2 1/2 in.(2.375 in.) OD steeltube or pipe and a

maximum postspacing of 6 ft. x 8 ft.*

Maximum runner 6 ft. 6 in. 6 ft. 6 in. 6 ft. 6 in.spacing vertically

Bearers shall be installed in the direction of the shorter dimension.*

Note: Longitudinal diagonal bracing shall be installed at an angle of 45 deg. (+/- 5 deg.).

Maximum Number of Planked Levels

Number of WorkingLevels

Maximum number of additional plankedlevels Maximum height

of scaffold (infeet)Light Duty Heavy Duty

MediumDuty

1 16 11 6 1252 11 1 0 1253 6 0 0 1254 1 0 0 125


140

spliced with "10 penny" common nails no face than the outermost edge of the platform.more than 12 inches center to center, By drawing the static line taut, the platform isstaggered uniformly from the opposite outside drawn against the face of the building.edges.

(k) Ladder jack scaffolds. Maximum for a working load of 500 pounds, no moreintended load -- 25 lb/ft . However, not more than two employees shall be permitted on the2

than two employees shall occupy any platform scaffold at one time. On suspension scaffoldsat any one time. Maximum span between with a working load of 750 pounds, no moresupports shall be 8 feet. than three employees shall be permitted on

(l) Window jack scaffolds. Not more thanone employee shall occupy a window jack (p)(3) Ladder-type platforms. The sidescaffold at any one time. stringer shall be of clear straight-grained

(m) Crawling boards (chicken ladders).Crawling boards shall be not less than 10inches wide and 1 inch thick, with cleatshaving a minimum 1 x 1 1/2 inchcross-sectional area. The cleats shall be equalin length to the width of the board and spacedat equal intervals not to exceed 24 inches.

(n) Step, platform, and trestle ladderscaffolds. No additional guidelines or tablesare given.

(o) Single-point adjustable suspensionscaffolds. Maximum intended load -- 250 lbs.Wood seats for boatswains' chairs shall be notless than 1 inch thick if made ofnon-laminated wood, or 5/8 inches thick ifmade of marine quality plywood.

(p) Two-point adjustable suspensionscaffolds.

(p)(1) In addition to direct connections tobuildings (except window cleaners' anchors)acceptable ways to prevent scaffold swayinclude angulated roping and static lines.Angulated roping is a system of platformsuspension in which the upper wire ropesheaves or suspension points are closer to theplane of the building face than thecorresponding attachment points on theplatform, thus causing the platform to pressagainst the face of the building. Static linesare separate ropes secured at their top andbottom ends closer to the plane of the building

(p)(2) On suspension scaffolds designed

the scaffold at one time.

spruce. The rungs shall be of straight-grainedoak, ash, or hickory, at least 1 1/8 inches indiameter, with 7/8 inch tenons mortised intothe side stringers at least 7/8 inch. Thestringers shall be tied together with tie rodsnot less than 1/4 inch in diameter, passingthrough the stringers and riveted up tightagainst washers on both ends. The flooringstrips shall be spaced not more than 5/8 inchapart, except at the side rails where the spacemay be 1 inch. Ladder-type platforms shall beconstructed in accordance with the followingtable:

(p)(4) Plank-Type Platforms. Plank-typeplatforms shall be composed of not less thannominal 2 x 8 inch unspliced planks,connected together on the underside withcleats at intervals not exceeding 4 feet,starting 6 inches from each end. A bar orother effective means shall be securelyfastened to the platform at each end to preventthe platform from slipping off the hanger. Thespan between hangers for plank-typeplatforms shall not exceed 10 feet.

(p)(5) Beam-Type Platforms. Beamplatforms shall have side stringers of lumbernot less than 2 x 6 inches set on edge. Thespan between hangers shall not exceed 12 feetwhen beam platforms are used. The flooringshall be supported on 2 x 6 inch cross beams,laid flat and set into the upper edge of thestringers with a snug fit, at intervals of not

Subpart L Appendix AScaffolds Scaffold Specifications

141

more than 4 feet, securely

Schedule for Ladder - Type Platforms

Length of Platform 12 ft. 14 & 16 ft. 18 & 20 ft. 22 & 24 ft 28 & 30 ft.

Side stringers, minimum crosssection (finished sizes): At ends 1 3/4x2 3/4 in. 1 3/4x2 3/4 in. 1 3/4x3 in. 1 3/4x3 in. 1 3/4x3 1/2 in. At middle 1 3/4x3 3/4 in. 1 3/4x3 3/4 in. 1 3/4x4 in. 1 3/4x4 1/4 in 1 3/4x5 in.

Reinforcing strip (minimum) A 1/8 x 7/8 inch steel reinforcing strip shall be attached to the side or underside, full length.

Rungs Rungs shall be 1 1/8 inch minimum diameter with at least 7/8 inch in diameter tenons, andthe maximum spacing shall be 12 inches to center.

Tie rods: Number (minimum) 3 4 4 5 6 Diameter (minimum) 1/4 inch 1/4 inch 1/4 inch 1/4 inch 1/4 inch

Flooring, minimum finished 1/2x2 3/4 in. 1/2x2 3/4 in. 1/2x2 3/4 in. 1/2x2 3/4 in. 1/2x2 3/4 in.size

nailed to the cross beams. Floor-boards shallnot be spaced more than 1/2 inch apart.

(q)(1) Multi-point adjustable suspensionscaffolds and stonesetters' multi-point more than 50 feet apart.adjustable suspension scaffolds. No specific (r)(5) Ropes shall be equivalent inguidelines or tables are given for these strength to at least 1/2 inch (1.3 cm) diameterscaffolds. improved plow steel wire rope.

(q)(2) Masons' multi-point adjustable (t) Interior hung scaffolds.suspension scaffolds. Maximum intendedload -- 50 lb/ft . Each outrigger beam shall be2

at least a standard 7 inch, 15.3 pound steelI-beam, at least 15 feet long. Such beamsshall not project more than 6 feet 6 inchesbeyond the bearing point. Where the overhang (u) Needle beam scaffolds.exceeds 6 feet 6 inches, outrigger beams shall Maximum intended load: 25 lb/ft.be composed of stronger beams or multiple Beams: 4 x 6 in.beams. Maximum platform span: 8 ft.

(r) Catenary scaffolds. (r)(1) Maximum intended load -- 500 lbs.(r)(2) Not more than two employees shall

be permitted on the scaffold at one time.

(r)(3) Maximum capacity of come-alongshall be 2,000 lbs.

(r)(4) Vertical pickups shall be spaced not

Bearers (use on edge): 2 x 10 in.Maximum intended load: Maximum span25 lb/ft. : 10 ft.2

50 lb/ft. : 10 ft.2

75 lb/ft. : 7 ft.2

2

Maximum beam span: 10 ft.(u)(1) Ropes shall be attached to the

needle beams by a scaffold hitch or an eyesplice. The loose end of the rope shall be tied

Appendix C Subpart LList of National Consensus Standards Scaffolds

142

by a bowline knot or by a round turn and a (30.5 cm) Douglas Fir or Southern Yellowhalf hitch. Pine of Select Structural Grade shall be used.

(u)(2) Ropes shall be equivalent instrength to at least 1 inch (2.5 cm) diameterfirst grade manila rope.

(v) Multi-level suspension scaffolds. Noadditional guidelines or tables are being givenfor these scaffolds.

(w) Mobile Scaffolds. Stability test asdescribed in the ANSI A92 series documents,as appropriate for the type of scaffold, can beused to establish stability for the purpose of1926.452(w)(6).

(x) Repair bracket scaffolds. Noadditional guidelines or tables are being givenfor these scaffolds.

(y) Stilts. No specific guidelines or tablesare given.

(z) Tank builder's scaffold.(z)(1) The maximum distance between

brackets to which scaffolding and guardrailsupports are attached shall be no more than10 feet 6 inches.

(z)(2) Not more than three employeesshall occupy a 10 feet 6 inch span of scaffoldplanking at any time.

(z)(3) A taut wire or synthetic ropesupported on the scaffold brackets shall beinstalled at the scaffold plank level betweenthe innermost edge of the scaffold platformand the curved plate structure of the tank shellto serve as a safety line in lieu of an innerguardrail assembly where the space betweenthe scaffold platform and the tank exceeds 12inches (30.48 cm). In the event the openspace on either side of the rope exceeds 12inches (30.48 cm), a second wire or syntheticrope appropriately placed, or guardrails inaccordance with 1926.451(e)(4), shall beinstalled in order to reduce that open space toless than 12 inches (30.48 cm).

(z)(4) Scaffold planks of roughfull-dimensioned 2-inch (5.1 cm) x 12-inch

Douglas Fir planks shall have a fiber stress ofat least 1900 lb/in (130,929 n/cm ) and a2 2

modulus of elasticity of at least

Subpart M § 1926.500Fall Protection Scope, application, and definitions


143

1,900,000 lb/in (130,929,000 n/cm ), while2 2

Yellow Pine planks shall have a fiber stress ofat least 2500 lb/in (172,275 n/cm ) and a2 2

modulus of elasticity of at least 2,000,000lb/in (137,820,000 n/cm ).2 2

(z)(5) Guardrails shall be constructed of a - materials handlingtaut wire or synthetic rope, and shall be - accesssupported by angle irons attached to brackets - working platformswelded to the steel plates. These guardrails - foundationsshall comply with 1926.451(e)(4). Guardrail - guys, ties and bracessupports shall be located at no greater than 10feet 6 inch intervals.

Subpart L Appendix C - List ofNational Consensus Standards.

ANSI/SIA A92.2-1990 Vehicle-MountedElevating and Rotating Aerial Devices

ANSI/SIA A92.3-1990 ManuallyPropelled Elevating Aerial Platforms

ANSI/SIA A92.5-1990 Boom SupportedElevating Work Platforms

ANSI/SIA A92.6-1990 Self-PropelledElevating Work Platforms

ANSI/SIA A92.7-1990 Airline GroundSupport Vehicle-Mounted Vertical LiftDevices

ANSI/SIA A92.8-1993 Vehicle-MountedBridge Inspection and Maintenance Devices

ANSI/SIA A92.9-1993 Mast-ClimbingWork Platforms

Subpart L Appendix D - List ofTraining Topics for Scaffold Erectorsand Dismantlers.

This Appendix D is provided to serve asa guide to assist employers when evaluatingthe training needs of employees erecting ordismantling supported scaffolds.

The Agency believes that employeeserecting or dismantling scaffolds should betrained in the following topics:

General Overview of Scaffolding - regulations and standards

- erection/dismantling planning - PPE and proper procedures - fall protection

Tubular Welded Frame Scaffolds - specific regulations and standards - components - parts inspection - erection/dismantling planning - guys, ties and braces - fall protection - general safety - access and platforms - erection/dismantling procedures - rolling scaffold assembly - putlogsTube and Clamp Scaffolds - specific regulations and standards - components - parts inspection - erection/dismantling planning - guys, ties and braces - fall protection - general safety - access and platforms - erection/dismantling procedures - buttresses, cantilevers, and bridgesSystem Scaffolds - specific regulations and standards - components - parts inspection - erection/dismantling planning - guys, ties and braces - fall protection - general safety - access and platforms - erection/dismantling procedures

§ 1926.500 Subpart MScope, application, and definitions Fall Protectionapplicable to this subpart

144

- buttresses, cantilevers, and bridges part.

Scaffold erectors and dismantlers shouldall receive the general overview, and, inaddition, specific training for the type ofsupported scaffold being erected ordismantled.

Subpart M - Fall Protection

§ 1926.500 - Scope, application, anddefinitions applicable to this subpart.

(a) Scope and application.(a)(1) This subpart sets forth requirements

and criteria for fall protection in constructionworkplaces covered under 29 CFR part 1926.Exception: The provisions of this subpart donot apply when employees are making aninspection, investigation, or assessment ofworkplace conditions prior to the actual startof construction work or after all constructionwork has been completed.

(a)(2) Section 1926.501 sets forth thoseworkplaces, conditions, operations, andcircumstances for which fall protection shallbe provided except as follows:

(a)(2)(i) Requirements relating to fallprotection for employees working on scaffoldsare provided in subpart L of this part.

(a)(2)(ii) Requirements relating to fallprotection for employees working on certaincranes and derricks are provided in subpart Nof this part.

(a)(2)(iii) Requirements relating to fallprotection for employees performing steelerection work are provided in 1926.105 andin subpart R of this part.

(a)(2)(iv) Requirements relating to fallprotection for employees working on certaintypes of equipment used in tunnelingoperations are provided in subpart S of this

(a)(2)(v) Requirements relating to fallprotection for employees engaged in theconstruction of electric transmission anddistribution lines and equipment are providedin subpart V of this part.

(a)(2)(vi) Requirements relating to fallprotection for employees working onstairways and ladders are provided in subpartX of this part.

(a)(3) Section 1926.502 sets forth therequirements for the installation, construction,and proper use of fall protection required bypart 1926, except as follows:

(a)(3)(i) Performance requirements forguardrail systems used on scaffolds andperformance requirements for falling objectprotection used on scaffolds are provided insubpart L of this part.

(a)(3)(ii) Performance requirements forstairways, stairrail systems, and handrails areprovided in subpart X of this part.

(a)(3)(iii) Additional performancerequirements for personal climbingequipment, lineman's body belts, safety straps,and lanyards are provided in Subpart V of thispart.

(a)(3)(iv) Section 1926.502 does notapply to steel erection activities. (Note:Section 1926.104 sets the criteria for bodybelts, lanyards and lifelines used for fallprotection in steel erection activities.Paragraphs (b), (c) and (f) of 1926.107provide definitions for the pertinent terms).

(a)(4) Section 1926.503 sets forthrequirements for training in the installationand use of fall protection systems, except inrelation to steel erection activities.

(b) Definitions.Anchorage means a secure point of

attachment for lifelines, lanyards ordeceleration devices.

Body belt (safety belt) means a strap with


145

means both for securing it about the waist andfor attaching it to a lanyard, lifeline, ordeceleration device.

Body harness means straps which may besecured about the employee in a manner thatwill distribute the fall arrest forces over atleast the thighs, pelvis, waist, chest andshoulders with means for attaching it to othercomponents of a personal fall arrest system.

Buckle means any device for holding thebody belt or body harness closed around theemployee's body.

Connector means a device which is usedto couple (connect) parts of the personal fallarrest system and positioning device systemstogether. It may be an independent componentof the system, such as a carabiner, or it maybe an integral component of part of the system(such as a buckle or dee-ring sewn into abody belt or body harness, or a snap-hookspliced or sewn to a lanyard or self-retractinglanyard).

Controlled access zone (CAZ) means anarea in which certain work (e.g., overhandbricklaying) may take place without the use ofguardrail systems, personal fall arrestsystems, or safety net systems and access tothe zone is controlled.

Dangerous equipment means equipment(such as pickling or galvanizing tanks,degreasing units, machinery, electricalequipment, and other units) which, as a resultof form or function, may be hazardous toemployees who fall onto or into suchequipment.

Deceleration device means anymechanism, such as a rope grab, rip-stitchlanyard, specially-woven lanyard, tearing ordeforming lanyards, automatic self-retractinglifelines/lanyards, etc., which serves todissipate a substantial amount of energyduring a fall arrest, or otherwise limit theenergy imposed on an employee during fallarrest.

Deceleration distance means theadditional vertical distance a falling employee

Subpart M § 1926.500Fall Protection Scope, application, and definitions


146

travels, excluding lifeline elongation and freefall distance, before stopping, from the pointat which the deceleration device begins tooperate. It is measured as the distancebetween the location of an employee's bodybelt or body harness attachment point at themoment of activation (at the onset of fallarrest forces) of the deceleration deviceduring a fall, and the location of thatattachment point after the employee comes toa full stop.

Equivalent means alternative designs,materials, or methods to protect against ahazard which the employer can demonstratewill provide an equal or greater degree ofsafety for employees than the methods,materials or designs specified in the standard.

Failure means load refusal, breakage, orseparation of component parts. Load refusal isthe point where the ultimate strength isexceeded.

Free fall means the act of falling before apersonal fall arrest system begins to applyforce to arrest the fall.

Free fall distance means the vertical or for connection to anchorages at both endsdisplacement of the fall arrest attachment to stretch horizontally (horizontal lifeline),point on the employee's body belt or body and which serves as a means for connectingharness between onset of the fall and just other components of a personal fall arrestbefore the system begins to apply force to system to the anchorage.arrest the fall. This distance excludesdeceleration distance, and lifeline/lanyardelongation, but includes any decelerationdevice slide distance or self-retractinglifeline/lanyard extension before they operateand fall arrest forces occur.

Guardrail system means a barrier erectedto prevent employees from falling to lowerlevels.

Hole means a gap or void 2 inches (5.1 thereof.cm) or more in its least dimension, in a floor,roof, or other walking/working surface.

Infeasible means that it is impossible toperform the construction work using aconventional fall protection system (i.e.,guardrail system, safety net system, orpersonal fall arrest system) or that it istechnologically impossible to use any one ofthese systems to provide fall protection.

Lanyard means a flexible line of rope,wire rope, or strap which generally has aconnector at each end for connecting the bodybelt or body harness to a deceleration device,lifeline, or anchorage.

Leading edge means the edge of a floor,roof, or formwork for a floor or otherwalking/working surface (such as the deck)which changes location as additional floor,roof, decking, or formwork sections areplaced, formed, or constructed. A leadingedge is considered to be an "unprotected sideand edge" during periods when it is notactively and continuously under construction.

Lifeline means a component consisting ofa flexible line for connection to an anchorageat one end to hang vertically (vertical lifeline),

Low-slope roof means a roof having aslope less than or equal to 4 in 12 (vertical tohorizontal).

Lower levels means those areas orsurfaces to which an employee can fall. Suchareas or surfaces include, but are not limitedto, ground levels, floors, platforms, ramps,runways, excavations, pits, tanks, material,water, equipment, structures, or portions

Mechanical equipment means all motoror human propelled wheeled equipment


147

used for roofing work, except wheelbarrows and equipment, including related insulation,and mopcarts. sheet metal, and vapor barrier work, but not

Opening means a gap or void 30 inches(76 cm) or more high and 18 inches (48 cm) Safety-monitoring system means a safetyor more wide, in a wall or partition, through system in which a competent person iswhich employees can fall to a lower level. responsible for recognizing and warning

Overhand bricklaying and related workmeans the process of laying bricks and Self-retracting lifeline/lanyard means amasonry units such that the surface of the wall deceleration device containing a drum-woundto be jointed is on the opposite side of the line which can be slowly extracted from, orwall from the mason, requiring the mason to retracted onto, the drum under slight tensionlean over the wall to complete the work. during normal employee movement, andRelated work includes mason tending and which, after onset of a fall, automaticallyelectrical installation incorporated into the locks the drum and arrests the fall.brick wall during the overhand bricklayingprocess.

Personal fall arrest system means a closed keeper, or similar arrangement, whichsystem used to arrest an employee in a fall may be opened to permit the hook to receivefrom a working level. It consists of an an object and, when released, automaticallyanchorage, connectors, a body belt or body closes to retain the object. Snaphooks areharness and may include a lanyard, generally one of two types:deceleration device, lifeline, or suitable (1) The locking type with a self-closing,combinations of these. As of January 1, 1998, self-locking keeper which remains closed andthe use of a body belt for fall arrest is locked until unlocked and pressed open forprohibited. connection or disconnection; or

Positioning device system means a bodybelt or body harness system rigged to allow anemployee to be supported on an elevatedvertical surface, such as a wall, and work withboth hands free while leaning.

Rope grab means a deceleration devicewhich travels on a lifeline and automatically,by friction, engages the lifeline and locks soas to arrest the fall of an employee. A ropegrab usually employs the principle of inertial Toeboard means a low protective barrierlocking, cam/level locking, or both. that will prevent the fall of materials and

Roof means the exterior surface on the topof a building. This does not include floors orformwork which, because a building has not Unprotected sides and edges means anybeen completed, temporarily become the top side or edge (except at entrances to points ofsurface of a building. access) of a walking/working surface, e.g.,

Roofing work means the hoisting, storage,application, and removal of roofing materials

including the construction of the roof deck.

employees of fall hazards.

Snaphook means a connector comprisedof a hook-shaped member with a normally

(2) The non-locking type with a self-closing keeper which remains closed untilpressed open for connection or disconnection.As of January 1, 1998, the use of anon-locking snaphook as part of personal fallarrest systems and positioning device systemsis prohibited.

Steep roof means a roof having a slopegreater than 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

equipment to lower levels and provideprotection from falls for personnel.

floor, roof, ramp, or runway where there is nowall or guardrail system at least 39 inches

Subpart M § 1926.501Fall Protection Duty to have fall protection

148

(1.0 m) high. arrest systems.Walking/working surface means any (b)(2) Leading edges.

surface, whether horizontal or vertical onwhich an employee walks or works,including, but not limited to, floors, roofs,ramps, bridges, runways, formwork andconcrete reinforcing steel but not includingladders, vehicles, or trailers, on whichemployees must be located in order toperform their job duties.

Warning line system means a barrier employer shall develop and implement a fallerected on a roof to warn employees that they protection plan which meets the requirementsare approaching an unprotected roof side or of paragraph (k) of 1926.502.edge, and which designates an area in which Note: There is a presumption that it isroofing work may take place without the use feasible and will not create a greater hazard toof guardrail, body belt, or safety net systems implement at least one of the above-listed fallto protect employees in the area. protection systems. Accordingly, the

Work area means that portion of awalking/working surface where job duties arebeing performed.

§ 1926.501 - Duty to have fallprotection.

(a) General.(a)(1) This section sets forth requirements

for employers to provide fall protectionsystems. All fall protection required by thissection shall conform to the criteria set forthin 1926.502 of this subpart.

(a)(2) The employer shall determine if thewalking/working surfaces on which itsemployees are to work have the strength andstructural integrity to support employeessafely. Employees shall be allowed to work onthose surfaces only when the surfaces havethe requisite strength and structural integrity.

(b)(1) Unprotected sides and edges. Eachemployee on a walking/working surface(horizontal and vertical surface) with anunprotected side or edge which is 6 feet (1.8m) or more above a lower level shall beprotected from falling by the use of guardrailsystems, safety net systems, or personal fall

(b)(2)(i) Each employee who isconstructing a leading edge 6 feet (1.8 m) ormore above lower levels shall be protectedfrom falling by guardrail systems, safety netsystems, or personal fall arrest systems.Exception: When the employer candemonstrate that it is infeasible or creates agreater hazard to use these systems, the

employer has the burden of establishing thatit is appropriate to implement a fall protectionplan which complies with 1926.502(k) for aparticular workplace situation, in lieu ofimplementing any of those systems.

(b)(2)(ii) Each employee on awalking/working surface 6 feet (1.8 m) ormore above a lower level where leading edgesare under construction, but who is notengaged in the leading edge work, shall beprotected from falling by a guardrail system,safety net system, or personal fall arrestsystem. If a guardrail system is chosen toprovide the fall protection, and a controlledaccess zone has already been established forleading edge work, the control line may beused in lieu of a guardrail along the edge thatparallels the leading edge.

(b)(3) Hoist areas. Each employee in ahoist area shall be protected from falling 6feet (1.8 m) or more to lower levels byguardrail systems or personal fall arrestsystems. If guardrail systems, [or chain, gate,or guardrail] or portions thereof, are removedto facilitate the hoisting operation (e.g., duringlanding of materials), and an

§ 1926.501 Subpart MDuty to have fall protection Fall Protection

149

employee must lean through the access tected from falling by guardrail systems,opening or out over the edge of the access fences, barricades, or covers.opening (to receive or guide equipment andmaterials, for example), that employee shallbe protected from fall hazards by a personalfall arrest system.

(b)(4) Holes.(b)(4)(i) Each employee on by equipment guards.

walking/working surfaces shall be protectedfrom falling through holes (includingskylights) more than 6 feet (1.8 m) abovelower levels, by personal fall arrest systems,covers, or guardrail systems erected aroundsuch holes.

(b)(4)(ii) Each employee on awalking/working surface shall be protectedfrom tripping in or stepping into or throughholes (including skylights) by covers.

(b)(4)(iii) Each employee on awalking/working surface shall be protectedfrom objects falling through holes (includingskylights) by covers.

(b)(5) Formwork and reinforcing steel.Each employee on the face of formwork orreinforcing steel shall be protected fromfalling 6 feet (1.8 m) or more to lower levelsby personal fall arrest systems, safety netsystems, or positioning device systems.

(b)(6) Ramps, runways, and otherwalkways. Each employee on ramps, runways, Note: Bricklaying operations performedand other walkways shall be protected from on scaffolds are regulated by subpart L -falling 6 feet (1.8 m) or more to lower levels Scaffolds of this part.by guardrail systems.

(b)(7) Excavations.(b)(7)(i) Each employee at the edge of an paragraph (b) of this section, each employee

excavation 6 feet (1.8 m) or more in depth engaged in roofing activities on low-slopeshall be protected from falling by guardrail roofs, with unprotected sides and edges 6 feetsystems, fences, or barricades when the (1.8 m) or more above lower levels shall beexcavations are not readily seen because of protected from falling by guardrail systems,plant growth or other visual barrier; safety net systems, personal fall arrest

(b)(7)(ii) Each employee at the edge of awell, pit, shaft, and similar excavation 6 feet(1.8 m) or more in depth shall be pro-

(b)(8) Dangerous equipment.(b)(8)(i) Each employee less than 6 feet

(1.8 m) above dangerous equipment shall beprotected from falling into or onto thedangerous equipment by guardrail systems or

(b)(8)(ii) Each employee 6 feet (1.8 m) ormore above dangerous equipment shall beprotected from fall hazards by guardrailsystems, personal fall arrest systems, or safetynet systems.

(b)(9) Overhand bricklaying and relatedwork.

(b)(9)(i) Except as otherwise provided inparagraph (b) of this section, each employeeperforming overhand bricklaying and relatedwork 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above lowerlevels, shall be protected from falling byguardrail systems, safety net systems, personalfall arrest systems, or shall work in acontrolled access zone.

(b)(9)(ii) Each employee reaching morethan 10 inches (25 cm) below the level of thewalking/working surface on which they areworking, shall be protected from falling by aguardrail system, safety net system, orpersonal fall arrest system.

(b)(10) Roofing work on Low-sloperoofs. Except as otherwise provided in

systems, or a combination of warning linesystem and guardrail system, warning linesystem and safety net system, or warning line

Subpart M § 1926.502Fall Protection Fall protection systems criteria and practices

150

system and personal fall arrest system, or warning line system and safetymonitoring system. Or, on roofs 50-feet(15.25 m) or less in width (see Appendix A tosubpart M of this part), the use of a safetymonitoring system alone [i.e. without thewarning line system] is permitted.

(b)(11) Steep roofs. Each employee on asteep roof with unprotected sides and edges 6feet (1.8 m) or more above lower levels shallbe protected from falling by guardrail systemswith toeboards, safety net systems, orpersonal fall arrest systems.

(b)(13) Residential construction. Eachemployee engaged in residential constructionactivities 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above lowerlevels shall be protected by guardrail systems,safety net system, or personal fall arrestsystem unless another provision in paragraph(b) of this section provides for an alternativefall protection measure. Exception: When theemployer can demonstrate that it is infeasibleor creates a greater hazard to use thesesystems, the employer shall develop andimplement a fall protection plan which meetsthe requirements of paragraph (k) of1926.502.

Note: There is a presumption that it isfeasible and will not create a greater hazard toimplement at least one of the above-listed fallprotection systems. Accordingly, theemployer has the burden of establishing thatit is appropriate to implement a fall protectionplan which complies with 1926.502(k) for aparticular workplace situation, in lieu ofimplementing any of those systems.

(b)(14) Wall openings. Each employeeworking on, at, above, or near wall openings(including those with chutes attached) wherethe outside bottom edge of the wall opening is6 feet (1.8 m) or more above lower levels andthe inside bottom edge of the wall opening isless than 39 inches (1.0 m) above thewalking/working surface, shall be protectedfrom falling by the use of a guardrail

§ 1926.502 Subpart MFall protection systems criteria and practices Fall Protection

151

system, a safety net system, or a personal fallarrest system.

(b)(15) Walking/working surfaces not provisions:otherwise addressed. Except as provided in (b)(1) Top edge height of top rails, or1926.500(a)(2) or in 1926.501 (b)(1) through equivalent guardrail system members, shall be(b)(14), each employee on a walking/working 42 inches (1.1 m) plus or minus 3 inches (8surface 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above lower cm) above the walking/working level. Whenlevels shall be protected from falling by a conditions warrant, the height of the top edgeguardrail system, safety net system, or may exceed the 45-inch height, provided thepersonal fall arrest system. guardrail system meets all other criteria of this

(c) Protection from falling objects. Whenan employee is exposed to falling objects, theemployer shall have each employee wear ahard hat and shall implement one of thefollowing measures:

(c)(1) Erect toeboards, screens, orguardrail systems to prevent objects fromfalling from higher levels; or,

(c)(2) Erect a canopy structure and keeppotential fall objects far enough from the edgeof the higher level so that those objects wouldnot go over the edge if they were accidentallydisplaced; or,

(c)(3) Barricade the area to which objectscould fall, prohibit employees from enteringthe barricaded area, and keep objects that mayfall far enough away from the edge of a higherlevel so that those objects would not go overthe edge if they were accidentally displaced.

§ 1926.502 - Fall protection systemscriteria and practices.

(a) General.(a)(1) Fall protection systems required by

this part shall comply with the applicableprovisions of this section.

(a)(2) Employers shall provide and installall fall protection systems required by thissubpart for an employee, and shall complywith all other pertinent requirements of thissubpart before that employee begins the workthat necessitates the fall protection.

(b) Guardrail systems. Guardrail systemsand their use shall comply with the following

paragraph.Note: When employees are using stilts, the

top edge height of the top rail, or equivalentmember, shall be increased an amount equalto the height of the stilts.

(b)(2) Midrails, screens, mesh,intermediate vertical members, or equivalentintermediate structural members shall beinstalled between the top edge of the guardrailsystem and the walking/working surface whenthere is no wall or parapet wall at least 21inches (53 cm) high.

(b)(2)(i) Midrails, when used, shall beinstalled at a height midway between the topedge of the guardrail system and thewalking/working level.

(b)(2)(ii) Screens and mesh, when used,shall extend from the top rail to thewalking/working level and along the entireopening between top rail supports.

(b)(2)(iii) Intermediate members (such asbalusters), when used between posts, shall benot more than 19 inches (48 cm) apart.

(b)(2)(iv) Other structural members (suchas additional midrails and architecturalpanels) shall be installed such that there areno openings in the guardrail system that aremore than 19 inches (.5 m) wide.

(b)(3) Guardrail systems shall be capableof withstanding, without failure, a force of atleast 200 pounds (890 N) applied within


152

2 inches (5.1 cm) of the top edge, in anyoutward or downward direction, at any pointalong the top edge.

(b)(4) When the 200 pound (890 N) testload specified in paragraph (b)(3) of thissection is applied in a downward direction,the top edge of the guardrail shall not deflectto a height less than 39 inches (1.0 m) abovethe walking/working level. Guardrail systemcomponents selected and constructed inaccordance with the Appendix B to subpart Mof this part will be deemed to meet thisrequirement.

(b)(5) Midrails, screens, mesh,intermediate vertical members, solid panels,and equivalent structural members shall becapable of withstanding, without failure, aforce of at least 150 pounds (666 N) appliedin any downward or outward direction at anypoint along the midrail or other member.

(b)(6) Guardrail systems shall be sosurfaced as to prevent injury to an employeefrom punctures or lacerations, and to preventsnagging of clothing.

(b)(7) The ends of all top rails andmidrails shall not overhang the terminal posts,except where such overhang does notconstitute a projection hazard.

(b)(8) Steel banding and plastic bandingshall not be used as top rails or midrails.

(b)(9) Top rails and midrails shall be at as part of a personal fall arrest system. least one-quarter inch (0.6 cm) nominal Note: The use of a body belt in adiameter or thickness to prevent cuts and positioning device system is acceptable and islacerations. If wire rope is used for top rails, regulated under paragraph (e) of this section.it shall be flagged at not more than 6-footintervals with high-visibility material.

(b)(10) When guardrail systems are used materials.at hoisting areas, a chain, gate or removableguardrail section shall be placed across theaccess opening between guardrail sectionswhen hoisting operations are not taking place.

(b)(11) When guardrail systems are usedat holes, they shall be erected on allunprotected sides or edges of the hole.

(b)(12) When guardrail systems are usedaround holes used for the passage ofmaterials, the hole shall have not more thantwo sides provided with removable guardrailsections to allow the passage of materials.When the hole is not in use, it shall be closedover with a cover, or a guardrail system shallbe provided along all unprotected sides oredges.

(b)(13) When guardrail systems are usedaround holes which are used as points ofaccess (such as ladderways), they shall beprovided with a gate, or be so offset that aperson cannot walk directly into the hole.

(b)(14) Guardrail systems used on rampsand runways shall be erected along eachunprotected side or edge.

(b)(15) Manila, plastic or synthetic ropebeing used for top rails or midrails shall beinspected as frequently as necessary to ensurethat it continues to meet the strengthrequirements of paragraph (b)(3) of thissection.

(d) Personal fall arrest systems. Personalfall arrest systems and their use shall complywith the provisions set forth below. EffectiveJanuary 1, 1998, body belts are not acceptable

(d)(1) Connectors shall be drop forged,pressed or formed steel, or made of equivalent

(d)(2) Connectors shall have acorrosion-resistant finish, and all surfaces andedges shall be smooth to prevent damage tointerfacing parts of the system.


153

(d)(3) Dee-rings and snaphooks shallhave a minimum tensile strength of 5,000pounds (22.2 kN). (d)(13) Self-retracting lifelines and

(d)(4) Dee-rings and snaphooks shall beproof-tested to a minimum tensile load of3,600 pounds (16 kN) without cracking,breaking, or taking permanent deformation.

(d)(5) Snaphooks shall be sized to becompatible with the member to which theyare connected to prevent unintentionaldisengagement of the snaphook by depressionof the snaphook keeper by the connectedmember, or shall be a locking type snaphookdesigned and used to prevent disengagementof the snaphook by the contact of the (d)(15) Anchorages used for attachmentsnaphook keeper by the connected member. of personal fall arrest equipment shall beEffective January 1, 1998, only locking type independent of any anchorage being used tosnaphooks shall be used. support or suspend platforms and capable of

(d)(6) Unless the snaphook is a lockingtype and designed for the followingconnections, snaphooks shall not be engaged:

(d)(6)(i) directly to webbing, rope or wirerope;

(d)(6)(ii) to each other;(d)(6)(iii) to a dee-ring to which another

snaphook or other connector is attached;(d)(6)(iv) to a horizontal lifeline; or(d)(6)(v) to any object which is

incompatibly shaped or dimensioned inrelation to the snaphook such thatunintentional disengagement could occur bythe connected object being able to depress thesnaphook keeper and release itself.

(d)(9) Lanyards and vertical lifelines shallhave a minimum breaking strength of 5,000pounds (22.2 kN).

(d)(11) Lifelines shall be protected againstbeing cut or abraded.

(d)(12) Self-retracting lifelines andlanyards which automatically limit free falldistance to 2 feet (0.61 m) or less shall becapable of sustaining a minimum tensile loadof 3,000 pounds (13.3 kN) applied to

the device with the lifeline or lanyard in thefully extended position.

lanyards which do not limit free fall distanceto 2 feet (0.61 m) or less, ripstitch lanyards,and tearing and deforming lanyards shall becapable of sustaining a minimum tensile loadof 5,000 pounds (22.2 kN) applied to thedevice with the lifeline or lanyard in the fullyextended position.

(d)(14) Ropes and straps (webbing) usedin lanyards, lifelines, and strength componentsof body belts and body harnesses shall bemade from synthetic fibers.

supporting at least 5,000 pounds (22.2 kN)per employee attached, or shall be designed,installed, and used as follows:

(d)(15)(i) as part of a complete personalfall arrest system which maintains a safetyfactor of at least two; and

(d)(15)(ii) under the supervision of aqualified person.

(d)(16) Personal fall arrest systems, whenstopping a fall, shall:

(d)(16)(i) limit maximum arresting forceon an employee to 900 pounds (4 kN) whenused with a body belt;

(d)(16)(ii) limit maximum arresting forceon an employee to 1,800 pounds (8 kN) whenused with a body harness;

(d)(16)(iii) be rigged such that anemployee can neither free fall more than 6feet (1.8 m), nor contact any lower level;

(d)(16)(iv) bring an employee to acomplete stop and limit maximumdeceleration distance an employee travels to3.5 feet (1.07 m); and,

(d)(16)(v) have sufficient strength towithstand twice the potential impact energy of


154

an employee free falling a distance of 6 feet (1.8 m), or the free fall distancepermitted by the system, whichever is less.

Note: If the personal fall arrest systemmeets the criteria and protocols contained inAppendix C to subpart M, and if the system isbeing used by an employee having acombined person and tool weight of less than310 pounds (140 kg), the system will beconsidered to be in compliance with theprovisions of paragraph (d)(16) of thissection. If the system is used by an employeehaving a combined tool and body weight of310 pounds (140 kg) or more, then theemployer must appropriately modify thecriteria and protocols of the Appendix toprovide proper protection for such heavierweights, or the system will not be deemed tobe in compliance with the requirements ofparagraph (d)(16) of this section.

(d)(17) The attachment point of the bodybelt shall be located in the center of thewearer's back. The attachment point of thebody harness shall be located in the center ofthe wearer's back near shoulder level, orabove the wearer's head.

(d)(18) Body belts, harnesses, andcomponents shall be used only for employeeprotection (as part of a personal fall arrestsystem or positioning device system) and notto hoist materials.

(d)(19) Personal fall arrest systems andcomponents subjected to impact loading shallbe immediately removed from service andshall not be used again for employeeprotection until inspected and determined bya competent person to be undamaged andsuitable for reuse.

(d)(20) The employer shall provide forprompt rescue of employees in the event of afall or shall assure that employees are able torescue themselves.

(d)(21) Personal fall arrest systems shallbe inspected prior to each use for wear,


155

damage and other deterioration, and defective nected member. As of January 1, 1998, onlycomponents shall be removed from service. locking type snaphooks shall be used.

(d)(22) Body belts shall be at least one (e)(8) Unless the snaphook is a lockingand five-eighths (1 5/8) inches (4.1 cm) wide. type and designed for the following

(d)(23) Personal fall arrest systems shallnot be attached to guardrail systems, nor shall (e)(8)(i) directly to webbing, rope or wirethey be attached to hoists except as specified rope;in other subparts of this Part.

(e) Positioning device systems.Positioning device systems and their use shallconform to the following provisions:

(e)(1) Positioning devices shall be riggedsuch that an employee cannot free fall morethan 2 feet (.9 m).

(e)(2) Positioning devices shall be securedto an anchorage capable of supporting at leasttwice the potential impact load of anemployee's fall or 3,000 pounds (13.3 kN),whichever is greater.

(e)(3) Connectors shall be drop forged,pressed or formed steel, or made of equivalentmaterials.

(e)(4) Connectors shall have acorrosion-resistant finish, and all surfaces andedges shall be smooth to prevent damage tointerfacing parts of this system.

(e)(5) Connecting assemblies shall have aminimum tensile strength of 5,000 pounds(22.2 kN)

(e)(6) Dee-rings and snaphooks shall be the following provisions.proof-tested to a minimum tensile load of3,600 pounds (16 kN) without cracking,breaking, or taking permanent deformation.

(e)(7) Snaphooks shall be sized to be shall be defined by a control line or by anycompatible with the member to which they other means that restricts access.are connected to prevent unintentionaldisengagement of the snaphook by depressionof the snaphook keeper by the connectedmember, or shall be a locking type snaphookdesigned and used to prevent disengagementof the snaphook by the contact of thesnaphook keeper by the con-

connections, snaphooks shall not be engaged:

(e)(8)(ii) to each other;(e)(8)(iii) to a dee-ring to which another

snaphook or other connector is attached;(e)(8)(iv) to a horizontal lifeline; or(e)(8)(v) to any object which is

incompatibly shaped or dimensioned inrelation to the snaphook such thatunintentional disengagement could occur bythe connected object being able to depress thesnaphook keeper and release itself.

(e)(9) Positioning device systems shall beinspected prior to each use for wear, damage,and other deterioration, and defectivecomponents shall be removed from service.

(e)(10) Body belts, harnesses, andcomponents shall be used only for employeeprotection (as part of a personal fall arrestsystem or positioning device system) and notto hoist materials.

(g) Controlled access zones. Controlledaccess zones [See 1926.501(b)(9) and1926.502(k)] and their use shall conform to

(g)(1) When used to control access toareas where leading edge and other operationsare taking place the controlled access zone

(g)(1)(i) When control lines are used, theyshall be erected not less than 6 feet (1.8 m)nor more than 25 feet (7.7 m) from theunprotected or leading edge, except whenerecting precast concrete members.

(g)(1)(ii) When erecting precast concretemembers, the control line shall be erected notless than 6 feet (1.8 m) nor more than


156

60 feet (18 m) or half the length of the from the walking/working surface.member being erected, whichever is less,from the leading edge.

(g)(1)(iii) The control line shall extendalong the entire length of the unprotected orleading edge and shall be approximatelyparallel to the unprotected or leading edge.

(g)(1)(iv) The control line shall beconnected on each side to a guardrail systemor wall.

(g)(2) When used to control access toareas where overhand bricklaying and relatedwork are taking place:

(g)(2)(i) The controlled access zone shallbe defined by a control line erected not lessthan 10 feet (3.1 m) nor more than 15 feet(4.5 m) from the working edge.

(g)(2)(ii) The control line shall extend fora distance sufficient for the controlled accesszone to enclose all employees performingoverhand bricklaying and related work at theworking edge and shall be approximatelyparallel to the working edge.

(g)(2)(iii) Additional control lines shall beerected at each end to enclose the controlledaccess zone.

(g)(2)(iv) Only employees engaged inoverhand bricklaying or related work shall bepermitted in the controlled access zone.

(g)(3) Control lines shall consist of ropes,wires, tapes, or equivalent materials, andsupporting stanchions as follows:

(g)(3)(i) Each line shall be flagged orotherwise clearly marked at not more than6-foot (1.8 m) intervals with high-visibilitymaterial.

(g)(3)(ii) Each line shall be rigged andsupported in such a way that its lowest point(including sag) is not less than 39 inches (1m) from the walking/working surface and itshighest point is not more than 45 inches (1.3m) [50 inches (1.3 m) when overhandbricklaying operations are being performed]


157

(g)(3)(iii) Each line shall have a minimumbreaking strength of 200 pounds (.88 kN).

(g)(4) On floors and roofs where guardrailsystems are not in place prior to the beginningof overhand bricklaying operations, controlledaccess zones shall be enlarged, as necessary, (j)(6)(i) No materials or equipment exceptto enclose all points of access, material masonry and mortar shall be stored within 4handling areas, and storage areas. feet (1.2 m) of the working edge.

(g)(5) On floors and roofs where guardrail (j)(6)(ii) Excess mortar, broken orsystems are in place, but need to be removed scattered masonry units, and all otherto allow overhand bricklaying work or leading materials and debris shall be kept clear fromedge work to take place, only that portion of the work area by removal at regular intervals.the guardrail necessary to accomplish thatday's work shall be removed.

(j) Protection from falling objects. Fallingobject protection shall comply with thefollowing provisions:

(j)(1) Toeboards, when used as fallingobject protection, shall be erected along theedge of the overhead walking/working surfacefor a distance sufficient to protect employeesbelow.

(j)(2) Toeboards shall be capable ofwithstanding, without failure, a force of atleast 50 pounds (222 N) applied in anydownward or outward direction at any pointalong the toeboard.

(j)(3) Toeboards shall be a minimum of 31/2 inches (9 cm) in vertical height from theirtop edge to the level of the walking/workingsurface. They shall have not more than 1/4inch (0.6 cm) clearance above thewalking/working surface. They shall be solidor have openings not over 1 inch (2.5 cm) ingreatest dimension.

(j)(4) Where tools, equipment, ormaterials are piled higher than the top edge ofa toeboard, paneling or screening shall beerected from the walking/working surface ortoeboard to the top of a guardrail system's toprail or midrail, for a distance sufficient toprotect employees below.

(j)(5) Guardrail systems, when used as

falling object protection, shall have allopenings small enough to prevent passage ofpotential falling objects.

(j)(6) During the performance of overhandbricklaying and related work:

(j)(7) During the performance of roofingwork:

(j)(7)(i) Materials and equipment shall notbe stored within 6 feet (1.8 m) of a roof edgeunless guardrails are erected at the edge.

(j)(7)(ii) Materials which are piled,grouped, or stacked near a roof edge shall bestable and self-supporting.

(j)(8) Canopies, when used as fallingobject protection, shall be strong enough toprevent collapse and to prevent penetration byany objects which may fall onto the canopy.

(k) Fall protection plan. This option isavailable only to employees engaged inleading edge work, precast concrete erectionwork, or residential construction work (See1926.501(b)(2), (b)(12), and (b)(13)) whocan demonstrate that it is infeasible or itcreates a greater hazard to use conventionalfall protection equipment. The fall protectionplan must conform to the followingprovisions.

(k)(1) The fall protection plan shall beprepared by a qualified person and developedspecifically for the site where the leading edgework, precast concrete work, or residentialconstruction work is being performed and theplan must be maintained up to date.


158

(k)(2) Any changes to the fall protectionplan shall be approved by a qualified person.

(k)(3) A copy of the fall protection planwith all approved changes shall be maintainedat the job site.

(k)(4) The implementation of the fallprotection plan shall be under the supervisionof a competent person.

(k)(5) The fall protection plan shalldocument the reasons why the use ofconventional fall protection systems(guardrail systems, personal fall arrestsystems, or safety nets systems) are infeasibleor why their use would create a greaterhazard.

(k)(6) The fall protection plan shallinclude a written discussion of other measuresthat will be taken to reduce or eliminate thefall hazard for workers who cannot beprovided with protection from theconventional fall protection systems. Forexample, the employer shall discuss the extentto which scaffolds, ladders, or vehiclemounted work platforms can be used toprovide a safer working surface and therebyreduce the hazard of falling.

(k)(7) The fall protection plan shallidentify each location where conventional fallprotection methods cannot be used. Theselocations shall then be classified as controlledaccess zones and the employer must complywith the criteria in paragraph (g) of thissection.

(k)(8) Where no other alternative measurehas been implemented, the employer shallimplement a safety monitoring system inconformance with 1926.502(h).

(k)(9) The fall protection plan mustinclude a statement which provides the nameor other method of identification for eachemployee who is designated to work incontrolled access zones. No other employeesmay enter controlled access zones.

§ 1926.503 Subpart MTraining requirements Fall Protection

159

(k)(10) In the event an employee falls, orsome other related, serious incident occurs,(e.g., a near miss) the employer shall (a)(2)(vi) The correct procedures for theinvestigate the circumstances of the fall or handling and storage of equipment andother incident to determine if the fall materials and the erection of overheadprotection plan needs to be changed (e.g. new protection; andpractices, procedures, or training) and shallimplement those changes to prevent similartypes of falls or incidents.

§ 1926.503 - Training requirements.The following training provisions

supplement and clarify the requirements of1926.21 regarding the hazards addressed insubpart M of this part.

(a) Training Program.(a)(1) The employer shall provide a

training program for each employee whomight be exposed to fall hazards. Theprogram shall enable each employee torecognize the hazards of falling and shall traineach employee in the procedures to befollowed in order to minimize these hazards.

(a)(2) The employer shall assure that eachemployee has been trained, as necessary, by acompetent person qualified in the followingareas:

(a)(2)(i) The nature of fall hazards in thework area;

(a)(2)(ii) The correct procedures forerecting, maintaining, disassembling, andinspecting the fall protection systems to beused;

(a)(2)(iii) The use and operation ofguardrail systems, personal fall arrestsystems, safety net systems, warning linesystems, safety monitoring systems, controlledaccess zones, and other protection to be used;

(a)(2)(iv) The role of each employee inthe safety monitoring system when this systemis used;

(a)(2)(v) The limitations on the use ofmechanical equipment during the

performance of roofing work on low-slopedroofs;

(a)(2)(vii) The role of employees in fallprotection plans;

(a)(2)(viii) The standards contained in thissubpart.

(b) Certification of training.(b)(1) The employer shall verify

compliance with paragraph (a) of this sectionby preparing a written certification record.The written certification record shall containthe name or other identity of the employeetrained, the date(s) of the training, and thesignature of the person who conducted thetraining or the signature of the employer. Ifthe employer relies on training conducted byanother employer or completed prior to theeffective date of this section, the certificationrecord shall indicate the date the employerdetermined the prior training was adequaterather than the date of actual training.

(b)(2) The latest training certificationshall be maintained.

(c) Retraining. When the employer hasreason to believe that any affected employeewho has already been trained does not havethe understanding and skill required byparagraph (a) of this section, the employershall retrain each such employee.Circumstances where retraining is requiredinclude, but are not limited to, situationswhere:

(c)(1) Changes in the workplace renderprevious training obsolete; or

(c)(2) Changes in the types of fallprotection systems or equipment to be usedrender previous training obsolete; or

(c)(3) Inadequacies in an affectedemployee's knowledge or use of fall

Subpart M Appendix AFall Protection Determining Roof Widths - Non-mandatory

Guidelines for Complying with 1926.501(b)(10)

160

protection systems or equipment indicate that Note: The following appendices to subpartthe employee has not retained the requisite M of this part serve as non-mandatoryunderstanding or skill. guidelines to assist employers in complying

with the appropriate requirements of subpartM of this part.

Subpart M Appendix A - DeterminingRoof Widths - Non-mandatoryGuidelines for Complying with1926.501(b)(10)

(1) This Appendix serves as a guideline toassist employers complying with therequirements of 1926.501(b)(10). Section1910.501(b)(10) allows the use of a safetymonitoring system alone as a means ofproviding fall protection during theperformance of roofing operations onlow-sloped roofs 50 feet (15.25 m) or less inwidth. Each example in the appendix shows aroof plan or plans and indicates where eachroof or roof area is to be measured todetermine its width. Section views orelevation views are shown where appropriate.Some examples show "correct" and"incorrect" subdivisions of irregularly shapedroofs divided into smaller, regularly shapedareas. In all examples, the dimension selectedto be the width of an area is the lesser of thetwo primary dimensions of the area, asviewed

from above. Example A shows that on a general rule of using dividing lines ofsimple rectangular roof, width is the lesser of minimum length to minimize the size andthe two primary overall dimensions. This is number of the areas which are potentially lessalso the case with roofs which are sloped than 50 feet (15.25 m) wide. The intent is totoward or away from the roof center, as minimize the number of roof areas whereshown in Example B. safety monitoring systems alone are sufficient

(2) Many roofs are not simple rectangles.Such roofs may be broken down into subareas (3) Roofs which are comprised of severalas shown in Example C. The process of separate, non-contiguous roof areas, as individing a roof area can produce many Example D, may be considered as a series ofdifferent configurations. Example C gives the individual roofs. Some roofs have penthouses,

protection.

161

additional floors, courtyard openings, orsimilar architectural features; Example Eshows how the rule for dividing roofs intosubareas is applied to such configurations.Irregular, non-rectangular roofs must beconsidered on an individual basis, as shown inExample F.

Example A - Rectangular Shaped Roofs

Example B - Sloped Rectangular Shaped Roofs

Example C - - Irregularly Shaped Roofs With Rectangular Shaped SectionsSuch roofs are to be divided into sub-areas by using dividing lines of minimum length to minimize the sizeand number of the areas which are potentially less than or equal to 50 feet (15.25 meters) in width, in orderto limit the size of roof areas where the safety monitoring system alone can be used [1926.502(b)(10)].

162

Dotted lines are used in the examples to show the location of dividing lines. W denotes incorrectmeasurements of width.

Example DSeparate, Non-Contiguous Roof Areas

164

Example E - Roofs With Penthouses, Open Courtyards, Additional Floors, etc.Such roofs are to be divided into sub-areas by using dividing lines of minimum length to minimize the sizeand number of the areas which are potentially less than or equal to 50 feet (15.25 meters) in width, in orderto limit the size of roof areas where the safety monitoring system alone can be used [1926.502(b)(10)].Dotted lines are used in the examples to show the location of dividing lines. W denotes incorrectmeasurements of width.

Example F - Irregular, Non-Rectangular Shaped Roofs

Subpart M Appendix CFall Protection Personal Fall Arrest Systems - Non-Mandatory

Guidelines for Complying with 1926.502(d)

165

Subpart M Appendix B - GuardrailSystems - Non-Mandatory Guidelinesfor Complying with 1926.502(b)

The standard requires guardrail systemsand components to be designed and built tomeet the requirements of 1926.502(b)(3), (4),and (5). This Appendix serves as anon-mandatory guideline to assist employersin complying with these requirements. Anemployer may use these guidelines as astarting point for designing guardrail systems.However, the guidelines do not provide all theinformation necessary to build a completesystem, and the employer is still responsiblefor designing and assembling thesecomponents in such a way that the completedsystem will meet the requirements of1926.502(b)(3), (4), and (5). Components forwhich no specific guidelines are given in thisAppendix (e.g., joints, base connections,components made with other materials, andcomponents with other dimensions) must alsobe designed and constructed in such a waythat the completed system meets therequirements of 1926.502.

(1) For wood railings: Wood componentsshall be minimum 1500 lb-ft/in(2) fiber(stress grade) construction grade lumber; theposts shall be at least 2-inch by 4-inch (5 cmx 10 cm) lumber spaced not more than 8 feet(2.4 m) apart on centers; the top rail shall beat least 2-inch by 4-inch (5 cm x 10 cm)lumber, the intermediate rail shall be at least1-inch by 6-inch (2.5 cm x 15 cm) lumber.All lumber dimensions are nominal sizes asprovided by the American Softwood LumberStandards, dated January 1970.

(2) For pipe railings: posts, top rails, andintermediate railings shall be at least one andone-half inches nominal diameter (schedule40 pipe) with posts spaced not more than 8feet (2.4 m) apart on centers.

Appendix C Subpart MPersonal Fall Arrest Systems - Non-Mandatory Fall ProtectionGuidelines for Complying with 1926.502(d)

166

(3) For structural steel railings: posts, toprails, and intermediate rails shall be at least2-inch by 2-inch (5 cm x 10 cm) by 3/8-inch(1.1 cm) angles, with posts spaced not morethan 8 feet (2.4 m) apart on centers.

Subpart M Appendix C - Personal FallArrest Systems - Non-MandatoryGuidelines for Complying with1926.502(d)

(c) Component compatibilityconsiderations. Ideally, a personal fall arrestsystem is designed, tested, and supplied as acomplete system. However, it is commonpractice for lanyards, connectors, lifelines,deceleration devices, body belts and bodyharnesses to be interchanged since somecomponents wear out before others. Theemployer and employee should realize thatnot all components are interchangeable. Forinstance, a lanyard should not be connectedbetween a body belt (or harness) and adeceleration device of the self-retracting typesince this can result in additional free fall forwhich the system was not designed. Anysubstitution or change to a personal fall arrestsystem should be fully evaluated or tested bya competent person to determine that it meetsthe standard, before the modified system isput in use.

(d) Employee training considerations.Thorough employee training in the selectionand use of personal fall arrest systems isimperative. Employees must be trained in thesafe use of the system. This should include thefollowing: application limits; properanchoring and tie-off techniques; estimationof free fall distance, including determinationof deceleration distance, and total fall distanceto prevent striking a lower level; methods ofuse; and inspection and storage of the system.Careless or improper use of the equipment

can result in serious injury or death.Employers and employees should becomefamiliar with the material in this Appendix, aswell as manufacturer's recommendations,before a system is used. Of uppermostimportance is the reduction in strength causedby certain tie-offs (such as using knots, tyingaround sharp edges, etc.) and maximumpermitted free fall distance. Also, to bestressed are the importance of inspectionsprior to use, the limitations of the equipment,and unique conditions at the worksite whichmay be important in determining the type ofsystem to use.

(e) Instruction considerations. Employersshould obtain comprehensive instructionsfrom the supplier as to the system's proper useand application, including, where applicable:

(e)(1) The force measured during thesample force test;

(e)(2) The maximum elongation measuredfor lanyards during the force test;

(e)(3) The deceleration distance measuredfor deceleration devices during the force test;

(e)(4) Caution statements on critical uselimitations;

(e)(5) Application limits;(e)(6) Proper hook-up, anchoring and

tie-off techniques, including the properdee-ring or other attachment point to use onthe body belt and harness for fall arrest;

(e)(7) Proper climbing techniques;(e)(8) Methods of inspection, use,

cleaning, and storage; and(e)(9) Specific lifelines which may be

used.This information should be provided toemployees during training.

(f) Rescue considerations. As required by1926.502(d)(20), when personal fall arrestsystems are used, the employer must assurethat employees can be promptly rescued orcan rescue themselves should a fall occur.

Subpart M Appendix CFall Protection Personal Fall Arrest Systems - Non-Mandatory

Guidelines for Complying with 1926.502(d)

167

The availability of rescue personnel, ladders and experience should design an anchor pointor other rescue equipment should be to be installed.evaluated. In some situations, equipmentwhich allows employees to rescue themselvesafter the fall has been arrested may bedesirable, such as devices which have descentcapability.

(g) Inspection considerations. As an acceptable strap is available for therequired by 1926.502(d)(21), personal fall connection (do not use a lanyard with aarrest systems must be regularly inspected. snaphook clipped onto itself); large eye-boltsAny component with any significant defect, made of an appropriate grade steel; guardrailssuch as cuts, tears, abrasions, mold, or undue or railings if they have been designed for usestretching; alterations or additions which as an anchor point; or masonry or woodmight affect its efficiency; damage due to members only if the attachment point isdeterioration; contact with fire, acids, or other substantial and precautions have been takencorrosives; distorted hooks or faulty hook to assure that bolts or other connectors willsprings; tongues unfitted to the shoulder of not pull through. A qualified person should bebuckles; loose or damaged mountings; used to evaluate the suitable of these "makenon-functioning parts; or wearing or internal shift" anchorages with a focus on properdeterioration in the ropes must be withdrawn strength.from service immediately, and should betagged or marked as unusable, or destroyed.

(h) Tie-off considerations. personal fall arrest system is based on its(h)(1) One of the most important aspects

of personal fall protection systems is fullyplanning the system before it is put into use.Probably the most overlooked component isplanning for suitable anchorage points. Suchplanning should ideally be done before thestructure or building is constructed so thatanchorage points can be incorporated duringconstruction for use later for window cleaningor other building maintenance. If properly (h)(3) Tie-off using a knot in a ropeplanned, these anchorage points may be used lanyard or lifeline (at any location) can reduceduring construction, as well as afterwards. the lifeline or lanyard strength by 50 percent

(h)(1)(i) Properly planned anchoragesshould be used if they are available. In somecases, anchorages must be installedimmediately prior to use. In such cases, aregistered professional engineer withexperience in designing fall protectionsystems, or another qualified person withappropriate education

(h)(1)(ii) In other cases, the Agencyrecognizes that there will be a need to devisean anchor point from existing structures.Examples of what might be appropriateanchor points are steel members or I-beams if

(h)(2) Employers and employees should atall times be aware that the strength of a

being attached to an anchoring system whichdoes not reduce the strength of the system(such as a properly dimensionedeye-bolt/snap-hook anchorage). Therefore, ifa means of attachment is used that will reducethe strength of the system, that componentshould be replaced by a stronger one, but onethat will also maintain the appropriatemaximum arrest force characteristics.

or more. Therefore, a stronger lanyard orlifeline should be used to compensate for theweakening effect of the knot, or the lanyardlength should be reduced (or the tie-offlocation raised) to minimize free fall distance,or the lanyard or lifeline should be replacedby one which has an appropriately

Appendix C Subpart MPersonal Fall Arrest Systems - Non-Mandatory Fall ProtectionGuidelines for Complying with 1926.502(d)

168

incorporated connector to eliminate the need increased for each additional employee to befor a knot. tied off. For these and other reasons, the

(h)(4) Tie-off of a rope lanyard or lifelinearound an "H" or "I" beam or similar supportcan reduce its strength as much as 70 percentdue to the cutting action of the beam edges.Therefore, use should be made of a webbing (h)(7) The strength of an eye-bolt is ratedlanyard or wire core lifeline around the beam; along the axis of the bolt and its strength isor the lanyard or lifeline should be protected greatly reduced if the force is applied at anfrom the edge; or free fall distance should be angle to this axis (in the direction of shear).greatly minimized. Also, care should be exercised in selecting the

(h)(5) Tie-off where the line passes overor around rough or sharp surfaces reducesstrength drastically. Such a tie-off should beavoided or an alternative tie-off rigging (h)(8) Due to the significant reduction inshould be used. Such alternatives may include the strength of the lifeline/lanyard (in someuse of a snap-hook/dee ring connection, wire cases, as much as a 70 percent reduction), therope tie-off, an effective padding of the sliding hitch knot (prusik) should not be usedsurfaces, or an abrasion-resistance strap for lifeline/lanyard connections except inaround or over the problem surface. emergency situations where no other available

(h)(6) Horizontal lifelines may, dependingon their geometry and angle of sag, besubjected to greater loads than the impactload imposed by an attached component.When the angle of horizontal lifeline sag isless than 30 degrees, the impact forceimparted to the lifeline by an attached lanyardis greatly amplified. For example, with a sagangle of 15 degrees, the force amplification is (j) Snap-hook considerations.about 2:1 and at 5 degrees sag, it is about 6:1.Depending on the angle of sag, and the line'selasticity, the strength of the horizontal lifelineand the anchorages to which it is attachedshould be increased a number of times overthat of the lanyard. Extreme care should betaken in considering a horizontal lifeline formultiple tie-offs. The reason for this is that inmultiple tie-offs to a horizontal lifeline, if oneemployee falls, the movement of the fallingemployee and the horizontal lifeline duringarrest of the fall may cause other employees tofall also. Horizontal lifeline and anchoragestrength should be

design of systems using horizontal lifelinesmust only be done by qualified persons.Testing of installed lifelines and anchors priorto use is recommended.

proper diameter of the eye to avoid accidentaldisengagement of snap-hooks not designed tobe compatible for the connection.

system is practical. The "one-and-one" slidinghitch knot should never be used because it isunreliable in stopping a fall. The"two-and-two," or "three-and-three" knot(preferable) may be used in emergencysituations; however, care should be taken tolimit free fall distance to a minimum becauseof reduced lifeline/lanyard strength.

(j)(1) Although not required by thisstandard for all connections until January 1,1998, locking snaphooks designed forconnection to suitable objects (of sufficientstrength) are highly recommended in lieu ofthe nonlocking type. Locking snaphooksincorporate a positive locking mechanism inaddition to the spring loaded keeper, whichwill not allow the keeper to open undermoderate pressure without someone firstreleasing the mechanism. Such a feature,properly designed, effectively preventsroll-out from occurring.

(j)(2) As required by 1926.502(d)(6), the

Subpart M Appendix DFall Protection Positioning Device Systems - Non-Mandatory

Guidelines for Complying with 1926.502(e)

169

following connections must be avoided lanyard is used, the total free fall distance will(unless properly designed locking snaphooks be the distance from the working level to theare used) because they are conditions which body belt (or harness) attachment point pluscan result in roll-out when a nonlocking the 6 feet (1.8 m) of lanyard length. Anothersnaphook is used: important consideration is that the arresting

(j)(2)(i) Direct connection of a snaphookto a horizontal lifeline.

(j)(2)(ii) Two (or more) snaphooksconnected to one dee-ring.

(j)(2)(iii) Two snaphooks connected toeach other.

(j)(2)(iv) A snaphook connected back onits integral lanyard.

(j)(2)(v) A snaphook connected to awebbing loop or webbing lanyard.

(j)(2)(vi) Improper dimensions of thedee-ring, rebar, or other connection point inrelation to the snaphook dimensions whichwould allow the snaphook keeper to bedepressed by a turning motion of thesnaphook.

(k) Free fall considerations. Theemployer and employee should at all times beaware that a system's maximum arrestingforce is evaluated under normal useconditions established by the manufacturer,and in no case using a free fall distance inexcess of 6 feet (1.8 m). A few extra feet offree fall can significantly increase thearresting force on the employee, possibly tothe point of causing injury. Because of this,the free fall distance should be kept at aminimum, and, as required by the standard, inno case greater than 6 feet (1.8 m). To helpassure this, the tie-off attachment point to thelifeline or anchor should be located at orabove the connection point of the fall arrestequipment to belt or harness. (Sinceotherwise additional free fall distance is addedto the length of the connecting means (i.e.lanyard)). Attaching to the working surfacewill often result in a free fall greater than 6feet (1.8 m). For instance, if a 6 foot (1.8 m)

force which the fall system must withstandalso goes up with greater distances of free fall,possibly exceeding the strength of the system.

(l) Elongation and deceleration distanceconsiderations. Other factors involved in aproper tie-off are elongation and decelerationdistance. During the arresting of a fall, alanyard will experience a length of stretchingor elongation, whereas activation of adeceleration device will result in a certainstopping distance. These distances should beavailable with the lanyard or device'sinstructions and must be added to the free falldistance to arrive at the total fall distancebefore an employee is fully stopped. Theadditional stopping distance may be verysignificant if the lanyard or decelerationdevice is attached near or at the end of a longlifeline, which may itself add considerabledistance due to its own elongation. Asrequired by the standard, sufficient distance toallow for all of these factors must also bemaintained between the employee andobstructions below, to prevent an injury dueto impact before the system fully arrests thefall. In addition, a minimum of 12 feet (3.7 m)of lifeline should be allowed below thesecuring point of a rope grab typedeceleration device, and the end terminated toprevent the device from sliding off the lifeline.Alternatively, the lifeline should extend to theground or the next working level below.These measures are suggested to prevent theworker from inadvertently moving past theend of the lifeline and having the rope grabbecome disengaged from the lifeline.

Appendix E Subpart MSample Fall Protection Plan - Non-Mandatory Fall ProtectionGuidelines for Complying with 1926.502(k)

170

(m) Obstruction considerations. Thelocation of the tie-off should also consider thehazard of obstructions in the potential fallpath of the employee. Tie-offs whichminimize the possibilities of exaggerated (a) General.swinging should be considered. In addition,when a body belt is used, the employee's bodywill go through a horizontal position to ajack-knifed position during the arrest of allfalls. Thus, obstructions which might interferewith this motion should be avoided or asevere injury could occur.

(n) Other considerations. Because of the the strap attached to a fixed anchorage and thedesign of some personal fall arrest systems, other end shall hang free. The body belt oradditional considerations may be required for harness shall be attached to the strap in theproper tie-off. For example, heavy same manner as it would be used to protectdeceleration devices of the self-retracting type employees. The two strap ends shall beshould be secured overhead in order to avoid adjusted to their maximum span.the weight of the device having to besupported by the employee. Also, ifself-retracting equipment is connected to ahorizontal lifeline, the sag in the lifelineshould be minimized to prevent the devicefrom sliding down the lifeline to a positionwhich creates a swing hazard during fallarrest. In all cases, manufacturer's instructionsshould be followed.

Subpart M Appendix D - PositioningDevice Systems - Non-MandatoryGuidelines for Complying with1926.502(e)

I. Testing Methods For PositioningDevice Systems.

This appendix serves as a non-mandatoryguideline to assist employers comply with therequirements for positioning device systemsin 1926.502(e). Paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and(e) of Appendix C of subpart M relating to1926.502(d) - Personal Fall Arrest Systems -set forth test procedures which may be used,along with

the procedures listed below, to determinecompliance with the requirements forpositioning device systems in 1926.502(e)(3)and (4) of Subpart M.

(a)(1) Single strap positioning devicesshall have one end attached to a fixedanchorage and the other end connected to abody belt or harness in the same manner asthey would be used to protect employees.Double strap positioning devices, similar towindow cleaner's belts, shall have one end of

(a)(2) The fixed anchorage shall be rigid,and shall not have a deflection greater than.04 inches (1 mm) when a force of 2,250pounds (10 kN) is applied.

(a)(3) During the testing of all systems, atest weight of 250 pounds plus or minus 3pounds (113 kg plus or minus 1.6 kg) shall beused. The weight shall be a rigid object witha girth of 38 inches plus or minus 4 inches(96 cm plus or minus 10 cm).

(a)(4) Each test shall consist of droppingthe specified weight one time without failureof the system being tested. A new system shallbe used for each test.

(a)(5) The test weight for each test shallbe hoisted exactly 4 feet (1.2 m above its "atrest" position), and shall be dropped so as topermit a vertical free fall of 4 feet (1.2 m).

(a)(6) The test is failed whenever anybreakage or slippage occurs which permitsthe weight to fall free of the system.

(a)(7) Following the test, the system neednot be capable of further operation; however,all such incapacities shall be readily apparent.

Subpart M Appendix EFall Protection Sample Fall Protection Plan - Non-Mandatory

Guidelines for Complying with 1926.502(k)

171

II. Inspection Considerations.As required in 1926.502 (e)(5),

positioning device systems must be regularlyinspected. Any component with anysignificant defect, such as cuts, tears,abrasions, mold, or undue stretching;alterations or additions which might affect itsefficiency; damage due to deterioration; Sample Fall Protection Plancontact with fire, acids, or other corrosives;distorted hooks or faulty hook springs;tongues unfitted to the shoulder of buckles;loose or damaged mountings; non-functioningparts; or wearing or internal deterioration inthe ropes must be withdrawn from serviceimmediately, and should be tagged or markedas unusable, or destroyed.

Subpart M Appendix E - Sample FallProtection Plan - Non-MandatoryGuidelines for Complying with1926.502(k)

Employers engaged in leading edge work,precast concrete construction work andresidential construction work who candemonstrate that it is infeasible or creates agreater hazard to use conventional fallprotection systems must develop and follow afall protection plan. Below are sample fallprotection plans developed for precastconcrete construction and residential workthat could be tailored to be site specific forother precast concrete or residential jobsite.This sample plan can be modified to be usedfor other work involving leading edge work.The sample plan outlines the elements thatmust be addressed in any fall protection plan.The reasons outlined in this sample fallprotection plan are for illustrative purposesonly and are not necessarily a valid,acceptable rationale (unless the conditions atthe job site are the same as those covered bythese sample plans) for not using

conventional fall protection systems for aparticular precast concrete or residentialconstruction worksite. However, the sampleplans provide guidance to employers on thetype of information that is required to bediscussed in fall protection plans.

for Residential Construction(Insert Company Name)

This Fall Protection Plan Is Specific ForThe Following Project:

Location of JobDate Plan Prepared or ModifiedPlan Prepared ByPlan Approved ByPlan Supervised By

The following Fall Protection Plan is asample program prepared for the preventionof injuries associated with falls. A FallProtection Plan must be developed andevaluated on a site by site basis. It isrecommended that builders discuss thewritten Fall Protection Plan with their OSHAArea Office prior to going on a jobsite.

I. Statement of Company Policy(Your company name here) is dedicated to

the protection of its employees fromon-the-job injuries. All employees of (Yourcompany name here) have the responsibilityto work safely on the job. The purpose of theplan is to supplement our existing safety andhealth program and to ensure that everyemployee who works for (Your companyname here) recognizes workplace fall hazardsand takes the appropriate measures to addressthose hazards.

This Fall Protection Plan addresses the useof conventional fall protection at a number ofareas on the project, as well as identifies


172

specific activities that require adhere to the procedures of this plan and tonon-conventional means of fall protection. follow the instructions of the crew supervisor.During the construction of residential It is also the responsibility of the employee tobuildings under 48 feet in height, it is bring to management's attention any unsafe orsometimes infeasible or it creates a greater hazardous conditions or practices that mayhazard to use conventional fall protection cause injury to either themselves or any othersystems at specific areas or for specific tasks. employees. Any changes to the Fall ProtectionThe areas or tasks may include, but are not Plan must be approved by (name of qualifiedlimited to: person).

a. Setting and bracing of roof trussesand rafters;

b. Installation of floor sheathing andjoists;

c. Roof sheathing operations; andd. Erecting exterior walls.In these cases, conventional fall protection

systems may not be the safest choice forbuilders. This plan is designed to enableemployers and employees to recognize the fallhazards associated with this job and toestablish the safest procedures that are to befollowed in order to prevent falls to lowerlevels or through holes and openings inwalking/working surfaces.

Each employee will be trained in theseprocedures and will strictly adhere to themexcept when doing so would expose theemployee to a greater hazard. If, in theemployee's opinion, this is the case, theemployee is to notify the competent person oftheir concern and have the concern addressedbefore proceeding.

It is the responsibility of (name ofcompetent person) to implement this FallProtection Plan. Continual observationalsafety checks of work operations and theenforcement of the safety policy andprocedures shall be regularly enforced. Thecrew supervisor or foreman (insert name) isresponsible for correcting any unsafepractices or conditions immediately.

It is the responsibility of the employer toensure that all employees understand and

II. Fall Protection Systems to Be Used onThis Job

Installation of roof trusses/rafters, exteriorwall erection, roof sheathing, floor sheathingand joist/truss activities will be conducted byemployees who are specifically trained to dothis type of work and are trained to recognizethe fall hazards. The nature of such worknormally exposes the employee to the fallhazard for a short period of time. This Plandetails how (Your company name here) willminimize these hazards.

Controlled Access ZonesWhen using the Plan to implement the fall

protection options available, workers must beprotected through limited access to highhazard locations. Before anynon-conventional fall protection systems areused as part of the work plan, a controlledaccess zone (CAZ) shall be clearly defined bythe competent person as an area where arecognized hazard exists. The demarcation ofthe CAZ shall be communicated by thecompetent person in a recognized manner,either through signs, wires, tapes, ropes orchains.

(Your company name here) shall take thefollowing steps to ensure that the CAZ isclearly marked or controlled by the competentperson:

All access to the CAZ must be restrictedto authorized entrants;

All workers who are permitted in the CAZshall be listed in the appropriate sections of


173

the Plan (or be visibly identifiable by the The competent person shall ensure that allcompetent person) prior to implementation; protective elements of the CAZ be

implemented prior to the beginning of work.Installation Procedures for Roof Truss

and Rafter ErectionDuring the erection and bracing of roof

trusses/rafters, conventional fall protectionmay present a greater hazard to workers. Onthis job, safety nets, guardrails and personalfall arrest systems will not provide adequatefall protection because the nets will cause thewalls to collapse, while there are no suitableattachment or anchorage points for guardrailsor personal fall arrest systems.

On this job, requiring workers to use aladder for the entire installation process willcause a greater hazard because the workermust stand on the ladder with his back or sideto the front of the ladder. While erecting thetruss or rafter the worker will need both handsto maneuver the truss and therefore cannothold onto the ladder. In addition, ladderscannot be adequately protected frommovement while trusses are beingmaneuvered into place. Many workers mayexperience additional fatigue because of theincrease in overhead work with heavymaterials, which can also lead to a greaterhazard.

Exterior scaffolds cannot be utilized onthis job because the ground, after recentbackfilling, cannot support the scaffolding. Inmost cases, the erection and dismantling ofthe scaffold would expose workers to agreater fall hazard than erection of thetrusses/rafters.

On all walls eight feet or less, workerswill install interior scaffolds along the interiorwall below the location where thetrusses/rafters will be erected. "Sawhorse"scaffolds constructed of 46 inch sawhorsesand 2x10 planks will often allow workers tobe elevated high enough to allow for the

Subpart M Appendix EFall Protection Sample Fall Protection Plan - Non-Mandatory

Guidelines for Complying with 1926.502(k)

174

erection of trusses and rafters without ridge beams will be positioned on top of theworking on the top plate of the wall. ridge beam.

In structures that have walls higher than (Your company name here) shall take theeight feet and where the use of scaffolds and following steps to protect workers who areladders would create a greater hazard, safe exposed to fall hazards while securingworking procedures will be utilized when trusses/rafters at the peak of the trusses/ridgeworking on the top plate and will be beam:monitored by the crew supervisor. During all Only the following trained workers will bestages of truss/rafter erection the stability of allowed to work at the peak during roof trussthe trusses/rafters will be ensured at all times. or rafter installation:

(Your company name here) shall take the Once truss or rafter installation begins,following steps to protect workers who are workers not involved in that activity shall notexposed to fall hazards while working from stand or walk below or adjacent to the roofthe top plate installing trusses/rafters: opening or exterior walls in any area where

Only the following trained workers will be they could be struck by falling objects;allowed to work on the top plate during roof Workers shall have no other duties thantruss or rafter installation: securing/bracing the trusses/ridge beam;

Workers shall have no other duties to Workers positioned at the peaks or in theperform during truss/rafter erection webs of trusses or on top of the ridge beamprocedures; shall work from a stable position, either by

All trusses/rafters will be adequately sitting on a "ridge seat" or other equivalentbraced before any worker can use the surface that provides additional stability or bytruss/rafter as a support; positioning themselves in previously

Workers will remain on the top plate using stabilized trusses/rafters and leaning into andthe previously stabilized truss/rafter as a reaching through the trusses/rafters;support while other trusses/rafters are being Workers shall not remain on or in theerected; peak/ridge any longer than necessary to safely

Workers will leave the area of the secured complete the task.trusses only when it is necessary to secureanother truss/rafter;

The first two trusses/rafters will be setfrom ladders leaning on side walls at pointswhere the walls can support the weight of theladder; and

A worker will climb onto the interior topplate via a ladder to secure the peaks of thefirst two trusses/rafters being set.

The workers responsible for detachingtrusses from cranes and/or securing trusses atthe peaks traditionally are positioned at thepeak of the trusses/rafters. There are alsosituations where workers securing rafters to

Roof Sheathing OperationsWorkers typically install roof sheathing

after all trusses/rafters and any permanenttruss bracing is in place. Roof structures areunstable until some sheathing is installed, soworkers installing roof sheathing cannot beprotected from fall hazards by conventionalfall protection systems until it is determinedthat the roofing system can be used as ananchorage point. At that point, employeesshall be protected by a personal fall arrestsystem.

Trusses/rafters are subject to collapse if aworker falls while attached to a single


175

truss with a belt/harness. Nets could also installed rows of sheathing. A slide guard cancause collapse, and there is no place to attach be used to assist workers in retaining theirguardrails. footing during successive sheathing

All workers will ensure that they have operations; andsecure footing before they attempt to walk on Additional slide guards shall be securelythe sheathing, including cleaning shoes/boots attached to the roof at intervals not to exceedof mud or other slip hazards. 13 feet as successive rows of sheathing are

To minimize the time workers must be installed. For roofs with pitches in excess ofexposed to a fall hazard, materials will be 9-in-12, slide guards will be installed atstaged to allow for the quickest installation of four-foot intervals.sheathing. When wet weather (rain, snow, or sleet)

(Your company name here) shall take the are present, roof sheathing operations shall befollowing steps to protect workers who are suspended unless safe footing can be assuredexposed to fall hazards while installing roof for those workers installing sheathing.sheathing: When strong winds (above 40 miles per

Once roof sheathing installation begins, hour) are present, roof sheathing operationsworkers not involved in that activity shall not are to be suspended unless wind breakers arestand or walk below or adjacent to the roof erected.opening or exterior walls in any area wherethey could be struck by falling objects;

The competent person shall determine thelimits of this area, which shall be clearlycommunicated to workers prior to placementof the first piece of roof sheathing;

The competent person may order work onthe roof to be suspended for brief periods asnecessary to allow other workers to passthrough such areas when this would not createa greater hazard;

Only qualified workers shall install roofsheathing;

The bottom row of roof sheathing may beinstalled by workers standing in truss webs;

After the bottom row of roof sheathing isinstalled, a slide guard extending the width ofthe roof shall be securely attached to the roof.Slide guards are to be constructed of no lessthan nominal 4" height capable of limiting theuncontrolled slide of workers. Workersshould install the slide guard while standing intruss webs and leaning over the sheathing;

Additional rows of roof sheathing may beinstalled by workers positioned on previously

Installation of Floor Joists and SheathingDuring the installation of floor

sheathing/joists (leading edge construction),the following steps shall be taken to protectworkers:

Only the following trained workers will beallowed to install floor joists or sheathing:

Materials for the operations shall beconveniently staged to allow for easy accessto workers;

The first floor joists or trusses will berolled into position and secured either fromthe ground, ladders or sawhorse scaffolds;

Each successive floor joist or truss will berolled into place and secured from a platformcreated from a sheet of plywood laid over thepreviously secured floor joists or trusses;

Except for the first row of sheathing whichwill be installed from ladders or the

Subpart N § 1926.550 Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Cranes and derricksElevators, and Conveyors

176

ground, workers shall work from the is some other related, serious incident established deck; and

Any workers not assisting in the leadingedge construction while leading edges stillexist (e.g. cutting the decking for theinstallers) shall not be permitted within sixfeet of the leading edge under construction.

Erection of Exterior WallsDuring the construction and erection of

exterior walls, employers shall take thefollowing steps to protect workers:

Only the following trained workers will beallowed to erect exterior walls:

A painted line six feet from the perimeterwill be clearly marked prior to any wallerection activities to warn of the approachingunprotected edge;

Materials for operations shall beconveniently staged to minimize fall hazards;and

Workers constructing exterior walls shallcomplete as much cutting of materials andother preparation as possible away from theedge of the deck.

III. EnforcementConstant awareness of and respect for fall

hazards, and compliance with all safety rulesare considered conditions of employment. Thecrew supervisor or foreman, as well asindividuals in the Safety and PersonnelDepartment, reserve the right to issuedisciplinary warnings to employees, up to andincluding termination, for failure to follow theguidelines of this program.

IV. Accident InvestigationsAll accidents that result in injury to

workers, regardless of their nature, shall beinvestigated and reported. It is an integral partof any safety program that documentation takeplace as soon as possible so that the cause andmeans of prevention can be identified toprevent a reoccurrence.

In the event that an employee falls or there

§ 1926.550 Subpart NCranes and derricks Cranes, Derricks, Hoists,

Elevators, and Conveyors

177

occurring, this plan shall be reviewed to conspicuously posted on all equipment.determine if additional practices, procedures, Instructions or warnings shall be visible to theor training need to be implemented to prevent operator while he is at his control station.similar types of falls or incidents fromoccurring.

V. Changes to Plan applicable ANSI standard for the type of Any changes to the plan will be approved crane in use. An illustration of the signals

by (name of the qualified person). This plan shall be posted at the job site.shall be reviewed by a qualified person as thejob progresses to determine if additionalpractices, procedures or training needs to beimplemented by the competent person toimprove or provide additional fall protection.Workers shall be notified and trained, ifnecessary, in the new procedures. A copy ofthis plan and all approved changes shall bemaintained at the jobsite.

Subpart N - Cranes,Derricks, Hoists, Elevators,

and Conveyors

§ 1926.550 - Cranes and derricks.(a) General requirements.(a)(1) The employer shall comply with the

manufacturer's specifications and limitationsapplicable to the operation of any and allcranes and derricks. Where manufacturer'sspecifications are not available, the limitationsassigned to the equipment shall be based onthe determinations of a qualified engineercompetent in this field and suchdeterminations will be appropriatelydocumented and recorded. Attachments usedwith cranes shall not exceed the capacity,rating, or scope recommended by themanufacturer.

(a)(2) Rated load capacities, andrecommended operating speeds, specialhazard warnings, or instruction, shall be

(a)(4) Hand signals to crane and derrickoperators shall be those prescribed by the

(a)(5) The employer shall designate acompetent person who shall inspect allmachinery and equipment prior to each use,and during use, to make sure it is in safeoperating condition. Any deficiencies shall berepaired, or defective parts replaced, beforecontinued use.

(a)(6) A thorough, annual inspection ofthe hoisting machinery shall be made by acompetent person, or by a government orprivate agency recognized by the U.S.Department of Labor. The employer shallmaintain a record of the dates and results ofinspections for each hoisting machine andpiece of equipment.

(a)(7) Wire rope shall be taken out ofservice when any of the following conditionsexist:

(a)(7)(i) In running ropes, six randomlydistributed broken wires in one lay or threebroken wires in one strand in one lay;

(a)(7)(ii) Wear of one-third the originaldiameter of outside individual wires. Kinking,crushing, bird caging, or any other damageresulting in distortion of the rope structure;

(a)(7)(iii) Evidence of any heat damagefrom any cause;

(a)(7)(iv) Reductions from nominaldiameter of more than one-sixty-fourth inchfor diameters up to and includingfive-sixteenths inch, one-thirty-second inchfor diameters three-eighths inch to andincluding one-half inch, three-sixty-fourthsinch for diameters nine-sixteenths inch toand inc lud ing th ree- four ths inch ,

§ 1926.550 Subpart NCranes and derricks Cranes, Derricks, Hoists,

Elevators, and Conveyors

178

one-sixteenth inch for diametersseven-eighths inch to 1 1/8 inches inclusive,three-thirty-seconds inch for diameters 1 1/4to 1 1/2 inches inclusive;

(a)(7)(v) In standing ropes, more than twobroken wires in one lay in sections beyond end connections or more than onebroken wire at an end connection.

(a)(7)(vi) Wire rope safety factors shall bein accordance with American NationalStandards Institute B 30.5-1968 or SAEJ959-1966.

(a)(8) Belts, gears, shafts, pulleys,sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, chains,or other reciprocating, rotating, or othermoving parts or equipment shall be guardedif such parts are exposed to contact byemployees, or otherwise create a hazard.Guarding shall meet the requirements of theAmerican National Standards Institute B15.1-1958 Rev., Safety Code for MechanicalPower Transmission Apparatus.

(a)(9) Accessible areas within the swingradius of the rear of the rotatingsuperstructure of the crane, eitherpermanently or temporarily mounted, shall bebarricaded in such a manner as to prevent anemployee from being struck or crushed by thecrane.

(a)(10) All exhaust pipes shall be guardedor insulated in areas where contact byemployees is possible in the performance ofnormal duties.

(a)(11) Whenever internal combustionengine powered equipment exhausts inenclosed spaces, tests shall be made andrecorded to see that employees are notexposed to unsafe concentrations of toxicgases or oxygen deficient atmospheres.

(a)(12) All windows in cabs shall be ofsafety glass, or equivalent, that introduces novisible distortion that will interfere with thesafe operation of the machine.

Subpart N § 1926.550 Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Cranes and derricksElevators, and Conveyors

179

(a)(13)(i) Where necessary for rigging orservice requirements, a ladder, or steps, shall (a)(15)(iii) In transit with no load andbe provided to give access to a cab roof. boom lowered, the equipment clearance shall

(a)(13)(ii) Guardrails, handholds, andsteps shall be provided on cranes for easyaccess to the car and cab, conforming toAmerican National Standards Institute B30.5.

(a)(13)(iii) Platforms and walkways shallhave anti-skid surfaces.

(a)(14) Fuel tank filler pipe shall belocated in such a position, or protected insuch manner, as to not allow spill or overflowto run onto the engine, exhaust, or electricalequipment of any machine being fueled.

(a)(14)(i) An accessible fire extinguisherof 5BC rating, or higher, shall be available atall operator stations or cabs of equipment.

(a)(14)(ii) All fuels shall be transported,stored, and handled to meet the rules ofSubpart F of this part. When fuel istransported by vehicles on public highways,Department of Transportation rules containedin 49 CFR Parts 177 and 393 concerning suchvehicular transportation are consideredapplicable.

(a)(15) Except where electricaldistribution and transmission lines have beendeenergized and visibly grounded at point ofwork or where insulating barriers, not a partof or an attachment to the equipment ormachinery, have been erected to preventphysical contact with the lines, equipment ormachines shall be operated proximate topower lines only in accordance with thefollowing:

(a)(15)(i) For lines rated 50 kV. or below,minimum clearance between the lines and anypart of the crane or load shall be 10 feet;

(a)(15)(ii) For lines rated over 50 kV.,minimum clearance between the lines and anypart of the crane or load shall be 10 feet plus0.4 inch for each 1 kV. over 50 kV., or twicethe length of the line insulator, but never less

than 10 feet;

be a minimum of 4 feet for voltages less than50 kV., and 10 feet for voltages over 50 kV.,up to and including 345 kV., and 16 feet forvoltages up to and including 750 kV.

(a)(15)(iv) A person shall be designatedto observe clearance of the equipment andgive timely warning for all operations whereit is difficult for the operator to maintain thedesired clearance by visual means;

(a)(15)(v) Cage-type boom guards,insulating links, or proximity warning devicesmay be used on cranes, but the use of suchdevices shall not alter the requirements of anyother regulation of this part even if suchdevice is required by law or regulation;

(a)(15)(vi) Any overhead wire shall beconsidered to be an energized line unless anduntil the person owning such line or theelectrical utility authorities indicate that it isnot an energized line and it has been visiblygrounded;

(a)(16) No modifications or additionswhich affect the capacity or safe operation ofthe equipment shall be made by the employerwithout the manufacturer's written approval.If such modifications or changes are made, thecapacity, operation, and maintenanceinstruction plates, tags, or decals, shall bechanged accordingly. In no case shall theoriginal safety factor of the equipment bereduced.

(a)(17) The employer shall comply withPower Crane and Shovel Association MobileHydraulic Crane Standard No. 2.

(a)(18) Sideboom cranes mounted onwheel or crawler tractors shall meet therequirements of SAE J743a-1964.

(a)(19) All employees shall be kept clearof loads about to be lifted and of suspendedloads.

§ 1926.601 Subpart OMotor vehicles Motor Vehicles, Mechanized

Equipment, and Marine Operations

180

(b) Crawler, locomotive, and truckcranes.

(b)(1) All jibs shall have positive stops toprevent their movement of more than 5 degabove the straight line of the jib and boom onconventional type crane booms. The use ofcable type belly slings does not constitutecompliance with this rule.

(b)(2) All crawler, truck, or locomotivecranes in use shall meet the applicablerequirements for design, inspection,construction, testing, maintenance andoperation as prescribed in the ANSIB30.5-1968, Safety Code for Crawler, (b)(2)(ii) All vehicles, or combination ofLocomotive and Truck Cranes. However, the vehicles, shall have brake lights in operablewritten, dated, and signed inspection reports condition regardless of light conditions.and records of the monthly inspection ofcritical items prescribed in section 5-2.1.5 ofthe ANSI B30.5-1968 standard are notrequired. Instead, the employer shall preparea certification record which includes the datethe crane items were inspected; the signatureof the person who inspected the crane items;and a serial number, or other identifier, for thecrane inspected. The most recent certificationrecord shall be maintained on file until a newone is prepared.

Subpart O - Motor Vehicles,Mechanized Equipment, and Marine Operations

§ 1926.601 - Motor vehicles.(a) Coverage. Motor vehicles as covered

by this part are those vehicles that operatewithin an off-highway jobsite, not open topublic traffic. The requirements of this

section do not apply to equipment for whichrules are prescribed in 1926.602.

(b) General requirements.(b)(1) All vehicles shall have a service

brake system, an emergency brake system,and a parking brake system. These systemsmay use common components, and shall bemaintained in operable condition.

(b)(2)(i) Whenever visibility conditionswarrant additional light, all vehicles, orcombinations of vehicles, in use shall beequipped with at least two headlights and twotaillights in operable condition.

(b)(3) All vehicles shall be equipped withan adequate audible warning device at theoperator's station and in an operablecondition.

(b)(4) No employer shall use any motorvehicle equipment having an obstructed viewto the rear unless:

(b)(4)(i) The vehicle has a reverse signalalarm audible above the surrounding noiselevel or:

(b)(4)(ii) The vehicle is backed up onlywhen an observer signals that it is safe to doso.

(b)(5) All vehicles with cabs shall beequipped with windshields and poweredwipers. Cracked and broken glass shall bereplaced. Vehicles operating in areas or underconditions that cause fogging or frosting ofthe windshields shall be equipped withoperable defogging or defrosting devices.

(b)(6) All haulage vehicles, whose payload is loaded by means of cranes, powershovels, loaders, or similar equipment, shallhave a cab shield and/or canopy adequate toprotect the operator from shifting or fallingmaterials.

Subpart O § 1926.602Motor Vehicles, Mechanized Material handling equipmentEquipment, and Marine Operations

181

(b)(7) Tools and material shall be securedto prevent movement when transported in thesame compartment with employees.

(b)(8) Vehicles used to transportemployees shall have seats firmly secured andadequate for the number of employees to becarried.

(b)(9) Seat belts and anchorages meetingthe requirements of 49 CFR Part 571(Department of Transportation, FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards) shall beinstalled in all motor vehicles.

(b)(10) Trucks with dump bodies shall beequipped with positive means of support,permanently attached, and capable of beinglocked in position to prevent accidentallowering of the body while maintenance orinspection work is being done.

(b)(11) Operating levers controllinghoisting or dumping devices on haulagebodies shall be equipped with a latch or otherdevice which will prevent accidental startingor tripping of the mechanism.

(b)(12) Trip handles for tailgates of dumptrucks shall be so arranged that, in dumping,the operator will be in the clear.

(b)(13)(i) All rubber-tired motor vehicleequipment manufactured on or after May 1,1972, shall be equipped with fenders. Allrubber-tired motor vehicle equipmentmanufactured before May 1, 1972, shall beequipped with fenders not later than May 1,1973.

(b)(13)(ii) Mud flaps may be used in lieuof fenders whenever motor vehicle equipmentis not designed for fenders.

(b)(14) All vehicles in use shall bechecked at the beginning of each shift toassure that the following parts, equipment,and accessories are in safe operatingcondition and free of apparent damage thatcould cause failure while in use: servicebrakes,

including trailer brake connections; parkingsystem (hand brake); emergency stoppingsystem (brakes); tires; horn; steeringmechanism; coupling devices; seat belts;operating controls; and safety devices. Alldefects shall be corrected before the vehicle isplaced in service. These requirements alsoapply to equipment such as lights, reflectors,windshield wipers, defrosters, fire extinguishers, etc., where suchequipment is necessary.

§ 1926.602 - Material handlingequipment.

(a) Earthmoving equipment; General.(a)(1) These rules apply to the following

types of earthmoving equipment: scrapers,loaders, crawler or wheel tractors, bulldozers,off-highway trucks, graders, agricultural andindustrial tractors, and similar equipment. Thepromulgation of specific rules for compactorsand rubber-tired "skid-steer" equipment isreserved pending consideration of standardscurrently being developed.

(a)(2) Seat belts.(a)(2)(i) Seat belts shall be provided on

all equipment covered by this section andshall meet the requirements of the Society ofAutomotive Engineers, J386-1969, Seat Beltsfor Construction Equipment. Seat belts foragricultural and light industrial tractors shallmeet the seat belt requirements of Society ofAutomotive Engineers J333a-1970, OperatorProtection for Agricultural and LightIndustrial Tractors.

(a)(2)(ii) Seat belts need not be providedfor equipment which is designed only forstandup operation.

(a)(2)(iii) Seat belts need not be providedfor equipment which does not have roll-overprotective structure (ROPS) or adequatecanopy protection.

§ 1926.602 Subpart OMaterial handling equipment Motor Vehicles, Mechanized

Equipment, and Marine Operations

182

(a)(3) Access roadways and grades.(a)(3)(i) No employer shall move or cause

to be moved construction equipment orvehicles upon any access roadway or gradeunless the access roadway or grade isconstructed and maintained to accommodatesafely the movement of the equipment andvehicles involved.

(a)(3)(ii) Every emergency access rampand berm used by an employer shall beconstructed to restrain and control runawayvehicles.

(a)(4) Brakes. All earthmoving equipmentmentioned in this 1926.602(a) shall have aservice braking system capable of stoppingand holding the equipment fully loaded, asspecified in Society of Automotive EngineersSAE-J237, Loader Dozer-1971, J236,Graders-1971, and J319b, Scrapers-1971.Brake systems for self-propelled rubber-tiredoff-highway equipment manufactured afterJanuary 1, 1972 shall meet the applicableminimum performance criteria set forth in thefollowing Society of Automotive EngineersRecommended Practices:

Self-Propelled Scrapers..............SAE J319b-1971.Self-Propelled Graders...............SAE J236-1971.Trucks and Wagons....................SAE J166-1971.Front End Loaders and Dozers...SAE J237-1971.

(a)(5) Fenders. Pneumatic-tiredearth-moving haulage equipment (trucks,scrapers, tractors, and trailing units) whosemaximum speed exceeds 15 miles per hour,shall be equipped with fenders on all wheelsto meet the requirements of Society ofAutomotive Engineers SAE J321a-1970,Fenders for Pneumatic-Tired EarthmovingHaulage Equipment. An employer may, ofcourse, at any time seek to show under1926.2, that the uncovered wheels present no hazard to personnel from flying materials.

(a)(6) Rollover protective structures

Subpart P § 1926.650Excavations Scope, application, and definitions


183

(ROPS). See Subpart W of this part for (a)(9) Audible alarms.requirements for rollover protective structuresand overhead protection.

(a)(7) Rollover protective structures for bulldozers, and similar equipment, shall beoff-highway trucks. The promulgation of equipped with a horn, distinguishable fromstandards for rollover protective structures for the surrounding noise level, which shall beoff-highway trucks is reserved pending further operated as needed when the machine isstudy and development. moving in either direction. The horn shall be

(a)(8) Specific effective dates-brakes andfenders.

(a)(8)(i) Equipment mentioned inparagraph (a)(4) and (5) of this section, andmanufactured after January 1, 1972, which isused by any employer after that date, shallcomply with the applicable rules prescribedtherein concerning brakes and fenders.Equipment mentioned in paragraphs (a) (4)and (5) of this section, and manufacturedbefore January 1, 1972, which is used by anyemployer after that date, shall meet theapplicable rules prescribed herein not laterthan June 30, 1973. It should be noted that, aspermitted under 1926.2, employers mayrequest variations from the applicable brakesand fender standards required by this subpart.Employers wishing to seek variations fromthe applicable brakes and fenders rules maysubmit any requests for variations after thepublication of this document in the FederalRegister. Any statements intending to meetthe requirements of 1926.2(b)(4), shouldspecify how the variation would protect thesafety of the employees by providing for anycompensating restrictions on the operation ofequipment.

(a)(8)(ii) Notwithstanding the provisionsof paragraphs (a)(5) and (a)(8)(i) of thissection, the requirement that fenders beinstalled on pneumatic-tired earthmovinghaulage equipment, is suspended pendingreconsideration of the requirement.

(a)(9)(i) All bidirectional machines, suchas rollers, compacters, front-end loaders,

maintained in an operative condition.(a)(9)(ii) No employer shall permit

earthmoving or compacting equipment whichhas an obstructed view to the rear to be usedin reverse gear unless the equipment has inoperation a reverse signal alarmdistinguishable from the surrounding noiselevel or an employee signals that it is safe todo so.

(a)(10) Scissor points. Scissor points onall front-end loaders, which constitute ahazard to the operator during normaloperation, shall be guarded.

§ 1926.604 - Mechanized equipment,and marine operations.

(a) General requirements.(a)(1) Employees engaged in site clearing

shall be protected from hazards of irritant andtoxic plants and suitably instructed in the firstaid treatment available.

(a)(2) All equipment used in site clearingoperations shall be equipped with rolloverguards meeting the requirements of thissubpart. In addition, rider-operated equipmentshall be equipped with an overhead and rearcanopy guard meeting the followingrequirements:

(a)(2)(i) The overhead covering on thiscanopy structure shall be of not less than1/8-inch steel plate or 1/4-inch woven wiremesh with openings no greater than 1 inch, orequivalent.

(a)(2)(ii) The opening in the rear of the

Subpart P § 1926.650Excavations Scope, application, and definitions


184

canopy structure shall be covered with not less than 1/4-inch woven wire mesh withopenings no greater than 1 inch.

Subpart P - Excavations


(a) Scope and application. This subpartapplies to all open excavations made in theearth's surface. Excavations are defined toinclude trenches.

(b) Definitions applicable to this subpart.Accepted engineering practices means

those requirements which are compatible withstandards of practice required by a registeredprofessional engineer.

Aluminum Hydraulic Shoring means apre-engineered shoring system comprised ofaluminum hydraulic cylinders (crossbraces)used in conjunction with vertical rails(uprights) or horizontal rails (wales). Suchsystem is designed specifically to support thesidewalls of an excavation and preventcave-ins.

Bell-bottom pier hole means a type ofshaft or footing excavation, the bottom ofwhich is made larger than the cross sectionabove to form a belled shape.

Benching (Benching system) means amethod of protecting employees fromcave-ins by excavating the sides of anexcavation to form one or a series ofhorizontal levels or steps, usually withvertical or near-vertical surfaces betweenlevels.

Cave-in means the separation of a mass ofsoil or rock material from the side of anexcavation, or the loss of soil from under atrench shield or support system, and itssudden movement into the excavation, eitherby falling or sliding, in sufficient

§ 1926.650 Subpart PScope, application, and definitions Excavationsapplicable to this subpart

185

quantity so that it could entrap, bury, or other one point from another, and is constructedwise injure and immobilize a person. from earth or from structural materials such as

Competent person means one who iscapable of identifying existing and predictable Registered Professional Engineer meanshazards in the surroundings, or working a person who is registered as a professionalconditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, engineer in the state where the work is to beor dangerous to employees, and who has performed. However, a professional engineer,authorization to take prompt corrective registered in any state is deemed to be ameasures to eliminate them. "registered professional engineer" within the

Cross braces mean the horizontalmembers of a shoring system installedperpendicular to the sides of the excavation,the ends of which bear against either uprightsor wales. Sheeting means the members of a shoring

Excavation means any man-made cut,cavity, trench, or depression in an earthsurface, formed by earth removal.

Faces or sides means the vertical orinclined earth surfaces formed as a result ofexcavation work.

Failure means the breakage,displacement, or permanent deformation of astructural member or connection so as toreduce its structural integrity and itssupportive capabilities.

Hazardous atmosphere means anatmosphere which by reason of beingexplosive, flammable, poisonous, corrosive,oxidizing, irritating, oxygen deficient, toxic,or otherwise harmful, may cause death,illness, or injury.

Kickout means the accidental release orfailure of a cross brace.

Protective system means a method ofprotecting employees from cave-ins, frommaterial that could fall or roll from anexcavation face or into an excavation, or fromthe collapse of adjacent structures. Protectivesystems include support systems, sloping andbenching systems, shield systems, and othersystems that provide the necessary protection.

Ramp means an inclined walking orworking surface that is used to gain access to

steel or wood.

meaning of this standard when approvingdesigns for "manufactured protective systems"or "tabulated data" to be used in interstatecommerce.

system that retain the earth in position and inturn are supported by other members of theshoring system.

Shield (Shield system) means a structurethat is able to withstand the forces imposed onit by a cave-in and thereby protect employeeswithin the structure. Shields can be permanentstructures or can be designed to be portableand moved along as work progresses.Additionally, shields can be eitherpremanufactured or job-built in accordancewith 1926.652(c)(3) or (c)(4). Shields used intrenches are usually referred to as "trenchboxes" or "trench shields."

Shoring (Shoring system) means astructure such as a metal hydraulic,mechanical or timber shoring system thatsupports the sides of an excavation and whichis designed to prevent cave-ins.

Sides. See "Faces."Sloping (Sloping system) means a method

of protecting employees from cave-ins byexcavating to form sides of an excavation thatare inclined away from the excavation so as toprevent cave-ins. The angle of inclinerequired to prevent a cave-in varies withdifferences in such factors as the soil type,environmental conditions of exposure, andapplication of surcharge loads.

Subpart P § 1926.651Excavations Specific excavation requirements

186

Stable rock means natural solid mineralmaterial that can be excavated with verticalsides and will remain intact while exposed. Wales means horizontal members of aUnstable rock is considered to be stable when shoring system placed parallel to thethe rock material on the side or sides of the excavation face whose sides bear against theexcavation is secured against caving-in or vertical members of the shoring system ormovement by rock bolts or by another earth.protective system that has been designed by aregistered professional engineer.

Structural ramp means a ramp built ofsteel or wood, usually used for vehicle access.Ramps made of soil or rock are notconsidered structural ramps.

Support system means a structure such asunderpinning, bracing, or shoring, whichprovides support to an adjacent structure,underground installation, or the sides of anexcavation.

Tabulated data means tables and chartsapproved by a registered professionalengineer and used to design and construct aprotective system.

Trench (Trench excavation) means anarrow excavation (in relation to its length)made below the surface of the ground. Ingeneral, the depth is greater than the width,but the width of a trench (measured at thebottom) is not greater than 15 feet (4.6 m). Ifforms or other structures are installed orconstructed in an excavation so as to reducethe dimension measured from the forms orstructure to the side of the excavation to 15feet (4.6 m) or less (measured at the bottom ofthe excavation), the excavation is alsoconsidered to be a trench.

Trench box. See "Shield."Trench shield. See "Shield."Uprights means the vertical members of a

trench shoring system placed in contact withthe earth and usually positioned so thatindividual members do not contact each other.Uprights placed so that individual membersare closely spaced, in contact with

or interconnected to each other, are oftencalled "sheeting."

§ 1926.651 - Specific excavationrequirements.

(a) Surface encumbrances. All surfaceencumbrances that are located so as to createa hazard to employees shall be removed orsupported, as necessary, to safeguardemployees.

(b) Underground installations.(b)(1) The estimated location of utility

installations, such as sewer, telephone, fuel,electric, water lines, or any other undergroundinstallations that reasonably may be expectedto be encountered during excavation work,shall be determined prior to opening anexcavation.

(b)(2) Utility companies or owners shallbe contacted within established or customarylocal response times, advised of the proposedwork, and asked to establish the location ofthe utility underground installations prior tothe start of actual excavation. When utilitycompanies or owners cannot respond to arequest to locate underground utilityinstallations within 24 hours (unless a longerperiod is required by state or local law), orcannot establish the exact location of theseinstallations,the employer may proceed,provided the employer does so with caution,and provided detection equipment or otheracceptable means to locate utility installationsare used.

(b)(3) When excavation operationsapproach the estimated location ofunderground installations, the exact locationof the installations shall be determined by safe

§ 1926.651 Subpart PSpecific excavation requirements Excavations

187

and acceptable means. excavations in which there is accumulated(b)(4) While the excavation is open,

underground installations shall be protected,supported or removed as necessary tosafeguard employees.

(c)(2) Means of egress from trenchexcavations. A stairway, ladder, ramp orother safe means of egress shall be located intrench excavations that are 4 feet (1.22 m) ormore in depth so as to require no more than25 feet (7.62 m) of lateral travel foremployees.

(d) Exposure to vehicular traffic.Employees exposed to public vehicular trafficshall be provided with, and shall wear,warning vests or other suitable garmentsmarked with or made of reflectorized orhigh-visibility material.

(e) Exposure to falling loads. Noemployee shall be permitted underneath loadshandled by lifting or digging equipment.Employees shall be required to stand awayfrom any vehicle being loaded or unloaded toavoid being struck by any spillage or fallingmaterials. Operators may remain in the cabsof vehicles being loaded or unloaded when thevehicles are equipped, in accordance with1926.601(b)(6), to provide adequateprotection for the operator during loading andunloading operations.

(f) Warning system for mobile equipment.When mobile equipment is operated adjacentto an excavation, or when such equipment isrequired to approach the edge of anexcavation, and the operator does not have aclear and direct view of the edge of theexcavation, a warning system shall be utilizedsuch as barricades, hand or mechanicalsignals, or stop logs. If possible, the gradeshould be away from the excavation.

(h) Protection from hazards associatedwith water accumulation.

(h)(1) Employees shall not work in

water, or in excavations in which water isaccumulating, unless adequate precautionshave been taken to protect employees againstthe hazards posed by water accumulation. Theprecautions necessary to protect employeesadequately vary with each situation, but couldinclude special support or shield systems toprotect from cave-ins, water removal tocontrol the level of accumulating water, or useof a safety harness and lifeline.

(h)(2) If water is controlled or preventedfrom accumulating by the use of waterremoval equipment, the water removalequipment and operations shall be monitoredby a competent person to ensure properoperation.

(h)(3) If excavation work interrupts thenatural drainage of surface water (such asstreams), diversion ditches, dikes, or othersuitable means shall be used to preventsurface water from entering the excavationand to provide adequate drainage of the areaadjacent to the excavation. Excavationssubject to runoff from heavy rains will requirean inspection by a competent person andcompliance with paragraphs (h)(1) and (h)(2)of this section.

(i) Stability of adjacent structures.(i)(1) Where the stability of adjoining

buildings, walls, or other structures isendangered by excavation operations, supportsystems such as shoring, bracing, orunderpinning shall be provided to ensure thestability of such structures for the protectionof employees.

(i)(2) Excavation below the level of thebase or footing of any foundation or retainingwall that could be reasonably expected topose a hazard to employees shall not bepermitted except when:

(i)(2)(i) A support system, such asunderpinning, is provided to ensure the safety

Subpart P § 1926.652Excavations Requirements for protective systems

188

of employees and the stability of the structure; the adjacent areas, and protective systemsor shall be made by a competent person for

(i)(2)(ii) The excavation is in stable rock;or

(i)(2)(iii) A registered professionalengineer has approved the determination thatthe structure is sufficiently removed from theexcavation so as to be unaffected by theexcavation activity; or

(i)(2)(iv) A registered professionalengineer has approved the determination thatsuch excavation work will not pose a hazardto employees.

(i)(3) Sidewalks, pavements andappurtenant structure shall not be underminedunless a support system or another method ofprotection is provided to protect employeesfrom the possible collapse of such structures.

(j) Protection of employees from looserock or soil.

(j)(1) Adequate protection shall beprovided to protect employees from looserock or soil that could pose a hazard by fallingor rolling from an excavation face. Suchprotection shall consist of scaling to removeloose material; installation of protectivebarricades at intervals as necessary on theface to stop and contain falling material; orother means that provide equivalent § 1926.652 - Requirements forprotection.

(j)(2) Employees shall be protected fromexcavated or other materials or equipmentthat could pose a hazard by falling or rollinginto excavations. Protection shall be providedby placing and keeping such materials orequipment at least 2 feet (.61 m) from theedge of excavations, or by the use of retainingdevices that are sufficient to prevent materialsor equipment from falling or rolling intoexcavations, or by a combination of both ifnecessary.

(k) Inspections.(k)(1) Daily inspections of excavations,

evidence of a situation that could result inpossible cave-ins, indications of failure ofprotective systems, hazardous atmospheres,or other hazardous conditions. An inspectionshall be conducted by the competent personprior to the start of work and as neededthroughout the shift. Inspections shall also bemade after every rainstorm or other hazardincreasing occurrence. These inspections areonly required when employee exposure canbe reasonably anticipated.

(k)(2) Where the competent person findsevidence of a situation that could result in apossible cave-in, indications of failure ofprotective systems, hazardous atmospheres,or other hazardous conditions, exposedemployees shall be removed from thehazardous area until the necessary precautionshave been taken to ensure their safety.

(l) Walkways shall be provided whereemployees or equipment are required orpermitted to cross over excavations.Gurardrails which comply with 1926.502(b)shall be provided where walkways are 6 feet(1.8 m) or more above lower levels.

protective systems.(a) Protection of employees in

excavations.(a)(1) Each employee in an excavation

shall be protected from cave-ins by anadequate protective system designed inaccordance with paragraph (b) or (c) of thissection except when:

(a)(1)(i) Excavations are made entirely instable rock; or

(a)(1)(ii) Excavations are less than 5 feet(1.52 m) in depth and examination of theground by a competent person provides noindication of a potential cave-in.

§ 1926.652 Subpart PRequirements for protective systems Excavations

189

(a)(2) Protective systems shall have the (b)(4)(ii)(A) The magnitude of the slopescapacity to resist without failure all loads that that were determined to be safe for theare intended or could reasonably be expected particular project;to be applied or transmitted to the system.

(b) Design of sloping and benching determined to be safe for the particularsystems. The slopes and configurations ofsloping and benching systems shall be (b)(4)(ii)(C) The identity of the registeredselected and constructed by the employer or professional engineer approving the design.his designee and shall be in accordance withthe requirements of paragraph (b)(1); or, inthe alternative, paragraph (b)(2); or, in thealternative, paragraph (b)(3); or, in thealternative, paragraph (b)(4), as follows:

(b)(1) Option (1) - Allowable request.configurations and slopes.

(b)(1)(i) Excavations shall be sloped at anangle not steeper than one and one-halfhorizontal to one vertical (34 degreesmeasured from the horizontal), unless theemployer uses one of the other options listedbelow.

(b)(1)(ii) Slopes specified in paragraph(b)(1)(i) of this section, shall be excavated toform configurations that are in accordancewith the slopes shown for Type C soil inAppendix B to this subpart.

(b)(2) Option (2) - Determination ofslopes and configurations using AppendicesA and B. Maximum allowable slopes, andallowable configurations for sloping andbenching systems, shall be determined inaccordance with the conditions andrequirements set forth in appendices A and Bto this subpart.

(b)(4) Option (4) - Design by a registeredprofessional engineer.

(b)(4)(i) Sloping and benching systemsnot utilizing Option (1) or Option (2) orOption (3) under paragraph (b) of this sectionshall be approved by a registered professionalengineer.

(b)(4)(ii) Designs shall be in written form off the jobsite, but a copy shall be madeand shall include at least the following: available to the Secretary upon request.

(b)(4)(ii)(B) The configurations that were

project;

(b)(4)(iii) At least one copy of the designshall be maintained at the jobsite while theslope is being constructed. After that time thedesign need not be at the jobsite, but a copyshall be made available to the Secretary upon

(c) Design of support systems, shieldsystems, and other protective systems.Designs of support systems, shield systems,and other protective systems shall be selectedand constructed by the employer or hisdesignee and shall be in accordance with therequirements of paragraph (c)(2) as follows:

(c)(2) Option (2) - Designs UsingManufacturer's Tabulated Data.

(c)(2)(i) Design of support systems, shieldsystems, or other protective systems that aredrawn from manufacturer's tabulated datashall be in accordance with all specifications,recommendations, and limitations issued ormade by the manufacturer.

(c)(2)(ii) Deviation from thespecifications, recommendations, andlimitations issued or made by themanufacturer shall only be allowed after themanufacturer issues specific written approval.

(c)(2)(iii) Manufacturer's specifications,recommendations, and limitations, andmanufacturer's approval to deviate from thespecifications, recommendations, andlimitations shall be in written form at thejobsite during construction of the protectivesystem. After that time this data may be stored

Subpart P Appendix AExcavations Soil Classification

190

(e) Installation and removal of support-(e)(1) General.(e)(1)(i) Members of support systems

shall be securely connected together toprevent sliding, falling, kickouts, or otherpredictable failure.

(e)(1)(ii) Support systems shall beinstalled and removed in a manner thatprotects employees from cave-ins, structuralcollapses, or from being struck by membersof the support system.

(e)(1)(iii) Individual members of supportsystems shall not be subjected to loadsexceeding those which those members weredesigned to withstand. (g)(1)(ii) Shields shall be installed in a

(e)(1)(iv) Before temporary removal ofindividual members begins, additionalprecautions shall be taken to ensure the safetyof employees, such as installing other (g)(1)(iii) Employees shall be protectedstructural members to carry the loads imposed from the hazard of cave-ins when entering oron the support system. exiting the areas protected by shields.

(e)(1)(v) Removal shall begin at, and (g)(1)(iv) Employees shall not be allowedprogress from, the bottom of the excavation. in shields when shields are being installed,Members shall be released slowly so as to removed, or moved vertically.note any indication of possible failure of theremaining members of the structure orpossible cave-in of the sides of theexcavation.

(e)(1)(vi) Backfilling shall progresstogether with the removal of support systemsfrom excavations.

(e)(2) Additional requirements for there are no indications while the trench issupport systems for trench excavations.

(e)(2)(i) Excavation of material to a levelno greater than 2 feed (.61 m) below thebottom of the members of a support systemshall be permitted, but only if the system isdesigned to resist the forces calculated for thefull depth of the trench, and there are noindications while the trench is open of apossible loss of soil from behind or below thebottom of the support system.

(e)(2)(ii) Installation of a support system

shall be closely coordinated with theexcavation of trenches.

(f) Sloping and benching systems.Employees shall not be permitted to work onthe faces of sloped or benched excavations atlevels above other employees except whenemployees at the lower levels are adequatelyprotected from the hazard of falling, rolling,or sliding material or equipment.

(g) Shield systems.(g)(1) General.(g)(1)(i) Shield systems shall not be

subjected to loads exceeding those which thesystem was designed to withstand.

manner to restrict lateral or other hazardousmovement of the shield in the event of theapplication of sudden lateral loads.

(g)(2) Additional requirement for shieldsystems used in trench excavations.Excavations of earth material to a level notgreater than 2 feet (.61 m) below the bottomof a shield shall be permitted, but only if theshield is designed to resist the forcescalculated for the full depth of the trench, and

open of a possible loss of soil from behind orbelow the bottom of the shield.

Subpart P Appendix A - SoilClassification

(a) Scope and application.(a)(1) Scope. This appendix describes a

method of classifying soil and rock depositsbased on site and environmental conditions,and on the structure and composition of theearth deposits. The appendix contains

Appendix A Subpart PSoil Classification Excavations

191

definitions, sets forth requirements, and sandy clay, silty clay, clay and organic clay.describes acceptable visual and manual testsfor use in classifying soils.

(a)(2) Application. This appendix applieswhen a sloping or benching system isdesigned in accordance with the requirementsset forth in 1926.652(b)(2) as a method ofprotection for employees from cave-ins. Thisappendix also applies when timber shoringfor excavations is designed as a method ofprotection from cave-ins in accordance withappendix C to subpart P of part 1926, andwhen aluminum hydraulic shoring is designedin accordance with appendix D. ThisAppendix also applies if other protectivesystems are designed and selected for usefrom data prepared in accordance with therequirements set forth in 1926.652(c), and theuse of the data is predicated on the use of thesoil classification system set forth in thisappendix.

(b) Definitions. The definitions andexamples given below are based on, in wholeor in part, the following; American Society forTesting Materials (ASTM) StandardsD653-85 and D2488; The Unified SoilsClassification System; The U.S. Departmentof Agriculture (USDA) TexturalClassification Scheme; and The NationalBureau of Standards Report BSS-121.

Cemented soil means a soil in which theparticles are held together by a chemicalagent, such as calcium carbonate, such that ahand-size sample cannot be crushed intopowder or individual soil particles by fingerpressure.

Cohesive soil means clay (fine grainedsoil), or soil with a high clay content, whichhas cohesive strength. Cohesive soil does notcrumble, can be excavated with verticalsideslopes, and is plastic when moist.Cohesive soil is hard to break up when dry,and exhibits significant cohesion whensubmerged. Cohesive soils include clayey silt,

Dry soil means soil that does not exhibitvisible signs of moisture content.

Fissured means a soil material that has atendency to break along definite planes offracture with little resistance, or a materialthat exhibits open cracks, such as tensioncracks, in an exposed surface.


192

Granular soil means gravel, sand, or silt Type A means cohesive soils with an(coarse grained soil) with little or no clay unconfined, compressive strength of 1.5 toncontent. Granular soil has no cohesive per square foot (tsf) (144 kPa) or greater.strength. Some moist granular soils exhibit Examples of cohesive soils are: clay, siltyapparent cohesion. Granular soil cannot be clay, sandy clay, clay loam and, in some cases,molded when moist and crumbles easily when silty clay loam and sandy clay loam.dry. Cemented soils such as caliche and hardpan

Layered system means two or moredistinctly different soil or rock types arrangedin layers. Micaceous seams or weakenedplanes in rock or shale are considered layered.

Moist soil means a condition in which asoil looks and feels damp. Moist cohesive soilcan easily be shaped into a ball and rolled intosmall diameter threads before crumbling.Moist granular soil that contains somecohesive material will exhibit signs ofcohesion between particles.

Plastic means a property of a soil whichallows the soil to bedeformed or molded without cracking, orappreciable volume change.

Saturated soil means a soil in which thevoids are filled with water. Saturation doesnot require flow. Saturation, or nearsaturation, is necessary for the proper use ofinstruments such as a pocket penetrometer orsheer vane.

Soil classification system means, for thepurpose of this subpart, a method ofcategorizing soil and rock deposits in ahierarchy of Stable Rock, Type A, Type B,and Type C, in decreasing order of stability.The categories are determined based on ananalysis of the properties and performancecharacteristics of the deposits and theenvironmental conditions of exposure.

Stable rock means natural solid mineralmatter that can be excavated with verticalsides and remain intact while exposed.

Submerged soil means soil which isunderwater or is free seeping.

are also considered Type A. However, no soilis Type A if: (i) The soil is fissured; or (ii)The soil is subject to vibration from heavytraffic, pile driving, or similar effects; or (iii)The soil has been previously disturbed; or (iv)The soil is part of a sloped, layered systemwhere the layers dip into the excavation on aslope of four horizontal to one vertical(4H:1V) or greater; or (v) The material issubject to other factors that would require it tobe classified as a less stable material.

Type B means: (i) Cohesive soil with anunconfined compressive strength greater than0.5 tsf (48 kPa) but less than 1.5 tsf (144kPa); or (ii) Granular cohesionless soilsincluding: angular gravel (similar to crushedrock), silt, silt loam, sandy loam and, in somecases, silty clay loam and sandy clay loam.(iii) Previously disturbed soils except thosewhich would otherwise be classed as Type Csoil. (iv) Soil that meets the unconfinedcompressive strength or cementationrequirements for Type A, but is fissured orsubject to vibration; or (v) Dry rock that is notstable; or (vi) Material that is part of a sloped,layered system where the layers dip into theexcavation on a slope less steep than fourhorizontal to one vertical (4H:1V), but only ifthe material would otherwise be classified asType B.

Type C means: (i) Cohesive soil with anunconfined compressive strength of 0.5 tsf(48kPa) or less; or (ii) Granular soilsincluding gravel, sand, and loamy sand; or(iii) Submerged soil or soil from which wateris freely seeping; or (iv) Submerged rock that


193

is not stable, or (v) Material in a sloped, classification of the deposits.layered system where the layers dip into theexcavation or a slope of four horizontal to onevertical (4H:1V) or steeper.

Unconfined compressive strength meansthe load per unit area at which a soil will failin compression. It can be determined bylaboratory testing, or estimated in the fieldusing a pocket penetrometer, by thumbpenetration tests, and other methods.

Wet soil means soil that containssignificantly more moisture than moist soil,but in such a range of values that cohesivematerial will slump or begin to flow whenvibrated. Granular material that would exhibitcohesive properties when moist will losethose cohesive properties when wet.

(c) Requirements (c)(1) Classification of soil and rock

deposits. Each soil and rock deposit shall beclassified by a competent person as StableRock, Type A, Type B, or Type C inaccordance with the definitions set forth inparagraph (b) of this appendix.

(c)(2) Basis of classification. Theclassification of the deposits shall be madebased on the results of at least one visual andat least one manual analysis. Such analysesshall be conducted by a competent personusing tests described in paragraph (d) below,or in other recognized methods of soilclassification and testing such as thoseadopted by the American Society for TestingMaterials, or the U.S. Department ofAgriculture textural classification system.

(c)(3) Visual and manual analyses. Thevisual and manual analyses, such as thosenoted as being acceptable in paragraph (d) ofthis appendix, shall be designed andconducted to provide sufficient quantitativeand qualitative information as may benecessary to identify properly the properties,factors, and conditions affecting the

Appendix A Subpart PSoil Classification Excavations

194

(c)(4) Layered systems. In a layered (d)(1)(iv) Observe the area adjacent to thesystem, the system shall be classified in excavation and the excavation itself foraccordance with its weakest layer. However, evidence of existing utility and othereach layer may be classified individually underground structures, and to identifywhere a more stable layer lies under a less previously disturbed soil.stable layer.

(c)(5) Reclassification. If, after classifying excavation to identify layered systems.a deposit, the properties, factors, or conditions Examine layered systems to identify if theaffecting its classification change in any way, layers slope toward the excavation. Estimatethe changes shall be evaluated by a competent the degree of slope of the layers.person. The deposit shall be reclassified asnecessary to reflect the changedcircumstances.

(d) Acceptable visual and manual tests.- water seeping from the sides of the(d)(1) Visual tests. Visual analysis is

conducted to determine qualitativeinformation regarding the excavation site in (d)(1)(vii) Observe the area adjacent togeneral, the soil adjacent to the excavation, the excavation and the area within thethe soil forming the sides of the open excavation for sources of vibration that mayexcavation, and the soil taken as samples from affect the stability of the excavation face.excavated material.

(d)(1)(i) Observe samples of soil that are soil samples is conducted to determineexcavated and soil in the sides of the quantitative as well as qualitative propertiesexcavation. Estimate the range of particle of soil and to provide more information insizes and the relative amounts of the particle order to classify soil properly.sizes. Soil that is primarily composed offine-grained material material is cohesivematerial. Soil composed primarily ofcoarse-grained sand or gravel is granularmaterial.

(d)(1)(ii) Observe soil as it is excavated. if at least a two inch (50 mm) length ofSoil that remains in clumps when excavated is 1/8-inch thread can be held on one endcohesive. Soil that breaks up easily and does without tearing, the soil is cohesive.not stay in clumps is granular.

(d)(1)(iii) Observe the side of the opened and crumbles on its own or with moderateexcavation and the surface area adjacent to pressure into individual grains or fine powder,the excavation. Crack-like openings such as it is granular (any combination of gravel,tension cracks could indicate fissured sand, or silt). If the soil is dry and falls intomaterial. If chunks of soil spall off a vertical clumps which break up into smaller clumps,side, the soil could be fissured. Small spalls but the smaller clumps can only be broken upare evidence of moving ground and are with difficulty, it may be clay in anyindications of potentially hazardous situations. combination with gravel, sand or

(d)(1)(v) Observed the opened side of the

(d)(1)(vi) Observe the area adjacent to theexcavation and the sides of the openedexcavation for evidence of surface water,

excavation, or the location of the level of thewater table.

(d)(2) Manual tests. Manual analysis of

(d)(2)(i) Plasticity. Mold a moist or wetsample of soil into a ball and attempt to roll itinto threads as thin as 1/8-inch in diameter.Cohesive material can be successfully rolledinto threads without crumbling. For example,

(d)(2)(ii) Dry strength. If the soil is dry

Subpart P Appendix BExcavations Sloping and Benching

195

silt. If the dry soil breaks into clumps which one inch thick (2.54 cm) and six inchesdo not break up into small clumps and which (15.24 cm) in diameter until it is thoroughlycan only be broken with difficulty, and there dry:is no visual indication the soil is fissured, thesoil may be considered unfissured.

(d)(2)(iii) Thumb penetration. The thumb indicated.penetration test can be used to estimate theunconfined compressive strength of cohesivesoils. (This test is based on the thumbpenetration test described in AmericanSociety for Testing and Materials (ASTM)Standard designation D2488 - "StandardRecommended Practice for Description ofSoils (Visual - Manual Procedure).") Type Asoils with an unconfined compressive strengthof 1.5 tsf can be readily indented by thethumb; however, they can be penetrated bythe thumb only with very great effort. Type Csoils with an unconfined compressive strengthof 0.5 tsf can be easily penetrated severalinches by the thumb, and can be molded bylight finger pressure. This test should beconducted on an undisturbed soil sample,such as a large clump of spoil, as soon aspracticable after excavation to keep to aminimum the effects of exposure to dryinginfluences. If the excavation is later exposedto wetting influences (rain, flooding), theclassification of the soil must be changedaccordingly.

(d)(2)(iv) Other strength tests. Estimatesof unconfined compressive strength of soilscan also be obtained by use of a pocketpenetrometer or by using a hand-operatedshearvane.

(d)(2)(v) Drying test. The basic purposeof the drying test is to differentiate betweencohesive material with fissures, unfissuredcohesive material, and granular material. Theprocedure for the drying test involves dryinga sample of soil that is approximately

(d)(2)(v)(A) If the sample developscracks as it dries, significant fissures are

(d)(2)(v)(B) Samples that dry withoutcracking are to be broken by hand. Ifconsiderable force is necessary to break asample, the soil has significant cohesivematerial content. The soil can be classified asan unfissured cohesive material and theunconfined compressive strength should bedetermined.

(d)(2)(v)(C) If a sample breaks easily byhand, it is either a fissured cohesive materialor a granular material. To distinguish betweenthe two, pulverize the dried clumps of thesample by hand or by stepping on them. If theclumps do not pulverize easily, the material iscohesive with fissures. If they pulverize easilyinto very small fragments, the material isgranular.

Subpart P Appendix B - Sloping andBenching

(a) Scope and application. This appendixcontains specifications for sloping andbenching when used as methods of protectingemployees working in excavations fromcave-ins. The requirements of this appendixapply when the design of sloping andbenching protective systems is to beperformed in accordance with therequirements set forth in 1926.652(b)(2).

(b) Definitions.Actual slope means the slope to which an

excavation face is excavated.Distress means that the soil is in a

condition where a cave-in is imminent or islikely to occur. Distress is evidenced bysuch

Appendix B Subpart PSloping and Benching Excavations

196

phenomena as the development of fissures inthe face of or adjacent to an open excavation;the subsidence of the edge of an excavation;the slumping of material from the face or thebulging or heaving of material from thebottom of an excavation; the spalling ofmaterial from the face of an excavation; andravelling, i.e., small amounts of material suchas pebbles or little clumps of materialsuddenly separating from the face of anexcavation and trickling or rolling down intothe excavation.

Maximum allowable slope means thesteepest incline of an excavation face that isacceptable for the most favorable siteconditions as protection against cave-ins, andis expressed as the ratio of horizontal distanceto vertical rise (H:V).

Short term exposure means a period oftime less than or equal to 24 hours that anexcavation is open.

(c) Requirements - (c)(1) Soil classification. Soil and rock

deposits shall be classified in accordance withappendix A to subpart P of part 1926.

(c)(2) Maximum allowable slope. Themaximum allowable slope for a soil or rockdeposit shall be determined from Table B-1 ofthis appendix.

(c)(3) Actual slope. 12 feed (3.67 m) or less in depth. Short-term maximum

(c)(3)(i) The actual slope shall not besteeper than the maximum allowable slope.

(c)(3)(ii) The actual slope shall be lesssteep than the maximum allowable slope,when there are signs of distress. If thatsituation occurs, the slope shall be cut back toan actual slope which is at least 1/2 horizontalto one vertical (1/2H:1V) less steep than themaximum allowable slope.

(c)(3)(iii) When surcharge loads fromstored material or equipment, operatingequipment, or traffic are present, a competentperson shall determine the degree to whichthe actual slope must be reduced below themaximum allowable slope, and shall assurethat such reduction is achieved. Surchargeloads from adjacent structures shall beevaluated in accordance with 1926.651(i).

(c)(4) Configurations. Configurations ofsloping and benching systems shall be inaccordance with Figure B-1.

TABLE B-1.Maximum Allowable Slopes

SOIL OR ROCKTYPE

MAXIMUMALLOWABLE SLOPES

(H:V) FOR1

EXCAVATIONS LESSTHAN 20 FEET DEEP 3

STABLE ROCK VERTICAL (90 Deg.)TYPE A 3/4:1 (53 Deg.)2

TYPE B 1:1 (45 Deg.)TYPE C 1 1/2:1 (34 Deg.)

Numbers shown in parentheses next to maximum1

allowable slopes are angles expressed in degrees from thehorizontal. Angles have been rounded off.

A short-term maximum allowable slope of 1/2H:1V (632

degrees) is allowed in excavations in Type A soil that are

allowable slopes for excavations greater than 12 feet(3.67 m) in depth shall be 3/4H:1V (53 degrees).

Sloping or benching for excavations greater than 20 feet3

deep shall be designed by a registered professionalengineer.

197

SIMPLE SLOPEGENERAL

SIMPLE SLOPESHORT TERM(24 hours or less)

Exception: Simple slope excavations which are open 24 hours or less (short term) andwhich are 12 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1/2:1.

SIMPLE BENCH MULTIPLE BENCH

Figure B-1 - Slope Configurations(All slopes stated below are in the horizontal to vertical ratio)

B - 1.1 Excavations made in Type A soil.

1. All simple slope excavation 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slopeof 3/4:1.

2. All benched excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of3/4 to 1 and maximum bench dimensions as follows:

198

UnsupportedVertically SidedLower Portion

Maximum 8 Feetin Depth

Unsupported VerticallySided Lower PortionMaximum 12 Feet in

Depth

Supported or ShieldedVertically Sided Lower

Portion

All excavations more than 8 feet but not more than 12 feet in depth with unsupportedvertically sided lower portions shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1 and a maximumvertical side of 3 1/2 feet.

All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions that aresupported or shielded shall have a maximum allowable slope of 3/4:1. The support or shieldsystem must extend at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side.

3. All excavations 8 feet or less in depth which have unsupported vertically sided lowerportions shall have a maximum vertical side of 3 1/2 feet.

4. All other simple slope, compound slope, and vertically sided lower portion excavations shallbe in accordance with the other options permitted under 1926.652(b).

199

B - 1.2 Excavations made in Type B soil.

1. All simple slope excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slopeof 1:1.

SIMPLE SLOPE

2. All benched excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of1:1 and maximum bench dimensions as follows:

SINGLE BENCH

MULTIPLE BENCH

3. All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions shall beshielded or supported to a height at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. Allsuch excavations shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1.

VERTICALLY SIDELOWER PORTION

4. All other sloped excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted in1926.652(b).

200

B - 1.3 Excavations made in Type C soil.

1. All simple slope excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slopeof 1 1/2:1.

SIMPLE SLOPE

2. All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions shall beshielded or supported to a height at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. Allsuch excavations shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1 1/2:1.

VERTICAL SIDEDLOWER PORTION


201

B - 1.4 Excavations made in Layered Soils

1. All excavations 20 feet or less in depth made in layered soils shall have a maximumallowable slope for each layer as set forth below.

B OVER A C OVER A

C OVER B A OVER B

A OVER C B OVER C


§ 1926.700 Subpart QScope, application, and definitions Concrete and Masonry Constructionapplicable to this subpart

202

Subpart Q - Concrete and Masonry Construction


(a) Scope and application. This subpartsets forth requirements to protect allconstruction employees from the hazardsassociated with concrete and masonryconstruction operations performed inworkplaces covered under 29 CFR Part 1926.In addition to the requirements in Subpart Q,other relevant provisions in Parts 1910 and1926 apply to concrete and masonryconstruction operations.

(b) Definitions applicable to this subpart.In addition to the definitions set forth in1926.32, the following definitions apply tothis subpart.

(b)(1) Bull float means a tool used tospread out and smooth concrete.

(b)(2) Formwork means the total systemof support for freshly placed or partially curedconcrete, including the mold or sheeting(form) that is in contact with the concrete aswell as all supporting members includingshores, reshores, hardware, braces, andrelated hardware.

(b)(4) Limited access zone means an areaalongside a masonry wall, which is underconstruction, and which is clearly demarcatedto limit access by employees.

(b)(5) Precast concrete means concretemembers (such as walls, panels, slabs,columns, and beams) which have beenformed, cast, and cured prior to finalplacement in a structure.

(b)(6) Reshoring means the constructionoperation in which shoring equipment (alsocalled reshores or reshoring equipment) isplaced, as the original forms and shores areremoved, in order to support partially cured

concrete and construction loads.(b)(7) Shore means a supporting member

that resists a compressive force imposed by aload.

§ 1926.701 - General requirements.(a) Construction loads. No construction

loads shall be placed on a concrete structureor portion of a concrete structure unless theemployer determines, based on informationreceived from a person who is qualified instructural design, that the structure or portionof the structure is capable of supporting theloads.

(b) Reinforcing steel. All protrudingreinforcing steel, onto and into whichemployees could fall, shall be guarded toeliminate the hazard of impalement.

(c) Post-tensioning operations.(c)(1) No employee (except those

essential to the post-tensioning operations)shall be permitted to be behind the jackduring tensioning operations.

(c)(2) Signs and barriers shall be erectedto limit employee access to thepost-tensioning area during tensioningoperations.

(d) Riding concrete buckets. No employeeshall be permitted to ride concrete buckets.

(e) Working under loads.(e)(1) No employee shall be permitted to

work under concrete buckets while bucketsare being elevated or lowered into position.

(e)(2) To the extent practical. elevatedconcrete buckets shall be routed so that noemployee, or the fewest number ofemployees, are exposed to the hazardsassociated with falling concrete buckets.

(f) Personal protective equipment. Noemployee shall be permitted to apply acement, sand, and water mixture through apneumatic hose unless the employee is

Subpart Q § 1926.703Concrete and Masonry Construction Requirements for cast-in-place concrete

203

wearing protective head and face equipment. connections.

§ 1926.702 - Requirements forequipment and tools.

(b) Concrete mixers. Concrete mixerswith one cubic yard (-8 m(3)) or largerloading skips shall be equipped with thefollowing:

(b)(1) A mechanical device to clear theskip of materials; and

(b)(2) Guardrails installed on each side ofthe skip.

(c) Power concrete trowels. Powered androtating type concrete troweling machines thatare manually guided shall be equipped with acontrol switch that will automatically shut offthe power whenever the hands of the operatorare removed from the equipment handles.

(d) Concrete buggies. Concrete buggyhandles shall not extend beyond the wheels oneither side of the buggy.

(e) Concrete pumping systems.(e)(1) Concrete pumping systems using

discharge pipes shall be provided with pipesupports designed for 100 percent overload.

(e)(2) Compressed air hoses used onconcrete pumping system shall be providedwith positive fail-safe joint connectors toprevent separation of sections whenpressurized.

(f) Concrete buckets.(f)(1) Concrete buckets equipped with

hydraulic or pneumatic gates shall havepositive safety latches or similar safetydevices installed to prevent premature oraccidental dumping.

(f)(2) Concrete buckets shall be designedto prevent concrete from hanging up on topand the sides.

(g) Tremies. Sections of tremies andsimilar concrete conveyances shall be securedwith wire rope (or equivalent materials) inaddition to the regular couplings or

§ 1926.706 Subpart QRequirements for masonry construction Concrete and Masonry Construction

204

(h) Bull floats. Bull float handles used (a)(2) Drawings or plans, including allwhere they might contact energized electrical revisions, for the jack layout, formworkconductors, shall be constructed of (including shoring equipment), workingnonconductive material or insulated with a decks, and scaffolds, shall be available at thenonconductive sheath whose electrical and jobsite.mechanical characteristics provide theequivalent protection of a handle constructedof nonconductive material.

(i) Masonry saws.(i)(1) Masonry saw shall be guarded with that the equipment meets the requirements

a semicircular enclosure over the blade. specified in the formwork drawings.(i)(2) A method for retaining blade (b)(2) Shoring equipment found to be

fragments shall be incorporated in the design damaged such that its strength is reduced toof the semicircular enclosure. less than that required by 1926.703(a)(1)

(j) Lockout/Tagout procedures.(j)(1) No employee shall be permitted to

perform maintenance or repair activity onequipment (such as compressors mixers,screens or pumps used for concrete and (b)(4) Shoring equipment that is found tomasonry construction activities) where the be damaged or weakened after erection, suchinadvertent operation of the equipment could that its strength is reduced to less than thatoccur and cause injury, unless all potentially required by 1926.703(a)(1), shall behazardous energy sources have been locked immediately reinforced.out and tagged.

(j)(2) Tags shall read Do Not Start or rigid, and capable of carrying the maximumsimilar language to indicate that the intended load.equipment is not to be operated.

§ 1926.703 - Requirements forcast-in-place concrete.

(a) General requirements for formwork.(a)(1) Formwork shall be designed,

fabricated, erected, supported, braced andmaintained so that it will be capable ofsupporting without failure all vertical andlateral loads that may reasonably beanticipated to be applied to the formwork.Formwork which is designed, fabricated,erected, supported, braced and maintained inconformance with the Appendix to thissection will be deemed to meet therequirements of this paragraph.

(b) Shoring and reshoring.(b)(1) All Shoring equipment (including

equipment used in reshoring operations) shallbe inspected prior to erection to determine

shall not be used for shoring.(b)(3) Erected shoring equipment shall be

inspected immediately prior to, during, andimmediately after concrete placement.

(b)(5) The sills for shoring shall be sound,

(b)(6) All base plates, shore heads,extension devices, and adjustment screwsshall be in firm contact, and secured whennecessary, with the foundation and the form.

(b)(7) Eccentric loads on shore heads andsimilar members shall be prohibited unlessthese members have been designed for suchloading.

(d) Reinforcing steel.(d)(1) Reinforcing steel for walls, piers,

columns, and similar vertical structures shallbe adequately supported to preventoverturning and to prevent collapse.

(d)(2) Employers shall take measures toprevent unrolled wire mesh from recoiling.Such measures may include, but arenotlimited to, securing each end of the roll or

§ 1926.706 Subpart QRequirements for masonry construction Concrete and Masonry Construction

205

turning over the roll. (e) Removal of formwork.(e)(1) Forms and shores (except those

used for slabs on grade and slip forms) shallnot be removed until the employer determinesthat the concrete has gained sufficient strengthto support its weight and superimposed loads.Such determination shall be based oncompliance with one of the following:

(e)(1)(i) The plans and specificationsstipulate conditions for removal of forms andshores, and such conditions have beenfollowed, or

(e)(1)(ii) The concrete has been properlytested with an appropriate ASTM standardtest method designed to indicate the concretecompressive strength, and the test resultsindicate that the concrete has gained sufficientstrength to support its weight andsuperimposed loads.

(e)(2) Reshoring shall not be removeduntil the concrete being supported hasattained adequate strength to support itsweight and all loads in place upon it.

§ 1926.706 - Requirements formasonry construction.

(a) A limited access zone shall beestablished whenever a masonry wall is beingconstructed. The limited access zone shallconform to the following.

(a)(1) The limited access zone shall beestablished prior to the start of construction ofthe wall.

(a)(2) The limited access zone shall beequal to the height of the wall to reconstructedplus four feet, and shall run the entire lengthof the wall.

(a)(3) The limited access zone shall beestablished on the side of the wall which willbe unscaffolded.

(a)(4) The limited access zone shall berestricted to entry by employees activelyengaged in constructing the wall. No other

Subpart T § 1926.850Demolition Preparatory operations

206

employees shall be permitted to enter the which is involved shall be notified in advance.zone.

(a)(5) The limited access zone shall power, water or other utilities duringremain in place until the wall is adequately demolition, such lines shall be temporarilysupported to prevent overturning and to relocated, as necessary, and protected.prevent collapse unless the height of wall isover eight feet, in which case, the limitedaccess zone shall remain in place until therequirements of paragraph (b) of this sectionhave been met.

(b) All masonry walls over eight feet in When the presence of any such substances isheight shall be adequately braced to prevent apparent or suspected, testing and purgingoverturning and to prevent collapse unless the shall be performed and the hazard eliminatedwall is adequately supported so that it will not before demolition is started.overturn or collapse. The bracing shall remainin place until permanent supporting elementsof the structure are in place.

Subpart T - Demolition

§ 1926.850 - Preparatory operations.(a) Prior to permitting employees to start

demolition operations, an engineering surveyshall be made, by a competent person, of thestructure to determine the condition of theframing, floors, and walls, and possibility ofunplanned collapse of any portion of thestructure. Any adjacent structure whereemployees may be exposed shall also besimilarly checked. The employer shall have inwriting evidence that such a survey has beenperformed.

(b) When employees are required to workwithin a structure to be demolished which hasbeen damaged by fire, flood, explosion, orother cause, the walls or floor shall be shoredor braced.

(c) All electric, gas, water, steam, sewer,and other service lines shall be shut off,capped, or otherwise controlled, outside thebuilding line before demolition work isstarted. In each case, any utility company

(d) If it is necessary to maintain any

(e) It shall also be determined if any typeof hazardous chemicals, gases, explosives,flammable materials, or similarly dangeroussubstances have been used in any pipes,tanks, or other equipment on the property.

(f) Where a hazard exists fromfragmentation of glass, such hazards shall beremoved.

(g) Where a hazard exists to employeesfalling through wall openings, the openingshall be protected to a height ofapproximately 42 inches.

(h) When debris is dropped through holesin the floor without the use of chutes, the areaonto which the material is dropped shall becompletely enclosed with barricades not lessthan 42 inches high and not less than 6 feetback from the projected edge of the openingabove. Signs, warning of the hazard of fallingmaterials, shall be posted at each level.Removal shall not be permitted in this lowerarea until debris handling ceases above.

(i) All floor openings, not used as materialdrops, shall be covered over with materialsubstantial enough to support the weight ofany load which may be imposed. Suchmaterial shall be properly secured to preventits accidental movement.

(j) Except for the cutting of holes in floorsfor chutes, holes through which to dropmaterials, preparation of storage space, andsimilar necessary preparatory work, thedemolition of exterior walls and floorconstruction shall begin at the top of the

§ 1926.1000 Subpart WRollover protective structures (ROPS) Rollover Protective Structures;for material handling equipment Overhead Protection

207

structure and proceed downward. Each storyof exterior wall and floor construction shall beremoved and dropped into the storage spacebefore commencing the removal of exteriorwalls and floors in the story next below.

(k) Employee entrances to multistorystructures being demolished shall becompletely protected by sidewalk sheds orcanopies, or both, providing protection fromthe face of the building for a minimum of 8feet. All such canopies shall be at least 2 feetwider than the building entrances or openings(1 foot wider on each side thereof), and shallbe capable of sustaining a load of 150 poundsper square foot.

Subpart W - Rollover Protective Structures;Overhead Protection

§ 1926.1000 - Rollover protectivestructures (ROPS) for materialhandling equipment.

(a) Coverage.(a)(1) This section applies to the

following types of material handlingequipment: To all rubber-tired, self-propelledscrapers, rubber-tired front-end loaders,rubber-tired dozers, wheel-type agriculturaland industrial tractors, crawler tractors,crawler-type loaders, and motor graders, withor without attachments, that are used inconstruction work. This requirement does notapply to sideboom pipe laying tractors.

(a)(2) The promulgation of specificstandards for rollover protective structures forcompactors and rubber-tired skid-steerequipment is reserved pending considerationof standards currently being developed.

(b) Equipment manufactured on or afterSeptember 1, 1972. Material handlingmachinery described in paragraph (a) of thissection and manufactured on or afterSeptember 1, 1972, shall be equipped withrollover protective structures which meet theminimum performance standards prescribedin 1926.1001 and 1926.1002, as applicable.

(c) Equipment manufactured beforeSeptember 1, 1972.

(c)(1) All material handling equipmentdescribed in paragraph (a) of this section andmanufactured or placed in service (owned oroperated by the employer) prior to September1, 1972, shall be fitted with rolloverprotective structures no later than the dateslisted below:

(c)(1)(i) Machines manufactured on orafter January 1, 1972, shall be fitted no laterthan April 1, 1973.

(c)(1)(ii) Machines manufactured betweenJuly 1, 1971, and December 31, 1971, shallbe fitted no later than July 1, 1973.

(c)(1)(iii) Machines manufacturedbetween July 1, 1970, and June 30, 1971,shall be fitted no later than January 1, 1974.

(c)(1)(iv) Machines manufacturedbetween July 1, 1969, and June 30, 1970,shall be fitted no later than July 1, 1974.

(c)(1)(v) Machines manufactured beforeJuly 1, 1969: Reserved pending further study,development, and review.

(c)(2) Rollover protective structures andsupporting attachment shall meet theminimum performance criteria detailed in1926.1001 and 1926.1002, as applicable orshall be designed, fabricated, and installed ina manner which will support, based on theultimate strength of the metal, at least twotimes the weight of the prime mover appliedat the point of impact.

Subpart X § 1926.1050Stairways and Ladders Scope, application, and definitions


208

(c)(2)(i) The design objective shall be tominimize the likelihood of a completeoverturn and thereby minimize the possibilityof the operator being crushed as a result of arollover or upset.

(c)(2)(ii) The design shall provide avertical clearance of at least 52 inches fromthe work deck to the ROPS at the point of (a) Scope and application. This subpartingress or egress. applies to all stairways and ladders used in

(d) Remounting. ROPS removed for anyreason, shall be remounted with equal quality,or better, bolts or welding as required for theoriginal mounting.

(e) Labeling. Each ROPS shall have thefollowing information permanently affixed tothe structure:

(e)(1) Manufacturer or fabricator's nameand address;

(e)(2) ROPS model number, if any;(e)(3) Machine make, model, or series

number that the structure is designed to fit.(f) Machines meeting certain existing

governmental requirements. Any machine inuse, equipped with rollover protectivestructures, shall be deemed in compliancewith this section if it meets the rolloverprotective structure requirements of the Stateof California, the U.S. Army Corps ofEngineers, or the Bureau of Reclamation ofthe U.S. Department of the Interior in effecton April 5, 1972. The requirements in effectare:

(f)(1) State of California: ConstructionSafety Orders, issued by the Department ofIndustrial Relations pursuant to Division 5,Labor Code, 6312, State of California.

(f)(2) U.S. Army Corps of Engineers:General Safety Requirements, EM-385-1-1(March 1967).

(f)(3) Bureau of Reclamation, U.S.Department of the Interior: Safety and HealthRegulations for Construction. Part II(September 1971).

Subpart X - Stairways andLadders


construction, alteration repair (includingpainting and decorating), and demolitionworkplaces covered under 29 CFR part 1926,and also sets forth, in specified circumstances,when ladders and stairways are required to beprovided. Additional requirements for laddersused on or with scaffolds are contained inSubpart L - Scaffolds.

(b) Definitions.Cleat means a ladder crosspiece of

rectangular cross section placed on edge uponwhich a person may step while ascending ordescending a ladder.

Double-cleat ladder means a laddersimilar in construction to a single-cleat ladder,but with a center rail to allow simultaneoustwo-way traffic for employees ascending ordescending.

Equivalent means alternative designs,materials, or methods that the employer candemonstrate will provide an equal or greaterdegree of safety for employees than themethod or item specified in the standard.

Extension trestle ladder means aself-supporting portable ladder, adjustable inlength consisting of a trestle ladder base anda vertically adjustable extension section, witha suitable means for locking the ladderstogether.

Failure means load refusal, breakage orseparation of component parts. Load refusal isthe point where the structural members losetheir ability to carry the loads.

§ 1926.1050 Subpart XScope, application, and definitions Stairways and Laddersapplicable to this subpart

209

Fixed-ladder means a ladder that cannotbe readily moved or carried because it is anintegral part of a building or structure. Aside-step fixed ladder is a fixed ladder thatrequires a person getting off at the top to stepto the side of the ladder side rails to reach the Portable ladder means a ladder that canlanding. A through fixed ladder is a fixed be readily moved or carried.ladder that requires a person getting off at thetop to step between the side rails of the ladderto reach the landing.

Handrail means a rail used to provide distance from the top of a platform/landing toemployees with a handhold for support. the top of the next higher tread or

Individual-rung/step ladders meansladders without a side rail or center rail Side-step fixed ladder. See "Fixed ladder."support. Such ladders are made by mountingindividual steps or rungs directly to the side orwall of the structure.

Job-made ladder means a ladder that isfabricated by employees, typically at theconstruction site, and is not commerciallymanufactured. This definition does not applyto any individual-rung/step ladders.

Ladder stand. A mobile fixed sizeself-supporting ladder consisting of a wideflat tread ladder in the form of stairs. Theassembly may include handrails.

Lower levels means those areas to whichan employee can fall from a stairway orladder. Such areas include ground levels,floors, roofs, ramps, runways, excavations,pits, tanks, material, water, equipment, andsimilar surfaces. It does not include thesurface from which the employee falls.

Maximum intended load means the totalload of all employees, equipment, tools,materials, transmitted loads, and other loadsanticipated to be applied to a laddercomponent at any one time.

Nosing means that portion of a treadprojecting beyond the face of the riserimmediately below.

Point of access means all areas used byemployees for work related passage from one

area or level to another. Such open areasinclude doorways, passageways, stairwayopenings, studded walls, and various otherpermanent or temporary openings used forsuch travel.

Riser height means the vertical distancefrom the top of a tread to the top of the nexthigher tread or platform/landing or the

platform/landing.

Single-cleat ladder means a ladderconsisting of a pair of side rails, connectedtogether by cleats, rungs, or steps.

Single-rail ladder means a portable ladderwith rungs, cleats, or steps mounted on asingle rail instead of the normal two rails usedon most other ladders.

Spiral stairway means a series of stepsattached to a vertical pole and progressingupward in a winding fashion within acylindrical space.

Stairrail system means a vertical barriererected along the unprotected sides and edgesof a stairway to prevent employees fromfalling to lower levels. The top surface of astairrail system may also be a "handrail."

Step stool (ladder type) means aself-supporting, foldable, portable ladder,nonadjustable in length, 32 inches or less inoverall size, with flat steps and without a pailshelf, designed to be climbed on the laddertop cap as well as all steps. The side rails maycontinue above the top cap.

Through fixed ladder. See "Fixed ladder."Tread depth means the horizontal distance

from front to back of a tread (excludingnosing, if any).

Subpart X § 1926.1052Stairways and Ladders Stairways

210

Unprotected sides and edges means anyside or edge (except at entrances to points ofaccess) of a stairway where there is nostairrail system or wall 36 inches (.9 m) ormore in height, and any side or edge (exceptat entrances to points of access) of a stairwaylanding, or ladder platform where there is nowall or guardrail system 39 inches (1 m) ormore in height.

§ 1926.1051 - General requirements.(a) A stairway or ladder shall be provided have landings of not less than 30 inches (76

at all personnel points of access where there cm) in the direction of travel and extend atis a break in elevation of 19 inches (48 cm) or least 22 inches (56 cm) in width at every 12more, and no ramp, runway, sloped feet (3.7 m) or less of vertical rise.embankment, or personnel hoist is provided.

(a)(1) Employees shall not use any spiral deg. and 50 deg. from horizontal.stairways that will not be a permanent part ofthe structure on which construction work isbeing performed.

(a)(2) A double-cleated ladder or two or or more treads of the stairs. Variations in risermore separate ladders shall be provided when height or tread depth shall not be overladders are the only mean of access or exit 1/4-inch (0.6 cm) in any stairway system.from a working area for 25 or moreemployees, or when a ladder is to servesimultaneous two-way traffic.

(a)(3) When a building or structure has effective width of the platform to less than 20only one point of access between levels, that inches (51 cm).point of access shall be kept clear to permitfree passage of employees. When work mustbe performed or equipment must be used suchthat free passage at that point of access isrestricted, a second point of access shall beprovided and used.

(a)(4) When a building or structure hastwo or more points of access between levels,at least one point of access shall be kept clear to permit free passage ofemployees.

(b) Employers shall provide and install allstairway and ladder fall protection systemsrequired by this subpart and shall comply withall other pertinent requirements of this

subpart before employees begin the work thatnecessitates the installation and use ofstairways, ladders, and their respective fallprotection systems.

§ 1926.1052 - Stairways.(a) General. The following requirements

apply to all stairways as indicated:(a)(1) Stairways that will not be a

permanent part of the structure on whichconstruction work is being performed shall

(a)(2) Stairs shall be installed between 30

(a)(3) Riser height and tread depth shallbe uniform within each flight of stairs,including any foundation structure used as one

(a)(4) Where doors or gates open directlyon a stairway, a platform shall be provided,and the swing of the door shall not reduce the

(a)(5) Metal pan landings and metal pantreads, when used, shall be secured in placebefore filling with concrete or other material.

(a)(6) All parts of stairways shall be freeof hazardous projections, such as protrudingnails.

(a)(7) Slippery conditions on stairwaysshall be eliminated before the stairways areused to reach other levels.

(b) Temporary service. The followingrequirements apply to all stairways asindicated:

(b)(1) Except during stairwayconstruction, foot traffic is prohibited onstairways with pan stairs where the treads

§ 1926.1052 Subpart XStairways Stairways and Ladders

211

and/or landings are to be filled in withconcrete or other material at a later date,unless the stairs are temporarily fitted withwood or other solid material at least to the topedge of each pan. Such temporary treads andlandings shall be replaced when worn belowthe level of the top edge of the pan.

(b)(2) Except during stairwayconstruction, foot traffic is prohibited onskeleton metal stairs where permanent treadsand/or landings are to be installed at a laterdate, unless the stairs are fitted with securedtemporary treads and landings long enough tocover the entire tread and/or landing area.

(b)(3) Treads for temporary service shallbe made of wood or other solid material, andshall be installed the full width and depth ofthe stair.

(c) Stairrails and handrails. Thefollowing requirements apply to all stairwaysas indicated:

(c)(1) Stairways having four or morerisers or rising more than 30 inches (76 cm),whichever is less, shall be equipped with:

(c)(1)(i) At least one handrail; and(c)(1)(ii) One stairrail system along each openings in the stairrail system that are more

unprotected side or edge. than 19 inches (48 cm) wide.Note: When the top edge of a stairrail

system also serves as a handrail, paragraph(c)(7) of this section applies.

(c)(2) Winding and spiral stairways shall least 200 pounds (890 n) applied within 2be equipped with a handrail offset sufficiently inches (5 cm) of the top edge, in anyto prevent walking on those portions of the downward or outward direction, at any pointstairways where the tread width is less than 6 along the top edge.inches (15 cm).

(c)(3) The height of stairrails shall be as more than 37 inches (94 cm) nor less than 30follows: inches (76 cm) from the upper surface of the

(c)(3)(i) Stairrails installed after March15, 1991, shall be not less than 36 inches(91.5 cm) from the upper surface of thestairrail system to the surface of the tread, in (c)(7) When the top edge of a stairrailline with the face of the riser at the forward system also serves as a handrail, the height ofedge of the tread. the top edge shall be not more than 37 inches

(c)(3)(ii) Stairrails installed before March15, 1991, shall be not less than 30 inches (76cm) nor more than 34 inches (86 cm) fromthe upper surface of the stairrail system to thesurface of the tread, in line with the face of theriser at the forward edge of the tread.

(c)(4) Midrails, screens, mesh,intermediate vertical members, or equivalentintermediate structural members, shall beprovided between the top rail of the stairrailsystem and the stairway steps.

(c)(4)(i) Midrails, when used, shall belocated at a height midway between the topedge of the stairrail system and the stairwaysteps.

(c)(4)(ii) Screens or mesh, when used,shall extend from the top rail to the stairwaystep, and along the entire opening betweentop rail supports.

(c)(4)(iii) When intermediate verticalmembers, such as balusters, are used betweenposts, they shall be not more than 19 inches(48 cm) apart.

(c)(4)(iv) Other structural members, whenused, shall be installed such that there are no

(c)(5) Handrails and the top rails ofstairrail systems shall be capable ofwithstanding, without failure, a force of at

(c)(6) The height of handrails shall be not

handrail to the surface of the tread, in linewith the face of the riser at the forward edgeof the tread.

Subpart X § 1926.1053Stairways and Ladders Ladders

212

(94 cm) nor less than 36 inches (91.5 cm) be deemed to meet this requirement.from the upper surface of the stairrail systemto the surface of the tread, in line with the faceof the riser at the forward edge of the tread.

(c)(8) Stairrail systems and handrails shall extra-heavy-duty type 1A metal or plasticbe so surfaced as to prevent injury to ladders shall sustain at least 3.3 times theemployees from punctures or lacerations, and maximum intended load. The ability of ato prevent snagging of clothing. ladder to sustain the loads indicated in this

(c)(9) Handrails shall provide an adequatehandhold for employees grasping them toavoid falling.

(c)(10) The ends of stairrail systems andhandrails shall be constructed so as not toconstitute a projection hazard.

(c)(11) Handrails that will not be apermanent part of the structure being builtshall have a minimum clearance of 3 inches(8 cm] between the handrail and walls,stairrail systems, and other objects.

(c)(12) Unprotected sides and edges ofstairway landings shall be provided withguardrail systems. Guardrail system criteriaare contained in subpart M of this part.

§ 1926.1053 - Ladders.(a) General. The following requirements

apply to all ladders as indicated, includingjob-made ladders.

(a)(1) Ladders shall be capable ofsupporting the following loads withoutfailure:

(a)(1)(i) Each self-supporting portableladder: At least four times the maximumintended load, except that eachextra-heavy-duty type 1A metal or plasticladder shall sustain at least 3.3 time themaximum intended load. The ability of aladder to sustain the loads indicated in thisparagraph shall be determined by applying ortransmitting the requisite load to the ladder ina downward vertical direction. Ladders builtand tested in conformance with the applicableprovisions of appendix A of this subpart will

(a)(1)(ii) Each portable ladder that is notself-supporting: At least four times themaximum intended load, except that each

paragraph shall be determined by applying ortransmitting the requisite load to the ladder ina downward vertical direction when theladder is placed at an angle of 75 1/2 degreesfrom the horizontal. Ladders built and testedin conformance with the applicable provisionsof appendix A will be deemed to meet thisrequirement.

(a)(1)(iii) Each Fixed ladder: At least twoloads of 250 pounds (114 kg) each,concentrated between any two consecutiveattachments (the number and position ofadditional concentrated loads of 250 pounds(114 kg) each, determined from anticipatedusage of the ladder, shall also be included),plus anticipated loads caused by ice buildup,winds, rigging, and impact loads resultingfrom the use of ladder safety devices. Eachstep or rung shall be capable of supporting asingle concentrated load of a least 250 pounds(114 kg) applied in the middle of the step orrung. Ladders built in conformance with theapplicable provisions of appendix A will bedeemed to meet this requirement.

(a)(2) Ladder rungs, cleats, and steps shallbe parallel, level, and uniformly spaced whenthe ladder is in position for use.

(a)(3)(i) Rungs, cleats, and steps ofportable ladders (except as provided below)and fixed ladders (includingindividual-rung/step ladders) shall be spacednot less than 10 inches (25 cm) apart, normore than 14 inches (36 cm) apart, asmeasured between center lines of the rungs,cleats and steps.

(a)(3)(ii) Rungs, cleats, and steps of step

§ 1926.1053 Subpart XLadders Stairways and Ladders

213

stools shall be not less than 8 inches (20 cm) rail must be at least equivalent in strength toapart, nor more than 12 inches (31 cm) apart, a one-piece side rail made of the sameas measured between center lines of the material.rungs, cleats, and steps.

(a)(3)(iii) Rungs, cleats, and steps of the used to gain access to fixed ladders (such as base section of extension trestle ladders shallbe not less than 8 inches (20 cm) nor morethan 18 inches (46 cm) apart, as measuredbetween center lines of the rungs, cleats, andsteps. The rung spacing on the extensionsection of the extension trestle ladder shall benot less than 6 inches (15 cm) nor more than12 inches (31 cm), as measured betweencenter lines of the rungs, cleats, and steps.

(a)(4)(i) The minimum clear distancebetween the sides of individual-rung/stepladders and the minimum clear distancebetween the side rails of other fixed laddersshall be 16 inches (41 cm).

(a)(4)(ii) The minimum clear distancebetween side rails for all portable laddersshall be 11 1/2 inches (29 cm).

(a)(5) The rungs of individual-rung/stepladders shall be shaped such that employees'feet cannot slide off the end of the rungs.

(a)(6)(i) The rungs and steps of fixedmetal ladders manufactured after March 15,1991, shall be corrugated, knurled, dimpled,coated with skid-resistant material, orotherwise treated to minimize slipping.

(a)(6)(ii) The rungs and steps of portablemetal ladders shall be corrugated, knurled,dimpled, coated with skid-resistant material,or otherwise treated to minimize slipping.

(a)(7) Ladders shall not be tied or fastenedtogether to provide longer sections unless theyare specifically designed for such use.

(a)(8) A metal spreader or locking deviceshall be provided on each stepladder to holdthe front and back sections in an openposition when the ladder is being used.

(a)(9) When splicing is required to obtaina given length of side rail, the resulting side

(a)(10) Except when portable ladders are


214

those on utility towers, billboards, and other indicated:structures where the bottom of the fixedladder is elevated to limit access), when twoor more separate ladders are used to reach anelevated work area, the ladders shall be offsetwith a platform or landing between theladders. (The requirements to have guardrailsystems with toeboards for falling object andoverhead protection on platforms andlandings are set forth in subpart M of thispart.)

(a)(11) Ladder components shall be in mounting and dismounting the ladder. In nosurfaced so as to prevent injury to an case shall the extension be such that ladderemployee from punctures or lacerations, and deflection under a load would, by itself, causeto prevent snagging of clothing. the ladder to slip off its support.

(a)(12) Wood ladders shall not be coated (b)(2) Ladders shall be maintained free ofwith any opaque covering, except for oil, grease, and other slipping hazards.identification or warning labels which may beplaced on one face only of a side rail.

(a)(13) The minimum perpendicular were built, nor beyond their manufacturer'sclearance between fixed ladder rungs, cleats, rated capacity.and steps, and any obstruction behind theladder shall be 7 inches (18 cm), except in thecase of an elevator pit ladder for which aminimum perpendicular clearance of 4 1/2inches (11 cm) is required.

(a)(14) The minimum perpendicularclearance between the center line of fixedladder rungs, cleats, and steps, and anyobstruction on the climbing side of the laddershall be 30 inches (76 cm), except asprovided in paragraph (a)(15) of this section.

(a)(15) When unavoidable obstructionsare encountered, the minimum perpendicularclearance between the centerline of fixedladder rungs, cleats, and steps, and theobstruction on the climbing side of the laddermay be reduced to 24 inches (61 cm),provided that a deflection device is installedto guide employees around the obstruction.

(b) Use. The following requirementsapply to the use of all ladders, includingjob-made ladders, except as otherwise

(b)(1) When portable ladders are used foraccess to an upper landing surface, the ladderside rails shall extend at least 3 feet (.9 m)above the upper landing surface to which theladder is used to gain access; or, when suchan extension is not possible because of theladder's length, then the ladder shall besecured at its top to a rigid support that willnot deflect, and a grasping device, such as agrabrail, shall be provided to assist employees

(b)(3) Ladders shall not be loaded beyondthe maximum intended load for which they

(b)(4) Ladders shall be used only for thepurpose for which they were designed.

(b)(5)(i) Non-self-supporting ladders shallbe used at an angle such that the horizontaldistance from the top support to the foot of theladder is approximately one-quarter of theworking length of the ladder (the distancealong the ladder between the foot and the topsupport).

(b)(5)(ii) Wood job-made ladders withspliced side rails shall be used at an anglesuch that the horizontal distance is one-eighththe working length of the ladder.

(b)(6) Ladders shall be used only onstable and level surfaces unless secured toprevent accidental displacement.

(b)(7) Ladders shall not be used onslippery surfaces unless secured or providedwith slip-resistant feet to prevent accidentaldisplacement. Slip-resistant feet shall not beused as a substitute for care in placing,lashing, or holding a ladder that is used upon


215

slippery surfaces including, but not limited to, be withdrawn from service until repaired.flat metal or concrete surfaces that areconstructed so they cannot be prevented frombecoming slippery.

(b)(8) Ladders placed in any locationwhere they can be displaced by workplaceactivities or traffic, such as in passageways,doorways, or driveways, shall be secured toprevent accidental displacement, or abarricade shall be used to keep the activitiesor traffic away from the ladder.

(b)(9) The area around the top and bottomof ladders shall be kept clear.

(b)(10) The top of a non-self-supportingladder shall be placed with the two railssupported equally unless it is equipped with asingle support attachment.

(b)(11) Ladders shall not be moved,shifted, or extended while occupied.

(b)(12) Ladders shall have nonconductivesiderails if they are used where the employeeor the ladder could contact exposed energizedelectrical equipment, except as provided in1926.951(c)(1) of this part.

(b)(13) The top or top step of a stepladdershall not be used as a step.

(b)(14) Cross-bracing on the rear sectionof stepladders shall not be used for climbingunless the ladders are designed and providedwith steps for climbing on both front and rearsections.

(b)(15) Ladders shall be inspected by acompetent person for visible defects on aperiodic basis and after any occurrence thatcould affect their safe use.

(b)(16) Portable ladders with structuraldefects, such as, but not limited to, broken ormissing rungs, cleats, or steps, broken or splitrails, corroded components, or other faulty ordefective components, shall either beimmediately marked in a manner that readilyidentifies them as defective, or be tagged with"Do Not Use" or similar language, and shall

§ 1926.1060 Subpart ZTraining Requirements Toxic and Hazardous Substances

216

(b)(18) Ladder repairs shall restore the (a)(1)(iv) The maximum intendedladder to a condition meeting its original load-carrying capacities of ladders anddesign criteria, before the ladder is returned touse.

(b)(19) Single-rail ladders shall not beused.

(b)(20) When ascending or descending a maintains the understanding and knowledgeladder, the user shall face the ladder. acquired through compliance with this

(b)(21) Each employee shall use at leastone hand to grasp the ladder whenprogressing up and/or down the ladder.

(b)(22) An employee shall not carry anyobject or load that could cause the employeeto lose balance and fall.

§ 1926.1060 - Training requirements.(a) The employer shall provide a training

program for each employee using ladders andstairways, as necessary. The program shallenable each employee to recognize hazardsrelated to ladders and stairways, and shalltrain each employee in the procedures to befollowed to minimize these hazards.

(a)(1) The employer shall ensure that eachemployee has been trained by a competentperson in the following areas, as applicable:

(a)(1)(i) The nature of fall hazards in thework area;

(a)(1)(ii) The correct procedures forerecting, maintaining, and disassembling thefall protection systems to be used;

(a)(1)(iii) The proper construction, use,placement, and care in handling of allstairways and ladders;

(a)(1)(v) The standards contained in thissubpart.

(b) Retaining shall be provided for eachemployee as necessary so that the employee

section.

Subpart Z - Toxic andHazardous Substances

§ 1926.1101 - Asbestos.Note: The requirement applicable to

residential construction activities involvingexposure to Asbestos are found in the full textof the stantard, 29 CFR 1926.1101(Asbestos).

§ 1926.1148 - Formaldehyde.Note: The requirements applicable to

construction work under this section areidentical to those set forth at 1910.1048 ofthis chapter.

§ 1926.1152 - Methylene chloride.Note: The requirements applicable to

construction employment under this sectionare identical to those set forth at 29 CFR1910.1052.